MSU NAIC Parking Structure Addendum No. 3 Schedule B Bid

Addendum No. 3 Page 1 of 1 Pages

MSU NAIC Parking Structure Addendum No. 3

Bozeman, MT 3 March, 2016

Schedule B Bid Package - Skin and Stair Tower

Bid Date: Tuesday, March 24th, 2016, 2:00 P.M., Local Time Bid Location: Martel Construction, Inc. 1203 South Church, Bozeman, MT 59715 (406) 586-8585 To: All Plan Holders Acknowledge receipt of this addendum by entering its number and date in the space provided on page 2 of the Bid Form. This addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents. It modifies them as follows: PROJECT MANUAL: BIDDING & CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS / DIVISION 00 Procurement and Contracting Requirements. LEGAL & PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS Add: 001116 - Invitation to Bid - attached to this Addendum. 001120 - Instructions to Bidders - A.I.A. Document 701 modified; - attached to this Addendum. 001150 - Bid Form - attached to this Addendum. Note; submit all bids using this form.

- Bid Package Breakdown

- Staging and Logistics Plan

- Parking Regulations – 2015

End of Addendum No. 3 Attachments: 001116 - Invitation to Bid 001120 - Instruction to Bidders - AIA Document 701 modified 001150 - Bid Form

Bid Package Breakdown Staging and Logistics Plan Parking Regulations - 2015

INVITATION TO BID INV - 1

INVITATION TO BID

Separate sealed subcontractor/supplier bids for construction of:

MSU NAIC PARKING GARAGE FACILITY

will be received until 2:00 PM on Thursday, March 24th, 2016, and will be received at the offices of Martel Construction, Inc. 1203 South Church Bozeman, Montana 59715 for: MSU NAIC Parking Structure, A/E No. 2014-02-07-01. Bids shall be delivered by U.S Mail, or Hand Delivered to the address shown above and shall be clearly marked as follows: Bidders Name and Address Contractor Registration No.: Project: MSU NAIC Parking Garage Facility – Schedule B Bid Date: March 24th, 2016 Bid Package: {Insert Applicable Bid Package Number(s)} Acknowledge Addenda No.: __, __, __,__,__ Faxed or Emailed Bids will not be accepted.

A PRE-BID CONFERENCE IS SCHEDULED FOR THURSDAY March 10th, 2015 AT 2:00 PM. PARTICIPANTS SHOULD MEET AT: The Martel NAIC Construction Trailer, 7TH & GRANT, BOZEMAN, MONTANA. ATTENDANCE IS STRONGLY RECOMMENDED. Bidders should thoroughly review the contract documents before the pre-bid conference. Please park and purchase a pass at the visitor lot located at the corner of 7th and Grant. Bids shall be submitted on the form provided in Addendum # 3. The project generally consists of, but is not necessarily limited to, the following major items: SCHEDULE B: Furnish and install of Masonry, Glazing, Hydraulic Elevator, Parking Counting System, Resilient Base, and supply of Aluminum Grating Any bids submitted for schedule B have taken into account the reference drawings for schedule A and will assume all drawings, details, and specifications included in both schedules. BID PACKAGES GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS: 4A – Masonry Veneer 7C – Formed Metal Wall Panels 8C – Glazing 9C – Resilient Base 11A – Counting System 14A – Hydraulic Elevators This work is to include all tools, equipment, materials and labor per 2015 Prevailing Wage to complete this project. The contract documents, consisting of (2) one volumes of drawings and (5) five volumes of Project Specifications Manuals and any addendums published, may be examined at the office of Martel Construction, Inc., 7th and Grant, Bozeman, Montana. An electronic copy (CD) is available from the Construction Manager at no charge.

INVITATION TO BID INV - 2

In addition, the Drawings and Project Manuals may also be examined at the following locations:

- Bozeman Builders Exchange, 1105 Reeves Rd. West, Suite 800, Bozeman, MT 59718, 406-586-7653 - Builders Exchange of Billings, 2050 Broadwater, Suite A, Billings, MT 59102, 406-652-1311 - Butte Builders Exchange, 4801 Hope Road, Butte, MT 59701, 406-782-5433 - Great Falls Builders Exchange, 325 2nd Avenue South, Great Falls, MT 59405, 406-453-2513 - Helena Plans Exchange, 1530 Cedar St., Suite C, Helena, MT 59601, 406-457-2679 - Missoula Plans Exchange, 201 North Russell Street, Missoula, MT 59801, 406-549-5002 - Northwest Montana Plans Exchange, 2303 Highway 2 East, Kalispell, MT 59901, 406-755-5888 - Construction Manager’s Office located at Martel Construction, Inc: 7th and Grant, Bozeman, MT 59715,

406-586-8585

Contractors and any subcontractors doing work on this project will be required to obtain registration from the Montana Department of Labor and Industry. Forms for registration are available from the Department of Labor and Industry, P.O. Box 8011, 1805 Prospect Avenue, Helena, Montana 59604-8011. Information on registration can be obtained by calling 1-800-556-6694. Contractors are required to have been registered with the Department of Labor and Industry prior to bidding on this project. The Bidder must supply all the information required by the bid documents and specifications. Insurance as required shall be provided by the successful BIDDER(s) and a certificate(s) of that insurance shall be provided to the Construction Manager as noted in the specifications. The subcontractor may be requested to provide a performance and payment bond. The right is reserved to reject any or all Bids received, to waive irregularities, to make an award of the contract for a period of not to exceed sixty (60) days, and to accept the most responsive and responsible bid which is in the best interest of the State of Montana.

BID FORM BF-1

Bid Form

MSU NAIC Parking Garage Facility Schedule B – Skin and Stair Tower

Bozeman, Montana

BID PACKAGE (Number and Title): (For Subs and Suppliers submitting on more than one Bid Package, please use separate Bid Forms for each Package submitted.) Submitted By: To: Martel Construction, Inc. 1203 S. Church Bozeman, MT 59715 On Behalf of: Montana State University We, the undersigned Company, having carefully read the Documents including Schedule A and Schedule B for the proposed contract, including the General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, Specifications, and Drawings and Addendums and having carefully ascertained the conditions under which the Work is to be performed represent that bidder also has adequate staffing, plant & financial capability, hereby propose and offer to enter into a Contract to perform the Work as described in accordance with all of the Documents, complete and ready for use by the time specified, for the price of: Base Bid: Including 1% GRT – Complete as per Bid Package named above. $ (written) dollars Bond - Rate as a Percentage to Supply 100% Performance and Payment Bond. %

Subject to such additions and deductions as may be properly made under the terms of finalizing the Contract, the prices are firm and are not subject to escalation for the entire duration of the project. PERIOD OF ACCEPTANCE: The proposer agrees that this bid shall remain open for acceptance and the price shall remain unchanged and notwithstanding any error in the Bid at the amount stated for a period of sixty (60) days from the date of closing of this Proposal. CONTRACT: The Bidder agrees that this Bid is subject to a formal AIA 401 Contract Modified being prepared and executed with the Construction Manager. The Bidder agrees to execute the Contract within 14 days of notification of the acceptance of his bid and to provide Certificates of Insurance including Worker’s Compensation Insurance. The Bidder shall furnish 100 % performance and Payment Bonds, if required by the Construction Manager. Cost of said bonds is listed as a bid item to the base bid above.

BID FORM BF-2

ADDENDA: Addendum No. 1 Dated: Addendum No. 2 Dated: Addendum No. 3 Dated: Addendum No. 4 Dated: Schedule A: Acknowledgement of Schedule A: _____________________ ADDITIONAL INFORMATON MAY BE REQUESTED WITHIN 48 HOURS AFTER BID PROPOSALS ARE OPENED

1. References of Similar Projects – Minimum of 3 Owner, Contractor and Architect 2. Milestone schedule confirming procurement, shop drawings, fabrication and delivery/lead times. 3. Staffing and Organizational Chart for this Project 4. Letter from Surety supporting ability to bond 5. Current Work Load

SUBMITTED BY: Company: Name of Bidder: Signature of Bidder: Dated: Registration No. Phone No. Email

END OF BID FORM

MSU NAIC Parking Structure

Bid Package Descriptions - Schedule A

Subcontractor Requirements & Conditions Furnished as Listed by the Subcontractor

All subcontractors are responsible for the following:

1 The Trade Contractor must review and comply with all requirements of Division 1 General Requirements.

2 All specification sections listed below are for reference only. All Bid Packages referenced sections contain related sections necessary to complete the work

3 Other sections of the specifications may apply to each bid package for the necessary completion of the work.

4 All Trade Contractors will be required to comply with the Construction Manager's safety program and it will be mandatory that all trades

attend scheduled safety and progress meetings conducted on site each week.

5 All materials should be quoted delivered to the jobsite

6 Layout from Benchmarks & Gridlines to complete scope

7 Electronic communications

8 Repair or closing of fence where damaged or opened. Cleanup of any mud tracked from project site by Subtrade's vehicles or work.

9 Cost for employee parking at stadium (F) lot for all employees and associated parking regulations

10 Clean up from own operations to Martel provided dumpsters and sorting as required

11 MT 2015 Prevailing wages

12 On Site Communication with Martel

13 Off site storage to facilitate just in time delivery to the jobsite

14 Protection of existing utilities and facilities

15 No disruption to existing utilities unless scheduled with Martel 2 weeks in advance

16 Protection of installed work

17 Sleeves as required to complete work in addition to those shown on the drawings, there can be no core drilling

18 Field measurements as required to complete scope of work

19 Coordination of work to eliminate the need to drilling into the elevated decks after they are placed

20 House keeping pads will be FRP by the concrete subcontractor, if shown. All other pads required will be the responsibility of the contractor requiring them

21 Meeting attendance by Superintendent or higher level employee empowered to make decisions regarding project and coordinate manpower

22 Installation of embeds required to complete their scope, identified during the submittal process

23 Exhausting of fumes, gasses, or dust not deemed appropriate by Martel

24

25 See Logistics drawing for site access plan

26 Hoisting for Subcontractors Bid Package

27 Bid all plans and specs in Schedule A and Schedule B

General Requirements & Conditions Furnished as Listed by the GC/CM

The GC/CM under the CM/AR contract will provide General Requirements & Conditions of the Project.

1 Provide full time onsite Field Superintendent employed by the Construction Manager.

2 Provide onsite Field Engineer as required employed by the Construction Manager.

Please Refer to the Instructions to Bidders, Invitation to Bid, Bid Form, Plans, Specifications and Addenda

Martel Construction intends to competitively bid packages highlighted in Green.

The Norm Asbjornson Innovation Center Parking Structure is being procured as a Construction Management At Risk project with Martel Construction Inc. acting as Construction

Manager. All Contracts will be between Martel Construction Inc. and the selected bidder unless otherwise noted.

Page 1 of 10




3 Conduct weekly safety meetings for all Trades.

4 Provide Field office trailer fully equipped with supplies and equipment for the Construction Management Team

5 Coordinate and pay for temporary toilets for the duration of the project.

6 Provide temporary barricades not provided directly by other trades.

7 Provide temporary railings not provided by other trades but required to maintain a safe environment

8 Provide temporary fire protection extinguishers.

9 Provide first aid supplies and training.

10 Provide site snow removal as required to keep all construction areas reasonably free and clear of snow and ice.

11 Provide assistance, coordination and administrative tracking of all materials delivered to the project

12 Provide and maintain project control points, benchmarks, and 2 building grid lines.

13 Coordinate daily project with trade contractors for clean up to maintain a project free and clear of rubbish. Maintain an orderly and safe site.

14 Coordinate daily site trash removal including dumpsters. Subcontractors to Place debris in appropriate waste and recycling containers.

15 Temporary Project Fencing as needed. Maintain & Remove once project is complete.

16 Final Cleaning of Project. Provide complete services

17 Coordinate collection and delivery of all O&M and as built drawings to owner in a timely manner upon project completion. Subcontractor O&M and

As Built Drawings are required to the CM/GC on or before the last day of their scope of work.

SCHEDULE A Building and Systems

3A Concrete Supply

All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid - Kenyon

Noble

Furnish concrete for footings, foundations, structure, and decks 033000 - Cast In Place Concrete

Washout in designated areas

Concrete mix delivered to jobsite within spec or subject to rejection

Proposal to Be Submitted as Unit Price Bid Form Unit Price Bid Form to follow in Addenda

3B Structural Concrete Form, Place and Finish All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid - Martel

Labor, Materials and Equipment to Form, Place & Finish footings, foundation walls and columns 033000 - Cast In Place Concrete

Dental excavation and fill of soil at footings + .5' of Bottom of Footing Elevation.

Furnish and install all concrete joint sealants and curing compound for work installed

Fine grade, Form and Prep for flatwork

Form, place, finish, cure, seal, and cut all slabs on grade

Furnish and Install all vapor barrier related to concrete

Provide protection as required by ACI for Cold and Hot Weather.

Cooperate, coordinate and support all testing by owner's testing agency

Receive, coordinate and place all misc. steel embeds Supplied by Others

Provide survey and layout as required to perform package

As Builts - accurately record any deviations from construction documents to project record

documents.

Subcontractor shall be responsible for all clean up associated with scope of work. Clean up

must be performed daily.

Temporary power may not be on site during the work covered by this bid package.

Subcontractor will provide temporary power generators as needed to complete this scope.

Confirmation of slab depth at columns and center of bays

General clean-up

Page 2 of 10




Install sleeves in concrete as shown

Install interior bollards

3C Concrete Place & Finish All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid - Swendseid

Labor to place and finish flatwork for Structure. SOG, Elevated Deck Misc. 033000 - Cast In Place Concrete

3D Elevated Garage Beam & Deck Forming System All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid - Martel

Supply, Erect, Form Slabs, Beams, Moment Frames, Bulkheads and all related misc. components

for Garage Beam Forming System. System will include Engineered Formwork Drawings and

coordination with Post Tension and Rebar Coordination Drawings. System will be erected and

cycled on a mutually agreeable schedule with other trades. System shall include enough forms

and equipment to cycle forms on a weekly basis.

033000 - Cast In Place Concrete

3E Rebar and Post Tensioning Tendons All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid - VOID

Furnish, layout and install all reinforcing steel and accessories as required 033000 - Cast In Place Concrete

Furnish, layout and install all post tensioning materials equipment and labor

Furnish and install all rebar and tendon supports, chairs etc.

Furnish and install cable guardrails

Furnish and install epoxy coated rebar

Submit cable elongation and pressure gauge readings as required

Offload, Inventory all Resteel deliveries

Provide Hoisting for Off Loading as required

Review, Process & Administer all Steel Shop and Placement Drawings as required to ensure

reinforcing material is received in coordination with the project construction schedule.

Provide copies of all delivery tickets and mill certs to Construction Manager

Laydown all materials in areas coordinated with Construction Manager

3E.1, 3E.2, 3E.3 Packages Should Only Be Bid If A Number Will Not Be Submitted For The

Original 3E Package

3E.1 Rebar (Furnish Only) All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid - Teton

Furnish all reinforcing steel and accessories as required

Furnish all rebar supports, chairs etc. 033000 - Cast In Place Concrete

Furnish epoxy coated rebar



Provide copies of all delivery tickets and mill certs to Construction Manager

3E.2 Post Tension (Furnish Only) All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid - Amsysco

Furnish all post tensioning materials and supports 033816 - Unbonded Post Tensioned Concrete

3E.3 Rebar and Post Tension (Install Only)

All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid - Mountain

West

Layout and install all reinforcing steel and accessories as required

Layout and install all post tensioning materials equipment and labor 033000 - Cast In Place Concrete

033816 - Unbonded Post Tensioned Concrete


Page 3 of 10




Install all rebar and tendon supports, chairs etc.

Install cable guardrails

Install epoxy coated rebar

Submit cable elongation and pressure gauge readings as required

Offload, Inventory all Resteel deliveries

Provide Hoisting for Off Loading as required



Laydown all materials in areas coordinated with Construction Manager

4A Masonry Veneer All Plans and Specifications

Furnish and install all masonry veneer 042613 - Masonry Veneer

Furnish and install access to work

Furnish and install all caulking within work and to adjacent disimilar materials

Furnish and Install masonry anchors as specified

Patching of substrate if damaged

Furnish and install all flashing, drip edge, and peel and stick associated with this scope

Furnish and install drainage mesh, weeps and all other accessories accociated with this scope

Protect work installed prior to your installation

Include washing of masonry per spec

Include labor for mock-ups

Include install of loose laid embeds including but not loose to lintels

Unload of material

5A Structural and Miscellaneous Steel - Supply All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid - Steelwest

Supply all structural steel, joist, and decking. 051200 - Structural Steel Framing

Supply all connections and embeds to steel, concrete. 051617 - Strand Guard Rail System

Supply all shop welded rebar. 053100 - Steel Decking (Revised)

Supply all metal fabrications. 054000 - Cold Formed Metal Framing

Supply all steel stairs and rails. 055000 - Metal Fabrications

Supply all site misc. steel including but not limited to bollards, brackets, gratings, etc. 055113 - Metal Pan Stairs (Revised)

Furnish snow gates 055119 - Metal Grating Stairs

055213 - Pipe and Tube Railings

5B Structural and Miscellaneous Steel - Install All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid - Sowles

Install all structural steel. 051200 - Structural Steel Framing

Install all steel decking. 051617 - Strand Guard Rail System

Install all steel joists. 053100 - Steel Decking

Install all steel stairs and handrails. 054000 - Cold Formed Metal Framing

Install all misc. metal fabrications. 055000 - Metal Fabrications

Offload and inventory all steel 055113 - Metal Pan Stairs

Provide all layout 055119 - Metal Grating Stairs

Install snow gates 055213 - Pipe and Tube Railings

6A Rough Carpentry All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid - FHG


Page 4 of 10




Furnish and install wood blocking as shown on the drawings for roof parapet and tel-data rooms

7A Concrete Joint Sealants & Traffic Coatings All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid - TBD

Supply and Install Joint Sealants related to the Structural Concrete 033000 - Cast in Place Concrete

7B Roofing

All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid - Quality

Roofing

Furnish and install PVC roofing including insulation and cover board 075419 - PVC Roofing

7C Formed Metal Wall Panels All Plans & Specifications

Furnish and install all formed metal wall panels 074213.13 - Formed Metal Wall Panels

Furnish and install access to work



Furnish and Install Z furring as specified

Patching of substrate if damaged

Furnish and install all flashing, drip edge, and peel and stick associated with this scope

Protect work installed prior to your installation

Include labor for mock-ups

Unload of material

7D Joint Sealants All Plans & Specifications - TBD

Furnish and install joint sealants 079000 - Joint Sealants

8A Supply Doors, Frames, and Hardware

All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid - Montana

Doorways

Supply all steel doors and HM frames. 081113 - Hollow Metal Frames and Doors

Supply all interior hollow metal windows/lites.

Supply all door hardware for Bid Package 8A.

8B Install Doors, Frames, and Hardware All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid - FHG

Install all steel doors and frames, hollow metal lites, and associated hardware. 081113 - Hollow Metal Frames and Doors

Provide all fasteners, adhesives, tools and equipment for a complete installation of Bid Package

8A

8C Glazing All Plans and Specifications

Furnish and install all aluminum framed entrances, glazed aluminum curtain walls, and glazing 084213 - Aluminum Framed Entrances

Furnish and install access to work 084413 - Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls

Furnish and install all caulking within work and to adjacent disimilar materials 088000 - Glazing

Furnish and install operable louvers 089116 - Operable Wall Louvers

Unload of material

9A Gypsum Board Assemblies & Cold Formed Metal Framing All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid - RDJ Bros.

Furnish and install all gypsum board walls complete with framing, hang, tape, and finish 054400 - Cold Formed Framing

087100 - Door Hardware and Door Schedule

087100 - Door Hardware and Door Schedule

Page 5 of 10




Furnish and install sheathing, vapor barrier, framing, batt insulation 092216 - Non Structural Metal Framing

092900 - Gypsum Board

Sheathing 061600 - Sheathing

9B Paintings & Water Repellents All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid - TBD

Supply and install all painting and coating, including all exposed steel, doors and door frames 071900 - Water Repellents

Supply and install finish caulk at door frames 099113 - Exterior Painting

Supply and install water Repellents on concrete floors as scheduled. 099123 - Interior Painting

Final coat of paint after all fixed equipment is installed

All finish caulking where painted surfaces meet each other or a dissimilar material, including

door and window frames etc.

Provide and maintain washout facility - Water may not be available on site.

Include painting of all bollards

9C Resilient Base and Accessories All Plans & Specifications - Complete

Furnish and install Resilient Base And Accessories 096513 - Resilient Base and Accessories

10A Supply Specialties

Final Package Assembled by Martel Construction from Subcontractor and

Supplier Quotes - Schedule A Previously Bid - FHG

Furnish Interior Expansion Joint Covers 079513.13 - Interior Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies

Furnish all fire extinguisher cabinets 104413 - Fire Protection Cabinets

Furnish all fire extinguishers 104416 - Fire Extinguishers

Furnish signage 101400 - Signage

Furnish precast parking stops

10B Install Specialties

Final Package Assembled by Martel Construction from Subcontractor and

Supplier Quotes - Schedule A Previously Bid - FHG

Install Interior Expansion Joint Covers 079513.13 - Interior Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies

Install signage 101400 - Signage

Install all fire extinguisher cabinets 104413 - Fire Protection Cabinets

Install all fire extinguishers 104416 - Fire Extinguishers

Install precast parking stops

10C

Supply and Install Signage All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid - Signs of

Montana

Furnish and Install Signage 101400 - Signage

11A Counting system All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid

Furnish and install parking counting system 111240 - Counting System

14A Hydraulic Elevators All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid

Furnish and Install Hydraulic Elevators and Accessories 142400 - Hydraulic Elevators

Single point of connection for all utilities

21A Fire Suppression

All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid - Western

States

Page 6 of 10




210000 - Fire Suppression Systems

Supply and Install Fire Protection System Complete 210500 - Common Work Results For Fire Suppression

Provide one line coordination drawings 211200 - Fire Suppression Standpipes

22A Plumbing

All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid - Williams

Plumbing

Furnish and install complete plumbing scope to 5' outside building. 220000 - Plumbing General Requirements

Furnish and install all plumbing piping insulation. 220500 - Common Work Results For Plumbing

Furnish and install all seismic bracing. 220529 - Hangers and Supports For Plumbing and Piping Equipment

Furnish and install sand/oil separator as shown on the civil drawings 220553 - Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment

Underground and excavation work as required to complete scope 220700 - Plumbing Insulation

Provide one line coordination drawings 221113 - Facility Water Distribution Piping

221313 - Facility Sanitary Sewers

221413 - Facility Storm Drainage Piping

221423 - Storm Drainage Piping Specialties

23A Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning - Dry Side Mechanical All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid - Air Controls

230000 - HVAC General Requirements

Furnish and install HVAC System including grilles 230500 - Common Work Results For HVAC

Furnish and install all duct insulation. 230513 - Common Motor Requirements For HVAC Equipment

Furnish and install all seismic bracing. 230529 - Hangers and Supports For HVAC Piping and Equipment

Furnish and install all sheet metal and flashing as required. 230553 - Identification For HVAC Piping and Equipment

Furnish and install curbs as required 230593 - Testing Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC

Include start up & testing of system once complete 233113 - Metal Ducts

Provide one line coordination drawings 233300 - Air Duct Accessories

Furnish and install louvers and dampers 233423 - HVAC Power Ventilators

Furnish and install insulated duct work as shown 233713 - Diffusers, Registers and Grilles

Furnish and install t -stat and controls 233723 - HVAC Gravity Ventilators

26A Electrical, Communications, and Fire Alarm Schedule A Previously Bid - DJ's

Demolition per the documents as it relates to this scope 024100 - Site Demolition

Furnish and install a complete electrical system. 260000 - Electrical General Requirements

Furnish and install complete communications raceway as shown 2601513.16 - Medium Voltage, Single and Multi Conductor Cables

Furnish and install a fire alarm. 260519 -Low Voltages Electrical Power Conductors and Cables

Furnish and install all seismic restraints. 260526 - Grounding and Bonding For Electrical Systems

Include all work necessary to install conduits in concrete deck pours 260529 - Hangers and Supports For Electrical Systems

Reconnect of site lighting as detailed on the drawings 260533 - Raceway and Boxes For Electrical Systems

Provide one line coordination drawings 260543 - Underground Ducts and Raceways For Electrical Systems

Temp lights and power to the jobsite 260543.13 - Excavation and Backfill

Labeling of all circuits 260543.19 - Manholes and Hardware

One time complete cleaning of all smoke / heat detectors 260548 - Seismic Controls For Electrical Systems

Underground and excavation work as required to complete scope 260553 - Identification for Electrical Systems

Page 7 of 10




Provide lead time to get specified transformer, switch and wiring to the jobsite and installed,

include quick ship information260572 - Overcurrent Protective Device Short-circuit Study

Rough-in of piping to kiosk location both to be installed, and future 260573 - Overcurrent Protective Device Coordination Study

Furnish and install light pole bases when not part of the structure 260574 - Overcurrent Protective Device Arc Flash Study

Provide complete heat trace system on all drain piping 260812 - Power Distribution Acceptance Tests

Provide extra conduits and back boxes from data room 260813 - Power Distribution Acceptance Test Tables

Furnish and install electric heater 260923 - Lighting Control System

Furnish and install Elec duct bank including concrete 261219 - Pad Mounted Liquid Filled Medium Voltage Transformers

Include telecom work to existing data room including cutting & patching 262200 - Low Voltage Transformers

262416 - Panelboards

262713 - Electricity Metering

262726 - Wiring Devices

262813 - Fuses

262816 - Enclosed Switches

265100 - Interior Lighting

265600 - Exterior Lighting

270000 - Communications Project Overview

270100 - Basic Telecommunications Requirements

271100 - Telecommunication Rooms

271200 - Pathways, Fittings, and Boxes

271500 - Backbone Cabling Requirements

271600 - Horizontal Cabling Requirements

283111 - Digital Addressable Firealarm

31A Earthwork & Utilities

All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid - Greater

Gallatin Contractors

Site Demo to include work on C1.04 and C1.05 as well as other drawings as related to this

scope 024100 - Site Demolition

Furnish and install all requirements for earth moving for mass excavation and site

improvements to within .05' +/- .05' of finished subgrade

220000 - Plumbing General Requirements

Excavation should be to final subgrade .5' above bottom of footing and dental excavation for

footings of remaining .5' will be by the concrete contractor.

220500 - Common Work Results For Plumbing

Furnish and install all site utilities that enter the structure to with in 5' of the exterior of the

structure including fixtures such as hydrants (excluding primary electrical and sand oil

separator)

220529 - Hangers and Supports For Plumbing and Piping Equipment

Provide street sweeping at all areas affected or soiled by import and export operations as well

as for SWPPP requirements while on Site

220553 - Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment

Furnish and install all requirements per the SWMPP 220700 - Plumbing Insulation

Haul off of spoils including but not limited from EAP Installation 221113 - Facility Water Distribution Piping

All dirt stock piled on site to be covered - Coordinate Quantity and Location with Construction

Manager. Excess hauled off site to location at Subcontractor's discretion.

221313 - Facility Sanitary Sewers

Provide dust control for SWPPP requirements while on Site. 221413 - Facility Storm Drainage Piping

Include thrust blocks and insulation as shown for utilities 221423 - Storm Drainage Piping Specialties

Include testing of each utility system as required by authority having jurisdiction. 311000 - Site Clearing

Protect subcontractor's own open excavations and/or trenches 312000 - Earth Moving

Page 8 of 10




Provide survey and layout as required. Any additional staking point data with elevations, offsets,

point lists , exhibits with point locations shall be the responsibility of the Subcontractor. 312500 - Erosion and Sediment Control

Provide and maintain vehicle track pad as required to prevent the tracking of mud off the site 331000 - Water Distribution Piping

Temp roads on site as required 333000 - Sanitary Sewers

Furnish and install gravel fire lane as shown on the drawings 334100 - Storm Utility Drainage Piping

Dewatering of ground water as required - Refer to Geotech Report



Include excavation and fill for relocation of gas line

All work per geotechnical data provided

Haul off of spoils from clear and grub as well as excavation if not to be re-used

Re-use of sod from clear and grub to be used to repair area at installation of waterline

Mobilizations as required throughout the duration of the project

Include Haul Off of Spoils From Engineered Aggregate Pier Install

31B Engineered Aggregate Piers All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid - GTFC West

Furnish and install all requirements for rammed aggregate piers 316310 - Vertically Rammed Engineered Aggregate Piers

Include engineering coordination for rammed aggregate piers to comply with performance spec

Open Holes to be protected when not being worked on . All borings in progress must be

completed during work hours. No open holes allowed overnight.

Performance testing as required per the spec and remediation as necessary

Provide unit pricing for work not covered by this contract

Dewatering of ground water as applies

Provide quality plan per the spec



32A Asphalt Paving

All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid - High

Country

Furnish and install all asphalt paving 321216 - Asphalt Paving

Finish Grade Crushed Gravel Base Course as required . 321313 - Concrete Paving

Install exterior site signage as shown on civil drawings 321373 - Concrete Paving Joint Sealants

Layout and grade to complete work package 321723 - Pavement Markings

Furnish and install pavement markings for asphalt areas and all areas exterior to the structure

Furnish and install curb, gutter, and crosswalks

32B Concrete Paving

All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid - High

Country

Furnish and install all concrete site paving shown on civil sheets including but not limited to

drives and walks

079233 - Joint Sealants As Related to This Scope

Furnish and install fine grade of subgrade 321313 - Concrete Paving

Page 9 of 10




Install exterior bollards as shown on the civil drawings 321373 - Concrete Paving Joint Sealants

Furnish and install site concrete accessories including but not limited to detectable domes

Include colored concrete at cross walks

Provide concrete joint location plan per the spec

Furnish and install concrete joints and joint sealants for work installed

Layout, cure, and seal work installed

Protect from weather when required

32C Pavement Markings (Concrete)

All Plans & Specifications - Complete - Schedule A Previously Bid - Blaze

Stripping

Furnish and install all pavement markings on the site with in the parking structure including

layout

099120 - Pavement Markings

Page 10 of 10

jmartel

Line

jmartel

Line

jmartel

Text Box

Exhibit # 6

For all emergencies dial 911. For non-emergencies call 994-2121. The University

Police Department is staffed 24 hours a day and responds to all requests for

emergency services as well as for information. University Police is located in the

Huffman Building on the corner of S. 7th Ave. and Kagy Blvd.

Parking Regulations 2015–2016 All vehicles parked on campus, weekdays 6am – 6pm, must have a permit. Exceptions

are Saturday, Sunday and staff holidays when all university offices are closed. All regula-

tions are enforced over winter, spring and summer breaks.

• Parking regulations are in effect for all property owned by Montana State University includ-ing main Campus, Safety and Risk Management, Marsh Labs, Agriculture Facilities, Stadium, Museum of the Rockies and Family & Graduate Housing.

• The parking area east of the stadium is available for event parking only.• Due to weather, special events, construction and other factors beyond the control of Parking Services,

a parking permit does not guaranatee that a space will be available at all times for registered users.• These regulations along with the MSU Bike regulations may be found at: www.montana.edu/police

Effective September 1, 2015

I. Where should I park?A. You may park in any lot for which you have a valid permit. All parking on Montana State

University (MSU) is controlled and a permit must be purchased prior to parking on campus during business hours. You may buy daily permits at the University Police. You may buy long-term permits online and at the police station. Visitors may also park in the pay lot on the corner of 7th and Grant or in any of the 30 minute spaces located across campus.

B. Parking in service drives and next to buildings is not allowed without permission. For short duration drop-offs, permission to park in a service drive may be secured by calling University Police at 994-1723. Normally, permission will be granted for up to 20 minutes.

C. For more information you may call 994-2121 or you may access our FAQ page here: www.montana.edu/police/parkingservicesfaq.shtml

II. General PoliciesA. Registration: All vehicles parking on campus Mon – Fri, 6 am – 6 pm must display a permit. This

includes parking on all university controlled streets and lots. University controlled streets and lots are shown on the campus parking map on the reverse. All streets in Family & Graduate Housing are university controlled. Parking permits may be purchased online at www.montana.edu/police/permit.shtml or at University Police. Annual permits are valid from Sept. 1 – Aug. 31.1. Exceptions:

a. Permits are not required to park in 15 minute, 30 minute and 45 minute timed park-ing spaces, metered spaces or in service drives for which parking permission has been granted. Permission to park in service drives may be obtained by calling 994-1723.

b. The following are enforced 24 hours a day, 7 days a week:i. Service Drivesii. Handicapped spacesiii. Fire lanesiv. No Parking zones/Yellow zonesv. 15, 30 or 45 minute timed parkingvi. 24 hour reserved spaces

c. Bicycles are not required to purchase permits if they conform to the definitions below in section III.A.3.

B. Parking and Traffic: All matters concerning parking and traffic should be referred to the University Police.

C. University Police: The University Police are certified sworn peace officers and are empowered to enforce all state laws.

D. Liability: MSU assumes no responsibility for care or protection of any vehicle or its contents while operated or parked on campus.

E. Fines: Students, faculty, staff and visitors of the University are subject to such fines and pen-alties as listed in these regulations.

F. Reserved Spaces: 24 hour Reserved spaces are enforced 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. 12 hour Reserved spaces are enforced Mon – Fri, 6am – 6pm with the exception of university staff holidays when campus offices are closed. Violators will be ticketed and are subject to towing.

G. Income derived from the sale of parking permits and from the collection of parking fines assessed under these regulations is used for administration, maintenance, and improvement of parking facilities. By state law, the parking operation receives no funding from the general university appropriations.

H. These regulations are designed to foster convenience and safety for all personnel and facilitate efficient operation of the university. They are applicable to all persons operating motor vehicles on university owned or controlled property. Also, they are deemed a part of the terms and con-ditions of admission and enrollment of students, employment of staff members, and privilege of visitors to operate motor vehicles on campus. The university campus proper and university property is considered a part of MSU campus and within the scope of these regulations.

I. Parking conditions as depicted on this map are subject to change; actual signage on streets and in lots should be followed regardless of map depictions.

Parking motor vehicles on campus is a privilege and NOT a RIGHT. This privilege is acquired and maintained by registration and operation (including parking) of any motor vehicle pursu-ant to these regulations. Although acquired, this privilege may be revoked or suspended.

III. Parking RegulationsA. Definitions: For the purposes of parking on MSU the following definitions shall apply:

1. Vehicle: Any motorized conveyance having three or more wheels, including “trikes” and ATVs. 2. Motorcycle: A motorized conveyance with two wheels and a seat or saddle for the use of

the operator. 3. Bicycle:

a. A non-motorized conveyance with two or more wheels powered solely by human power;b. motorized conveyance with pedals for human propulsion and a motor of 50cc or less

which develops 2HP or less.B. Parking:

1. Vehicles may park in any lot for which they have the appropriate permit. See legend on reverse for a key showing which permits may park in which designated lots.

2. Motorcycles may only park in designated motorcycle parking areas. See map on reverse for motorcycle parking areas.

3. Bicycles do not need a permit and may park in any bike rack on campus. Bicycles locked to trees, fences, poles or anything other than an approved bike rack may be removed by University Police.

C. Parking Permits: 1. Annual or semester parking permits may be purchased online at www.montana.edu/

police/permit.shtml or at University Police. See Section IV. Fees and Fines for prices.2. Daily parking permits may be purchased at the University Police Department. Cost is $4 and

permits are valid for parking in any SB, E, F or D lot. Customers may also call 994-2121 to make prior arrangements for event parking.

3. All faculty, staff and students are eligible to purchase the appropriate parking permit. See Eligibility Requirements in the map legend on the reverse for more details. Contact Parking Services at University Police for further information by dialing 994-2121.

4. Parking Services is not responsible for permits lost or missing in the mail. Permits lost in the mail will be replaced free of charge if reported missing within 21 days of ordering. After 21 days, replacement fees will apply.

D. State & Federal: State and Federal vehicles using University Parking must buy and display a valid permit and park accordingly.

E. Registration is not considered complete or valid unless the hangtag is mounted on the rearview mirror of the vehicle, plainly visible from the exterior of the car. Daily permits must be visible and show the correct date.

F. The person to whom a permit is issued or sold by the university is responsible for all future citations linked to that permit.

G. Information:1. Any change in vehicle registration information must be reported to the University Police

Department as soon as possible. 2. The operator, registrant and/or owner registered or unregistered, of a vehicle is responsible

for all violations recorded against the vehicle. As a student, staff or faculty, you are respon-sible for anyone parking your vehicle on campus and you are responsible for all fines.

3. Falsifying information on registration applications is prohibited and will void the registration. The term falsifying information includes, but is not limited to: falsification of name, residence, license number, or any other data required for registration of a motor vehicle or motorcycle.

4. The purchase of annual parking permits for privately owned vehicles and payment of parking citations shall be paid from personal funds. The use of any institutional funding source to pay for either private parking permits or parking citations is unauthorized and against university policy. The purchase of employee parking permits must be made by cash, personal check, personal credit card, Cat Card or by payroll deduction.

H. ADA Accessible Parking Spaces: ADA accessible parking is available in spaces marked with designated signs. A Handicap parking permit or license plate issued by state government is required in addition to a university issued permit to park in these spaces. People with short term medical conditions or injuries may be issued a temporary permit from, and at the dis-cretion of, University Police to park in handicap spaces while waiting for their state issued Handicapped permit. Such permits are not valid in reserved spaces. People with such condi-tions or injuries who need handicap parking longer than one week must obtain a handicap parking permit from the Montana Department of Justice, Motor Vehicle Division in Deer Lodge. Forms to apply for these permits are available at the University Police Department or online at www.doj.mt.gov/driving/forms/mv5.pdf. This state permit, in conjunction with any MSU permit, allows parking in all designated handicap parking spaces on campus regardless of lot permit designation. When not parked in an ADA space, MSU permits are valid only for the lots specified by the permit designation.

I. Limitations: Mon – Fri, 6am – 6pm the following limitations apply:1. R (Reserved) may park in their R designated lot or in SB, E, F or D designated areas. 2. SB (Commuters) may park in SB, E, F, FH or D designated areas. 3. E (Residence Hall students) may park only in E, F or D designated areas. 4. D (Commuter, Residence Hall students) may park only in D or F designated areas and are

eligible to access all lots, except for Reserved, at 4pm each day. 5. F (Commuter staff and students) may park only in the F designated areas and are eligible

to access all lots, except for reserved, at 4pm each day. 6. FH (Family & Graduate Housing) may park only in FH designated areas. There are no

multiple or second vehicle discounts for Family & Graduate Housing. See below for specific rules concerning Family & Graduate Housing residents.

7. The parking area east of the stadium is available for event parking only. 8. Motorcycle permits are issued for all two-wheeled motor vehicles meeting the definitions in

Section III. A.2 Motorcycles may only park in designated motorcycle parking. See map on reverse for areas designated as motorcycle parking.

9. No parking will be allowed at any time in service drives, service parking, or load-ing zones without securing permission, prior to use, by calling University Police Department at 994-1723. Permission is limited to specific time periods.

10. No parking or driving is allowed on lawns, grassy areas or sidewalks.11.The position of any vehicle when parked must be located within the boundaries of the

parking space. The fact that other vehicles are parked improperly is not an excuse for parking any part of the vehicles over any line.

J. Bicycle permits are available at University Police; registration is recommended for any bicycle on campus to aid in the return of stolen or lost bicycles. Bicycle registration is free.

K. Retirees, or the spouse of a deceased retiree, from Montana State University - Bozeman may be entitled to a single SB permit, free of charge. Each permit will be valid for up to four years and can be transferred between vehicles. Documentation is to be provided by University Personnel & Payroll to substantiate retired status.

L. Trailers, Campers, Recreation Vehicles, Oversized Vehicles etc.: 1. Campers and RVs may not be occupied overnight.2. All Campers, trailers, RVs, etc. must have a parking permit issued by Parking Services if

parked on campus from 6am – 6pm, Mon – Fri.3. Such vehicles shall be restricted to parking in the following lots unless other arrangements

have been made with Parking Services:a. The gravel lot on the corner of Lincoln and 19th Ave. b. The Huffman lotc. The Antelope lotd. The West Stadium lot

Arrangements to park elsewhere on campus must be made in advance. Call Parking Services at 994-2121 for more information.

4. Exceptions:a. Game Day Parking: Campers, trailers and RVs may be occupied overnight in the

West Stadium lot, east stadium tailgate lot and portions of the SFH lot designated as RV parking for home football games. Normally, overnight occupancy will be permit-ted from 6pm Friday to 6pm Sunday on weekends when there is a home football game. Mid-week home games will be handled on game by game basis; contact Parking Services at 994-2121 for more information.

M. Enforcement: State laws and university regulations will be enforced on the campus of MSU 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Drivers of vehicles on the campus shall comply with all signs, markings and devices properly placed by University Police for the purpose of regulat-ing, warning or guiding traffic.

N. Speed Limit: For those streets and alleyways which do not have speed limits posted, the speed limit is 25 mph.

O. Family & Graduate Housing: 1. Reserved parking is provided for each unit, with the exception of west side houses, in

Family & Graduate Housing. Residents parking in Family & Graduate Housing are required to display either a valid FH or SB permit at all times.

2. Visitors to Family & Graduate Housing are not permitted to park in reserved parking stalls. Weekdays 6am – 6pm, visitors are required to display a valid Family Housing Visitor Permit or an MSU Daily Permit from their rearview mirror. Family Housing visitor permits may be obtained at the Family & Graduate Housing Office during office hours: 7:30am – 5pm at no cost, but are not valid on the main campus. MSU Daily Permits (also valid on main campus) may be purchased at University Police from 5am to 9pm for $4/day. People who visit on weekends, holidays or after hours are not required to have a visitor hangtag as long as they park in visitor parking.

3. Residents who have an unauthorized vehicle parked in their reserved stall may call University Police and request a citation be issued. These tenants may be required to prove registration of the parking stall by showing their yellow parking authorization slip. The Family & Graduate Housing Office provides this authorization slip to the tenant at check-in.

P. No vehicles shall be parked in any university parking area while undergoing major repairs without permission of the University Police Department. All vehicles must be operable and in good running condition.

Q. Towing: Any vehicle found in violation of the following may be towed and impounded by the University Police:

1. Vehicles parked in reserved parking spaces without a valid permit or permission from the President’s Office.

2. Vehicles parked in a tow away zone.3. Any vehicle that may constitute a hazard, interferes with university operations, blocks a

street or driving lane in a parking lot, or is inoperable.4. Vehicles that are unregistered with the University Police and have accumulated three (3) or

more unpaid parking citations.5. A Habitual Offender is identified as a person who has 10 or more paid or unpaid citations

accrued in one academic year. The offender will surrender any parking permit and not be eligible for any refund. Parking privileges will be suspended for the remaining academic year.

The operator/owner of any towed vehicle will be liable for towing and impound costs and all risks involved. Any unclaimed impounded vehicle will be disposed of according to State law. Towing charges are incurred even if the owner of the vehicle arrives before the tow is completed.

R. Pedestrians have the right of way at intersections, designated crosswalks and on all sidewalks. People riding bikes are not considered pedestrians and shall yield to pedestrians.

S. Vehicles may not be left on campus over the summer break without the approval of University Police and Parking Services. Normally, all parking lots undergo annual maintenance over the summer months and must be empty of vehicles for that period. Parking Services will designate a parking area where vehicles can be stored over the summer break. Vehicles left in parking lots other than those designated as long term summer storage, and which are not moved for main-tenance, are subject to towing. Call 994-2121 for more information on summer vehicle storage.

IV. Fees and FinesA. Registration Fees:

1. Annual and semester permit prices by permit designation (FY16): Permit Type FY16 Price Permit Designation

S/B (Commuter)Half YearSummerWinter

$177$115$89$101

SBSA/SBSBSW

E (Resident)Half YearSummer

$177$115$93

EEA/EE

F (Discount Commuter)SummerF Upgrade to SBSummer Upgrade to E or SBWinter

$72$36$105$53$42

FFFE/SBFW

FH (Family Housing-Free)Additional VehicleSummerUpgrade to SBSummer Upgrade to SB

$98$98$48$79$40

FHFHFHSBFH

MC (Motorcycle)With SB/D/F PassSummer

$70$10$33

MCMCMC

ContractorSummer

$177$89

COCO

DeliverySummer

$106$53

DEDE

ServiceSummer

$177$89

SVSV

Special Purpose (Horseshoe School, Potato Lab, Babysitting) $53 SP

Town Pass SBHalf YearSummer

$177$115$89

YSYSYS

Town Pass FSummer

$72$36

YFYF

Daily Hang Tag $4 DA/SO

R1Half YearSummer

$765$505$383

R1R1R1

R2-R4Half YearSummer

$558 $368$279

R2-R4R2-R4R2-R4

R5-R10Half YearSummer

$463 $306$232

R5-R10R5-R10R5-R10

Paylot Prices0–60 MinutesEach Additional HourMaximum/Entry

$3.50$1.50$8

Replacement Permit $20

Bike Registration Free

2. See Eligibility Requirements in the map legend on the reverse for more details. Contact Parking Services at University Police for further information, 994-2121.

3. Daily permits are available from University Police. Permits are $4/day and are valid in all D, E, F, SB lots and in Family Housing visitor parking. They are not valid in gold signed Reserve spaces.

4. Fee Lot Parking: The fee lot is located on the corner of Grant St. and S. 7th Ave and is open to the public Mon–Fri, 6am – 8pm. Fee schedule is listed above. Vehicles remaining after 8pm are subject to ticket/towing unless prepaid.

No overnight parking is allowed in the fee lot. Vehicles parked overnight are subject to fee lot charge, citations and/or towing.

B. The Regents of the Montana University System have authorized the Presidents of the various units to levy fines against students, faculty and staff for violation of parking, traffic or registra-tion regulations.

C. Violations & Fines:

Use or possession of a lost, stolen, forged, altered or counterfeit permit is a $175 fine and is subject to a university tow. Improper use of Handicapped stalls and access aisles is a $100 fine, mandated by state law. Impound fee $5/day.

D. Appeals:1. The appeals process is not an alternative to full compliance with these parking regulations;

therefore, the following issues are not legitimate grounds for an appeal and cannot be referred to the appeals board:a. Lost citations: the fact that a citation exists is prima facie evidence that it was placed on

the vehicle. When vehicle/license descriptions on the citation match the owners records held in the parking database then the citation cannot be appealed solely on the grounds that it was not received.

b. Parking illegally for a short period of time is not considered valid grounds for an appeal.c. Forgetting a permit, leaving it in another vehicle or failing to display it properly may be

reduced to a warning once per academic year by University Police. d. Failure to take note of properly signed and marked areas are not grounds for an appeal.e. Being unfamiliar with University Parking Regulations is not grounds for an appeal.

2. Fines may be appealed in person at University Police or online at www.montana.edu/police/appeals.shtml. Appeals must be submitted no later than the date specified on the citation. Fines upheld by the Parking Appeals Committee must be paid within seven days or a late fee will apply.

3. The university is authorized by Montana statute to withhold the amount of any unpaid parking fines from any amount owed to students, employees or faculty members.

4. Student transcripts may also be held for unpaid parking fines, and unpaid fines may be added to student accounts for collection purposes.

5. The Parking Appeals Committee is composed of faculty, staff and student members appointed by the Vice President for Administration.

V. Special Occasions and EmergenciesA. On special occasions and in emergencies, University Police as required will impose additional

parking limitations.B. Accidents: Any accident involving a vehicle on university property must be reported to

University Police by the quickest means.C. Emergencies: The University Police Department is open 24 hours a day and can be reached

by telephone at 994-2121.D. Mechanical Failure: Whenever a car is parked improperly because of mechanical failure, the

owner or driver must notify University Police of the situation immediately: 994-2121.

VI. Amendments to RegulationsThese regulations may be amended at any time and such amendments will become effec-tive by the order of the University President and by posting notices on the bulletin boards throughout the campus and publishing notices in local or university publications for three consecutive weeks.

$60 24 Hour Reserved Spaces $30 Damaged Hang Tag$25 Violation of Bicycle Regulations$30 Blocking Trash Receptacles$30 Expired Meter$30 Failure To Display Valid Permit$60 Failure To Register$60 Fire Lane$100 Handicap Spaces *$30 15 Minute Loading Zone

$30 Not in Designated Area$30 Not in E Lot$30 Over Line — 2 Spaces$30 Overtime Parked$45 Parked In Yellow Zone$30 Parked or Driving on Lawn$30 Parking in Crosswalk$30 Parking in or Blocking Drive$30 Parking/Driving on Sidewalk$45 Posted No Parking$60 Reserved 6am – 6pm

$30 See Officer Comment$30 Service Drive$30 Service Vehicle Parking Only$30 Student Health Parking Only$30 Special Permit Required$60 Parked in Tow Away Zone$75 Towing Fee$30 Wrong Side Parked$60 Parking Privileges Revoked

plafata

Cloud

Bulletin Number: 006

Project:

NAIC Parking Garage Project Number: 14080.00

To: Martel Construction

Date Issued: February 26, 2016

This BULLETIN describes a (Proposed Change), which may affect the Contract (Sum and/or Time). The Contractor is requested to

respond to this Bulletin in writing to the Architect within (10) working days from the above date. This Bulletin (is) an authorization

(and) a directive to change the work.

Description:

The attached drawings and specification sections constitutes the scope of work for Schedule B.

For the exterior bar grating skin, add the following to Schedule A Specification Section 055000:

2.14 ALUMINUM GRATING SCREEN WALL PANELS

A. McNicols Quality Swage Locked Bar Grating, Aluminum Type 6063-T6,

GAL 150 Smooth, 1 ¼” x 3/16” bearing bars, 1 3/16” o.c., regular cross bars at 4” o.c., 24” and 36” wide panels

with all sides banded, length varies, or approved equal. See drawings for fabrication and attachment details. For the cabling at the stairs, price the following options for comparison:

1. 3/8” stainless steel cable and connections

2. ¼” stainless steel cable and connections

3. 3/8” galvanized cable and connections

4. ¼” galvanized cable and connections

SPECIFICATIONS:

04 26 13 MASONRY VENEER

05 31 00 STEEL DECKING (REVISES & REPLACES SCHED A SPECIFICATION SECTION)

05 51 13 METAL PAN STAIRS

06 16 00 SHEATHING

07 42 13.13 FORMED METAL WALL PANELS

07 90 00 JOINT SEALANTS

08 42 13 ALUMINUM FRAMED ENTRANCES

08 44 13 GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS

08 80 00 GLAZING

08 91 16 OPERABLE WALL LOUVERS

09 65 13 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES

09 91 23 INTERIOR PAINTING

11 12 40 COUNTING SYSTEM

14 24 00 HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS

2

DRAWINGS:

ARCHITECTURAL:

COVER

A1.05 ENLARGED PLANS, ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE - N.E. STAIR TOWER

A2.01 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS - SCHED B SCREEN WALL (REVISED SCHED. A SHEET)

A2.02 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS - SCHED B SCREEN WALL (REVISED SCHED. A SHEET)

A2.03 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS - N.E. TOWER

A4.03 BLDG & WALL SECTIONS - N.E. TOWER

A4.04 BLDG. SECTIONS & DETAILS - N.E. TOWER

A5.05 SCHED B - MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS

A5.06 SCHED B - MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS

A5.07 STAIR PLANS, SECTIONS & DETAILS - N.E. TOWER

A7.02 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS, DOOR & HARDWARE SCHEDULE - N.E. TOWER

A8.01 REFLECTED CEILING PLANS - N.E. TOWER

STRUCTURAL:

S0.02 FOUNDATION & STAIR GEN. STRUCT. NOTES (REVISED SCHED. A SHEET)

S7.05 N.E. STAIR FOUNDATION PLAN AND DETAILS

S7.06 N.E. STAIR TOWER PLANS

S7.07 N.E. STAIR ROOF PLAN AND FRAMING DETAILS

S7.08 N.E STAIR SECTIONS

S7.09 N.E. STAIR MOMENT FRAME ELEVATIONS

S7.10 N.E. TOWER STAIR BRACED FRAME ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS

S7.11 MOMENT FRAME CONNECTION DETAILS

MECHANICAL:

MP0.01 MECHANICAL & PLUMBING LEGENDS AND SCHEDULES (REVISED SCHED. A SHEET)

MP1.0 7 MECHANICAL & PLUMBING ENLARGED PLANS - N.E. STAIR TOWER

ELECTRICAL:

E0.01 ELECTRICAL LEGEND, SCHEDULES, & DETAILS (REVISED SCHED. A SHEET)

E1.05 ELECTRICAL ENLARGED PLANS - N.E. STAIR TOWER

Contractor’s Response:

The projected extension of the Substantial Completion Date, due to the change specified by this Bulletin, would be ______ days.

Initiated By:

A&E

Drawings Affected:

A2.01, A2.02, S0.02, MP0.01, E0.01

Prepared By:

A&E / ZGF /Morrison

Maierle/ A.C.E.

Attachments:

Sheets:

SEE SHEET INDEX ABOVE

Project Manual Sections Affected:

SEE SECTION INDEX LISTED ABOVE FOR NEW SECTIONS

Distribution:

per Submittal Exchange

A&E # 14080 NAIC PARKING GARAGE PPA # 14-0046 MONTANA STATE UNIVERSITY A/E # 2014-02-07-01 SCHEDULE B CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS FEBRUARY 23, 2016

MASONRY VENEER 042613 - 1

SECTION 042613 - MASONRY VENEER

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Clay face brick.

B. Products Installed but Not Furnished under This Section:

1. Steel lintels in masonry veneer. 2. Steel shelf angles for supporting masonry veneer.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Sustainable Design Submittals:

1. Product Certificates: For regional materials, indicating location of material manufacturer and point of extraction, harvest, or recovery for each raw material. Include distance to Project and cost for each regional material.

C. Samples for Verification: For each type and color of brick.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Material Certificates: For each type and size of product.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Sample Panels: Build sample panels to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects. Comply with requirements in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" for mockups.

1. Build sample panels for each type of exposed unit masonry construction in sizes approximately 60 inches long by 48 inches high by full thickness.

1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold-weather construction requirements contained in TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6.



1. Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F and higher and will remain so until masonry has dried, but not less than seven days after completing cleaning.

B. Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 UNIT MASONRY, GENERAL

A. Masonry Standard: Comply with TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6, except as modified by requirements in the Contract Documents.

B. Defective Units: Referenced masonry unit standards may allow a certain percentage of units to contain chips, cracks, or other defects exceeding limits stated. Do not use units where such defects will be exposed in the completed Work.

2.2 BRICK

A. Basis-of-Design: Endicott Dark Ironspot, Smooth Texture, Norman size, or approved equal. Lay up in “modified standard bond” pattern as indicated on drawings.

B. Regional Materials: Brick shall be manufactured within 500 miles of Project site.

C. Shapes: Provide shapes indicated and as follows, with exposed surfaces matching finish and color of exposed faces of adjacent units:

1. For ends of sills and caps and for similar applications that would otherwise expose unfinished brick surfaces, provide units without cores or frogs and with exposed surfaces finished.

2. Provide special shapes for applications where shapes produced by sawing would result in sawed surfaces being exposed to view.

D. Clay Face Brick: Facing brick complying with ASTM C 216.

1. Grade SW. 2. Type FBX. 3. Initial Rate of Absorption: Less than 30 g/30 sq. in. per minute when tested according to

ASTM C 67. 4. Efflorescence: Provide brick that has been tested according to ASTM C 67 and is rated "not

effloresced." 5. Surface Coating: Brick with colors or textures produced by application of coatings shall withstand

50 cycles of freezing and thawing according to ASTM C 67 with no observable difference in the applied finish when viewed from 10 feet or shall have a history of successful use in Project's area.

6. Size (Actual Dimensions): 3-5/8 inches wide by 2 ¼ inches high by 11-5/8 inches long. 7. Color and Texture: Dark Ironspot.



2.3 MORTAR MATERIALS

A. Regional Materials: Aggregate for mortar and grout, cement, and lime shall be manufactured within 500 miles of Project site.

B. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold-weather construction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color indicated.

C. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.

D. Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement and hydrated lime containing no other ingredients.

E. Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded for use in mortar mixes and complying with ASTM C 979/C 979M. Use only pigments with a record of satisfactory performance in masonry mortar.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

a. Davis Colors. b. Lanxess Corporation. c. Solomon Colors, Inc.

F. Colored Cement Products: Packaged blend made from portland cement and hydrated lime and mortar pigments, all complying with specified requirements, and containing no other ingredients.

1. Colored Portland Cement-Lime Mix:

a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1) Holcim (US) Inc. 2) Lafarge North America Inc. 3) Lehigh Hanson; HeidelbergCement Group.

G. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144.

1. White-Mortar Aggregates: Natural white sand or crushed white stone. 2. Colored-Mortar Aggregates: Natural sand or crushed stone of color necessary to produce

required mortar color.

H. Cold-Weather Admixture: Nonchloride, noncorrosive, accelerating admixture complying with ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type C, and recommended by manufacturer for use in masonry mortar of composition indicated.


a. BASF Corporation; Construction Systems. b. Euclid Chemical Company (The); an RPM company. c. GCP Applied Technologies (formerly Grace Construction Products).



I. Water-Repellent Admixture: Liquid water-repellent mortar admixture intended for use with concrete bricks containing integral water repellent from same manufacturer.


a. ACM Chemistries. b. BASF Corporation - Admixture Systems. c. GCP Applied Technologies (formerly Grace Construction Products).

J. Water: Potable.

2.4 TIES AND ANCHORS

A. General: Ties and anchors shall extend at least 1-1/2 inches into veneer but with at least a 5/8-inch cover on outside face.

B. Materials: Provide ties and anchors specified in this article that are made from materials that comply with the following unless otherwise indicated:

1. Hot-Dip Galvanized, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82/A 82M, with ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B-2 coating.

2. Steel Sheet, Galvanized after Fabrication: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel, with ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B coating.

C. Adjustable Anchors for Connecting to Structural Steel Framing: Provide anchors that allow vertical or horizontal adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to plane of wall.

1. Anchor Section for Welding to Steel Frame: Crimped 1/4-inch-diameter, hot-dip galvanized-steel wire.

2. Tie Section: Triangular-shaped wire tie made from 0.187-inch-diameter, hot-dip galvanized-steel wire.

D. Adjustable Anchors for Connecting to Concrete: Provide anchors that allow vertical or horizontal adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to plane of wall.

1. Connector Section: Dovetail tabs for inserting into dovetail slots in concrete and attached to tie section; formed from 0.105-inch-thick, steel sheet, galvanized after fabrication.

2. Tie Section: Triangular-shaped wire tie made from 0.187-inch-diameter, hot-dip galvanized-steel wire.

E. Adjustable Masonry-Veneer Anchors:

1. General: Provide anchors that allow vertical adjustment but resist a 100-lbf load in both tension and compression perpendicular to plane of wall without deforming or developing play in excess of 1/16 inch.

2. Fabricate sheet metal anchor sections and other sheet metal parts from 0.075-inch-thick steel sheet, galvanized after fabrication.

3. Fabricate wire ties from 0.187-inch-diameter, hot-dip galvanized-steel wire unless otherwise indicated.

4. Fabricate wire connector sections from 0.187-inch-diameter, hot-dip galvanized, carbon-steel wire.



5. Contractor's Option: Unless otherwise indicated, provide any of the adjustable masonry-veneer anchors specified.

6. Seismic Masonry-Veneer Anchors: Connector section and a rib-stiffened, sheet metal anchor section with screw holes top and bottom, with projecting tabs having slotted holes for inserting vertical leg of connector section. Connector section consists of a rib-stiffened, sheet metal bent plate with down-turned leg designed to fit in anchor section slot and with integral tabs designed to engage continuous wire.


1) Dur-O-Wal; a Hohmann & Barnard company. 2) Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. 3) Wire-Bond.

7. Seismic Masonry-Veneer Anchors: Wire tie and a rib-stiffened, sheet metal anchor section with screw holes top and bottom, with projecting tabs having holes for inserting vertical legs of wire tie. Wire tie has sheet metal clip welded to it with integral tabs designed to engage continuous wire.


1) Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. 2) Wire-Bond.

8. Seismic Masonry-Veneer Anchors: Connector section and a gasketed sheet metal anchor section, 1-1/4 inches wide by 6 inches long, with screw holes top and bottom; top and bottom ends bent to form pronged legs of length to match thickness of insulation or sheathing; and raised rib-stiffened strap, 5/8 inch wide by 6 inches long, stamped into center to provide a slot between strap and base for inserting connector section. Connector section consists of a triangular wire tie and rigid PVC extrusion with snap-in grooves for inserting continuous wire.

a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:

1) Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.

9. Polymer-Coated, Steel Drill Screws for Steel Studs: ASTM C 954 except with hex washer head and neoprene or EPDM washer, No. 10 diameter and with organic polymer coating with salt-spray resistance to red rust of more than 800 hours according to ASTM B 117.

2.5 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS

A. Metal Flashing: Provide metal flashing complying with Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" and as follows:

1. Fabricate metal drip edges from stainless steel. Extend at least 3 inches into wall and 1/2 inch out from wall, with outer edge bent down 30 degrees and hemmed.

2. Fabricate metal sealant stops from stainless steel. Extend at least 3 inches into wall and out to exterior face of wall. At exterior face of wall, bend metal back on itself for 3/4 inch and down into joint 1/4 inch to form a stop for retaining sealant backer rod.

B. Flexible Flashing: Use the following unless otherwise indicated:



1. Copper-Laminated Flashing: 7-oz./sq. ft. copper sheet bonded between two layers of glass-fiber cloth. Use only where flashing is fully concealed in masonry.


1) Advanced Building Products Inc. 2) Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. 3) York Manufacturing, Inc.

C. Solder and Sealants for Sheet Metal Flashings: As specified in Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim."

D. Adhesives, Primers, and Seam Tapes for Flashings: Flashing manufacturer's standard products or products recommended by flashing manufacturer for bonding flashing sheets to each other and to substrates.

2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES

A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1; compressible up to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from neoprene urethane or PVC.

B. Weep/Vent Products: Use the following unless otherwise indicated:

1. Cellular Plastic Weep/Vent: One-piece, flexible extrusion made from UV-resistant polypropylene copolymer, full height and width of head joint and depth 1/8 inch less than depth of outer wythe, in color selected from manufacturer's standard.


1) Advanced Building Products Inc. 2) Heckmann Building Products, Inc. 3) Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. 4) Wire-Bond.

C. Cavity Drainage Material: Free-draining mesh, made from polymer strands that will not degrade within the wall cavity.


a. Advanced Building Products Inc. b. Heckmann Building Products, Inc. c. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. d. Mortar Net Solutions. e. Wire-Bond.

2. Configuration: Provide one of the following:

a. Strips, full depth of cavity and 10 inches high, with dovetail-shaped notches 7 inches deep that prevent clogging with mortar droppings.



2.7 MASONRY CLEANERS

A. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard-strength cleaner designed for removing mortar/grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from new masonry without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces. Use product expressly approved for intended use by cleaner manufacturer and manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned.


a. Diedrich Technologies, Inc.; a division of Sandell Construction Solutions. b. PROSOCO, Inc.

2.8 MORTAR MIXES

A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures unless otherwise indicated.

1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 2. Use portland cement-lime mortar unless otherwise indicated. 3. Add cold-weather admixture (if used) at same rate for all mortar that will be exposed to view,

regardless of weather conditions, to ensure that mortar color is consistent.

B. Preblended, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in form of a preblended mix. Measure quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend ingredients before delivering to Project site.

C. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification. Use Type N unless another type is indicated.

D. Pigmented Mortar: Use colored cement product.

1. Pigments shall not exceed 10 percent of portland cement by weight. 2. Application: Use pigmented mortar for exposed mortar joints.

E. Colored-Aggregate Mortar: Produce required mortar color by using colored aggregates and natural color or white cement as necessary to produce required mortar color.

1. Mix to match Architect's sample. 2. Application: Use colored aggregate mortar for exposed mortar joints.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Use full-size units without cutting if possible. If cutting is required to provide a continuous pattern or to fit adjoining construction, cut units with motor-driven saws; provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Allow units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed.



B. Select and arrange units for exposed unit masonry to produce a uniform blend of colors and textures. Mix units from several pallets or cubes as they are placed.

C. Wetting of Brick: Wet brick before laying if initial rate of absorption exceeds 30 g/30 sq. in. per minute when tested according to ASTM C 67. Allow units to absorb water so they are damp but not wet at time of laying.

3.2 TOLERANCES

A. Dimensions and Locations of Elements:

1. For dimensions in cross section or elevation, do not vary by more than plus 1/2 inch or minus 1/4 inch.

2. For location of elements in plan, do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or minus 1/2 inch.

3. For location of elements in elevation, do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or minus 1/4 inch in a story height or 1/2 inch total.

B. Lines and Levels:

1. For bed joints and top surfaces of bearing walls, do not vary from level by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum.

2. For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary from level by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum.

3. For vertical lines and surfaces, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum.

4. For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, and expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum.

5. For lines and surfaces, do not vary from straight by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum.

C. Joints:

1. For bed joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch, with a maximum thickness limited to 1/2 inch.

2. For exposed head joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch. Do not vary from adjacent bed-joint and head-joint thicknesses by more than 1/8 inch.

3.3 LAYING MASONRY WALLS

A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid using less-than-half-size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, at other locations.

B. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Unless otherwise indicated, lay exposed masonry in modified standard bond as shown on drawings; do not use units with less-than-nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs.

C. Fill space between steel frames and masonry solidly with mortar unless otherwise indicated.



3.4 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING

A. Lay masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not deeply furrow bed joints or slush head joints.

B. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint thickness unless otherwise indicated.

3.5 ANCHORED MASONRY VENEERS

A. Anchor masonry veneers to wall framing with seismic masonry-veneer anchors to comply with the following requirements:

1. Fasten screw-attached and seismic anchors through sheathing to wall framing with metal fasteners of type indicated. Use two fasteners unless anchor design only uses one fastener.

2. Embed connector sections and continuous wire in masonry joints. 3. Locate anchor sections to allow maximum vertical differential movement of ties up and down. 4. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 18 inches o.c. vertically and 24 inches o.c.

horizontally, with not less than one anchor for each 2 sq. ft. of wall area. Install additional anchors within 12 inches of openings and at intervals, not exceeding 8 inches, around perimeter.

5. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 16 inches o.c. vertically and 25 inches o.c. horizontally, with not less than one anchor for each 2.67 sq. ft. of wall area. Install additional anchors within 12 inches of openings and at intervals, not exceeding 36 inches, around perimeter.

6. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 18 inches o.c. vertically and horizontally. Install additional anchors within 12 inches of openings and at intervals, not exceeding 24 inches, around perimeter.

B. Provide airspace between back of masonry veneer and face of sheathing as shown in drawings.

3.6 ANCHORING MASONRY TO STRUCTURAL STEEL AND CONCRETE

A. Anchor masonry to structural steel and concrete, where masonry abuts or faces structural steel or concrete to comply with the following:

1. Provide an open space as shown on drawings between masonry and structural steel or concrete unless otherwise indicated. Keep open space free of mortar and other rigid materials.

2. Anchor masonry with anchors embedded in masonry joints and attached to structure. 3. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 24 inches o.c. vertically and 36 inches o.c.

horizontally.

3.7 FLASHING, WEEP HOLES, AND VENTS

A. General: Install embedded flashing and weep holes in masonry at shelf angles, lintels, ledges, other obstructions to downward flow of water in wall, and where indicated. Install vents at shelf angles, ledges, and other obstructions to upward flow of air in cavities, and where indicated.

B. Install flashing as follows unless otherwise indicated:



1. Prepare masonry surfaces so they are smooth and free from projections that could puncture flashing. Where flashing is within mortar joint, place through-wall flashing on sloping bed of mortar and cover with mortar. Before covering with mortar, seal penetrations in flashing with adhesive, sealant, or tape as recommended by flashing manufacturer.

2. At lintels and shelf angles, extend flashing a minimum of 6 inches into masonry at each end. At heads and sills, extend flashing 6 inches at ends and turn up not less than 2 inches to form end dams.

3. Install metal drip edges beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flexible flashing 1/2 inch back from outside face of wall, and adhere flexible flashing to top of metal drip edge.

4. Install metal flashing termination beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flexible flashing 1/2 inch back from outside face of wall, and adhere flexible flashing to top of metal flashing termination.

C. Install weep holes in veneers in head joints of first course of masonry immediately above embedded flashing.

1. Use specified weep/vent products to form weep holes. 2. Space weep holes 24 inches o.c. unless otherwise indicated.

D. Place cavity drainage material in airspace behind veneers to comply with configuration requirements for cavity drainage material in "Miscellaneous Masonry Accessories" Article.

E. Install vents in head joints in exterior wythes at spacing indicated. Use specified weep/vent products to form vents.

1. Close cavities off vertically and horizontally with blocking in manner indicated. Install through-wall flashing and weep holes above horizontal blocking.

3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage special inspectors to perform tests and inspections and prepare reports. Allow inspectors access to scaffolding and work areas as needed to perform tests and inspections. Retesting of materials that fail to comply with specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense.

B. Inspections: Special inspections according to Level B in TMS 402/ACI 530/ASCE 5.

1. Begin masonry construction only after inspectors have verified proportions of site-prepared mortar.

C. Testing Prior to Construction: One set of tests.

D. Clay Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit provided, according to ASTM C 67 for compressive strength.

E. Mortar Aggregate Ratio Test (Proportion Specification): For each mix provided, according to ASTM C 780.



3.9 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING

A. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints.

B. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows:

1. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes.

2. Protect adjacent stone and nonmasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner. 3. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing

surfaces thoroughly with clear water. 4. Clean brick by bucket-and-brush hand-cleaning method described in BIA Technical Notes 20. 5. Clean masonry with a proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's written

instructions.

3.10 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL

A. Waste Disposal as Fill Material: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including excess or soil-contaminated sand, waste mortar, and broken masonry units, by crushing and mixing with fill material as fill is placed.

1. Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within 18 inches of finished grade.

B. Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as described above or recycled, and other masonry waste, and legally dispose of off Owner's property.

END OF SECTION 042613

A&E # 14080 NAIC PARKING GARAGE PPA#: 14-0046 MONTANA STATE UNIVERSITY A/E#: 2014-02-07-01 SCHEDULE B CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS FEBRUARY 23, 2016

STEEL DECKING 053100 - 1

SECTION 053100 - STEEL DECKING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY


1. Roof deck. 2. Composite floor deck. 3. Noncomposite form deck.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for normal-weight and lightweight structural concrete fill over steel deck.

2. Section 051200 "Structural Steel Framing" for shop- and field-welded shear connectors. 3. Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for framing deck openings with miscellaneous steel shapes. 4. Section 099113 "Exterior Painting" for repair painting of primed deck and finish painting of deck. 5. Section 099123 "Interior Painting" for repair painting of primed deck and finish painting of deck.


A. Product Data: For each type of deck, accessory, and product indicated.

B. Shop Drawings:

1. Include layout and types of deck panels, anchorage details, reinforcing channels, pans, cut deck openings, special jointing, accessories, and attachments to other construction.


A. Welding certificates.

B. Product Certificates: For each type of steel deck.

C. Product Test Reports: For tests performed by a qualified testing agency, indicating that each of the following complies with requirements:

1. Power-actuated mechanical fasteners.

D. Evaluation Reports: For steel deck, from ICC-ES.



E. Field quality-control reports.


A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 329 for testing indicated.

B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.3/D1.3M, "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel."

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Protect steel deck from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling.

B. Stack steel deck on platforms or pallets and slope to provide drainage. Protect with a waterproof covering and ventilate to avoid condensation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. AISI Specifications: Comply with calculated structural characteristics of steel deck according to AISI's "North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members."

B. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Comply with ASTM E 119; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Indicate design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or from the listings of another

qualified testing agency.

2.2 ROOF DECK

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. ASC Profiles, Inc. 2. Canam Steel Corporation; Canam Group, Inc. 3. CMC Joist & Deck. 4. Consolidated Systems, Inc. 5. Cordeck. 6. DACS, Inc. 7. Epic Metals Corporation. 8. Marlyn Steel Decks, Inc. 9. New Millennium Building Systems, LLC. 10. Nucor Corp. 11. Roof Deck, Inc. 12. Valley Joist. 13. Verco Decking, Inc., a Nucor company.



B. Roof Deck: Fabricate panels, without top-flange stiffening grooves, to comply with "SDI Specifications and Commentary for Steel Roof Deck," in SDI Publication No. 31, and with the following:

1. Prime-Painted Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Structural Steel (SS), Grade 33 (230) minimum, shop primed with manufacturer's standard baked-on, rust-inhibitive primer. a. Color: Manufacturer's standard.

2.3 COMPOSITE FLOOR DECK


1. ASC Profiles, Inc. 2. Canam Steel Corporation; Canam Group, Inc. 3. CMC Joist & Deck. 4. Consolidated Systems, Inc. 5. Cordeck. 6. DACS, Inc. 7. Epic Metals Corporation. 8. Marlyn Steel Decks, Inc. 9. New Millennium Building Systems, LLC. 10. Nucor Corp. 11. Roof Deck, Inc. 12. Verco Decking, Inc., a Nucor company.

B. Composite Floor Deck: Fabricate panels, with integrally embossed or raised pattern ribs and interlocking side laps, to comply with "SDI Specifications and Commentary for Composite Steel Floor Deck," in SDI Publication No. 31, with the minimum section properties indicated, and with the following:

1. Prime-Painted Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Structural Steel (SS), Grade 33 (230) minimum, with top surface phosphatized and unpainted and underside surface shop primed with manufacturers' standard baked-on, rust-inhibitive primer.

2.4 NONCOMPOSITE FORM DECK


1. ASC Profiles, Inc. 2. Canam Steel Corporation; Canam Group, Inc. 3. CMC Joist & Deck. 4. Cordeck. 5. CSi Metal Dek Group. 6. DACS, Inc. 7. Marlyn Steel Decks, Inc. 8. New Millennium Building Systems, LLC. 9. Nucor Corp. 10. Roof Deck, Inc. 11. Valley Joist. 12. Verco Decking, Inc., a Nucor company.

B. Noncomposite Form Deck: Fabricate ribbed-steel sheet noncomposite form-deck panels to comply with "SDI Specifications and Commentary for Noncomposite Steel Form Deck," in SDI Publication No. 31, with the minimum section properties indicated, and with the following:



1. Prime-Painted Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Structural Steel (SS), Grade 33 (230) minimum, with underside surface shop primed with manufacturer's standard baked-on, rust-inhibitive primer. a. Color: Manufacturer's standard Gray White.

2.5 ACCESSORIES

A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard accessory materials for deck that comply with requirements indicated.

B. Mechanical Fasteners: Corrosion-resistant, low-velocity, power-actuated or pneumatically driven carbon-steel fasteners; or self-drilling, self-threading screws.

C. Side-Lap Fasteners: Corrosion-resistant, hexagonal washer head; self-drilling, carbon-steel screws, No. 10 (4.8-mm) minimum diameter.

D. Flexible Closure Strips: Vulcanized, closed-cell, synthetic rubber.

E. Miscellaneous Sheet Metal Deck Accessories: Steel sheet, minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi (230 MPa), not less than 0.0359-inch (0.91-mm) design uncoated thickness, of same material and finish as deck; of profile indicated or required for application.

F. Pour Stops and Girder Fillers: Steel sheet, minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi (230 MPa), of same material and finish as deck, and of thickness and profile recommended by SDI Publication No. 31 for overhang and slab depth.

G. Column Closures, End Closures, Z-Closures, and Cover Plates: Steel sheet, of same material, finish, and thickness as deck unless otherwise indicated.

H. Piercing Hanger Tabs: Piercing steel sheet hanger attachment devices for use with floor deck.

I. Weld Washers: Uncoated steel sheet, shaped to fit deck rib, 0.0598 inch (1.52 mm) thick, with factory-punched hole of 3/8-inch (9.5-mm) minimum diameter.

J. Repair Paint: Manufacturer's standard rust-inhibitive primer of same color as primer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine supporting frame and field conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.


A. Install deck panels and accessories according to applicable specifications and commentary in SDI Publication No. 31, manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section.



B. Install temporary shoring before placing deck panels if required to meet deflection limitations.

C. Locate deck bundles to prevent overloading of supporting members.

D. Place deck panels on supporting frame and adjust to final position with ends accurately aligned and bearing on supporting frame before being permanently fastened. Do not stretch or contract side-lap interlocks.

E. Place deck panels flat and square and fasten to supporting frame without warp or deflection.

F. Cut and neatly fit deck panels and accessories around openings and other work projecting through or adjacent to deck.

G. Provide additional reinforcement and closure pieces at openings as required for strength, continuity of deck, and support of other work.

H. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for manual shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used for correcting welding work.

I. Mechanical fasteners may be used in lieu of welding to fasten deck. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to deck manufacturer's written instructions.

3.3 ROOF-DECK INSTALLATION

A. Fasten roof-deck panels to steel supporting members by arc spot (puddle) welds of the surface diameter indicated or arc seam welds with an equal perimeter that is not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) long, and as follows:

1. Weld Diameter: 5/8 inch (16 mm), nominal. 2. Weld Spacing: As indicated in drawings

B. Side-Lap and Perimeter Edge Fastening: As indicated in drawings with options below

1. Mechanically fasten with self-drilling, No. 10 (4.8-mm-) diameter or larger, carbon-steel screws. 2. Mechanically clinch or button punch.

C. End Bearing: Install deck ends over supporting frame with a minimum end bearing of 1-1/2 inches (38 mm), with end joints as follows:

1. End Joints: Lapped 2 inches (51 mm) minimum.

D. Miscellaneous Roof-Deck Accessories: Install ridge and valley plates, finish strips, end closures, and reinforcing channels according to deck manufacturer's written instructions. Weld or mechanically fasten to substrate to provide a complete deck installation.

1. Weld cover plates at changes in direction of roof-deck panels unless otherwise indicated.

E. Flexible Closure Strips: Install flexible closure strips over partitions, walls, and where indicated. Install with adhesive according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure complete closure.



3.4 FLOOR-DECK INSTALLATION

A. Fasten floor-deck panels to steel supporting members as indicated in drawings

B. Side-Lap and Perimeter Edge Fastening: Fasten side laps and perimeter edges of panels between supports, at intervals not exceeding the lesser of one-half of the span or 36 inches (914 mm), and as follows: 1. Mechanically fasten with self-drilling, No. 10 (4.8-mm-) diameter or larger, carbon-steel screws. 2. Mechanically clinch or button punch.

C. End Bearing: Install deck ends over supporting frame with a minimum end bearing of 1-1/2 inches (38 mm), with end joints as follows:

1. End Joints: Lapped.

D. Pour Stops and Girder Fillers: Weld steel sheet pour stops and girder fillers to supporting structure according to SDI recommendations unless otherwise indicated.

E. Floor-Deck Closures: Weld steel sheet column closures, cell closures, and Z-closures to deck, according to SDI recommendations, to provide tight-fitting closures at open ends of ribs and sides of deck.


A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.

B. Field welds will be subject to inspection.

C. Prepare test and inspection reports.

3.6 PROTECTION

A. Repair Painting: Wire brush and clean rust spots, welds, and abraded areas on top surface of prime-painted deck immediately after installation, and apply repair paint.

1. Apply repair paint, of same color as adjacent shop-primed deck, to bottom surfaces of deck exposed to view.

2. Wire brushing, cleaning, and repair painting of bottom deck surfaces are included in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting" and Section 099123 "Interior Painting."

B. Repair Painting: Wire brushing, cleaning, and repair painting of rust spots, welds, and abraded areas of both deck surfaces are included in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting" and Section 099123 "Interior Painting."



METAL PAN STAIRS 055113 - 1

SECTION 055113 - METAL PAN STAIRS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY


1. Preassembled steel stairs with concrete-filled and treads. 2. Steel tube railings and support structure for cable rail infill system attached to metal stairs. 3. Steel tube handrails attached to walls adjacent to metal stairs.


A. Sustainable Design Submittals:

1. Product Data: For recycled content, indicating postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content and cost.

B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.

C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For stairs and railings, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design stairs and railings.

B. Structural Performance of Stairs: Metal stairs shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated:

1. Uniform Load: 100 lbf/sq. ft.. 2. Concentrated Load: 300 lbf applied on an area of 4 sq. in.. 3. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. 4. Stair Framing: Capable of withstanding stresses resulting from railing loads in addition to loads

specified above.

C. Structural Performance of Railings: Railings shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated:

1. Handrails and Top Rails of Guards:

a. Uniform load of 50 lbf/ft. applied in any direction. b. Concentrated load of 200 lbf applied in any direction.



c. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.

2. Infill of Guards:

a. Concentrated load of 50 lbf applied horizontally on an area of 1 sq. ft.. b. Infill load and other loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.

D. Seismic Performance of Stairs: Metal stairs shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7.

1. Component Importance Factor: 1.5.

2.2 METALS

A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated. For components exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes.

B. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than 25 percent.

C. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.

D. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500 (cold formed) or ASTM A 513.

E. Uncoated, Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, structural steel, Grade 25, unless another grade is required by design loads; exposed.

F. Uncoated, Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, structural steel, Grade 30, unless another grade is required by design loads.

2.3 ABRASIVE NOSINGS

A. Extruded Units: Aluminum units with abrasive filler in an epoxy-resin binder.

B. Basis-of-Design – American Safety Tread Type 9511, 3” wide extruded aluminum with ribbed abrasive, full width of stair with ¾” integrally extruded anchor.


a. ACL Industries, Inc. b. American Safety Tread Co., Inc. c. Balco, Inc.

2. Provide ribbed units, with abrasive filler strips projecting 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) above aluminum extrusion.

C. Provide anchors for embedding units in concrete, either integral or applied to units, as standard with manufacturer.



D. Apply bituminous paint to concealed surfaces of cast-metal units set into concrete.

E. Apply clear lacquer to concealed surfaces of extruded units set into concrete.

2.4 FASTENERS

A. Provide zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 12 for exterior use, and Class Fe/Zn 5 where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required.

2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Section 099113 "Exterior Painting" and Section 099123 "Interior Painting."

B. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187/D 1187M.

C. Concrete Materials and Properties: Comply with requirements in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for normal-weight, air-entrained, ready-mix concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi unless otherwise indicated.

D. Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185/A 185M, 6 by 6 inches, W1.4 by W1.4, unless otherwise indicated.

2.6 FABRICATION, GENERAL

A. Provide complete stair assemblies, including metal framing, hangers, struts, railings, clips, brackets, bearing plates, and other components necessary to support and anchor stairs and platforms on supporting structure.

1. Join components by welding unless otherwise indicated. 2. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces.

B. Preassembled Stairs: Assemble stairs in shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.

C. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.

D. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work.

E. Weld connections to comply with the following:

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.

2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately.



4. Weld exposed corners and seams continuously unless otherwise indicated. 5. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds to comply with NOMMA's "Voluntary Joint Finish

Standards" for Type 2 welds: completely sanded joint with some undercutting and pinholes allowed.

F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous.

2.7 STEEL-FRAMED STAIRS

A. NAAMM Stair Standard: Comply with "Recommended Voluntary Minimum Standards for Fixed Metal Stairs" in NAAMM AMP 510, "Metal Stairs Manual," Commercial Class, unless more stringent requirements are indicated.

B. Stair Framing:

1. Fabricate stringers of steel channels.

a. Provide closures for exposed ends of channel stringers.

2. Construct platforms of steel channel headers and miscellaneous framing members as needed to comply with performance requirements and as indicated.

3. Weld stringers to headers; weld framing members to stringers and headers.

C. Metal Pan Stairs: Form risers, subtread pans, and subplatforms to configurations shown from steel sheet of thickness needed to comply with performance requirements, but not less than 0.067 inch or as indicated.

2.8 STAIR RAILINGS

A. Steel Tube Railings: Fabricate railings to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions, details, finish, and member sizes, including wall thickness of tube, post spacings, and anchorage, but not less than that needed to withstand indicated loads.

1. Rails and Posts: As indicated. 2. Cable Rail Infill: As indicated. System and components to match approved south stairwell design.

B. Welded Connections: Fabricate railings with welded connections. Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose. Weld all around at connections, including at fittings.

1. Finish welds to comply with NOMMA's "Voluntary Joint Finish Standards" for Type 2 welds: completely sanded joint, some undercutting and pinholes are okay as shown in NAAMM AMP 521.

C. Form changes in direction of railings by bending or by inserting prefabricated elbow fittings.

D. For changes in direction made by bending, use jigs to produce uniform curvature for each repetitive configuration required. Maintain cross section of member throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of components.



E. Close exposed ends of railing members with prefabricated end fittings.

F. Provide wall returns at ends of wall-mounted handrails.

G. Connect posts to stair framing by direct welding.

H. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, end closures, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors for interconnecting components and for attaching to other work.

I. Fillers: Provide fillers made from steel plate, or other suitably crush-resistant material, where needed to transfer wall bracket loads through wall finishes to structural supports. Size fillers to suit wall finish thicknesses.

2.9 FINISHES

A. Finish metal stairs after assembly.

B. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."

C. Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal stair components, except those with galvanized finishes and those to be embedded in concrete or masonry unless otherwise indicated. Comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLING METAL PAN STAIRS

A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal stairs. Set units accurately in location, alignment, and elevation, measured from established lines and levels and free of rack.

B. Install metal stairs by welding stair framing to steel structure or to weld plates cast into concrete unless otherwise indicated.

C. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints.

D. Field Welding: Comply with requirements for welding in "Fabrication, General" Article.

E. Place and finish concrete fill for treads and platforms to comply with Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete."

1. Install abrasive nosings with anchors fully embedded in concrete.



3.2 INSTALLING RAILINGS

A. Adjust railing systems before anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints. Space posts at spacing indicated or, if not indicated, as required by design loads. Plumb posts in each direction. Secure posts and rail ends to building construction as follows:

1. Anchor posts to steel by welding to steel supporting members. 2. Anchor handrail ends to concrete and masonry with steel round flanges welded to rail ends and

anchored with postinstalled anchors and bolts.

B. Attach handrails to wall with wall brackets. Locate brackets as indicated or, if not indicated, at spacing required to support structural loads. Secure wall brackets to building construction as required to comply with performance requirements.

3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces.



SHEATHING 061600 - 1

SECTION 061600 - SHEATHING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY


1. Wall sheathing. 2. Parapet sheathing. 3. Sheathing joint and penetration treatment.


A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Fire-Resistance Ratings: As tested according to ASTM E 119; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

1. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Indicated by design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or from the listings of another qualified testing agency.

2.2 WALL SHEATHING

A. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing: ASTM C 1177/1177M.


a. CertainTeed Corporation. b. Georgia-Pacific Building Products. c. National Gypsum Company. d. Temple-Inland Building Products by Georgia-Pacific. e. United States Gypsum Company.

2. Type and Thickness: Type X, 5/8 inch thick.

2.3 PARAPET SHEATHING

A. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing: ASTM C 1177/1177M.




a. CertainTeed Corporation. b. Georgia-Pacific Building Products. c. National Gypsum Company. d. Temple-Inland Building Products by Georgia-Pacific. e. United States Gypsum Company.

2. Type and Thickness: Type X, 5/8 inch thick.

2.4 FASTENERS

A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture.

1. For parapet and wall sheathing, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M.

2.5 SHEATHING JOINT-AND-PENETRATION TREATMENT MATERIALS

A. Sealant for Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing: Elastomeric, medium-modulus, neutral-curing silicone joint sealant compatible with joint substrates formed by gypsum sheathing and other materials, recommended by sheathing manufacturer for application indicated and complying with requirements for elastomeric sealants specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants."

B. Sealant for Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing: Silicone emulsion sealant complying with ASTM C 834, compatible with sheathing tape and sheathing and recommended by tape and sheathing manufacturers for use with glass-fiber sheathing tape and for covering exposed fasteners.

1. Sheathing Tape: Self-adhering glass-fiber tape, minimum 2 inches wide, 10 by 10 or 10 by 20 threads/inch, of type recommended by sheathing and tape manufacturers for use with silicone emulsion sealant in sealing joints in glass-mat gypsum sheathing and with a history of successful in-service use.

PART 3 - EXECUTION


A. Do not use materials with defects that impair quality of sheathing or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. Arrange joints so that pieces do not span between fewer than three support members.

B. Cut panels at penetrations, edges, and other obstructions of work; fit tightly against abutting construction unless otherwise indicated.

C. Securely attach to substrate by fastening as indicated, complying with the following:

1. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in the ICC's International Building Code.



2. Table R602.3(1), "Fastener Schedule for Structural Members," and Table R602.3(2), "Alternate Attachments," in the ICC's International Residential Code for One- and Two-Family Dwellings.

3. ICC-ES evaluation report for fastener.

D. Coordinate wall and parapet sheathing installation with flashing and joint-sealant installation so these materials are installed in sequence and manner that prevent exterior moisture from passing through completed assembly.

E. Do not bridge building expansion joints; cut and space edges of panels to match spacing of structural support elements.

3.2 GYPSUM SHEATHING INSTALLATION

A. Comply with GA-253 and with manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Fasten gypsum sheathing to cold-formed metal framing with screws. 2. Install panels with a 3/8-inch gap where non-load-bearing construction abuts structural elements. 3. Install panels with a 1/4-inch gap where they abut masonry or similar materials that might retain

moisture, to prevent wicking.

B. Seal sheathing joints according to sheathing manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Apply elastomeric sealant to joints and fasteners and trowel flat. Apply sufficient amount of sealant to completely cover joints and fasteners after troweling. Seal other penetrations and openings.

2. Apply glass-fiber sheathing tape to glass-mat gypsum sheathing joints and apply and trowel sealant to embed entire face of tape in sealant. Apply sealant to exposed fasteners with a trowel so fasteners are completely covered. Seal other penetrations and openings.



FORMED METAL WALL PANELS 074213.13 - 1

SECTION 074213.13 - FORMED METAL WALL PANELS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY


1. Concealed-fastener, lap-seam metal wall panels.

1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.




1. Product Data: For recycled content, indicating postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content and cost.

C. Shop Drawings: Include fabrication and installation layouts of metal panels; details of edge conditions, joints, panel profiles, corners, anchorages, attachment system, trim, flashings, closures, and accessories; and special details.

D. Samples: For each type of metal panel indicated.


A. Product test reports.

B. Warranties: Samples of special warranties.

1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance data.


A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer.



B. UL-Certified, Portable Roll-Forming Equipment: UL-certified, portable roll-forming equipment capable of producing metal panels warranted by manufacturer to be the same as factory-formed products. Maintain UL certification of portable roll-forming equipment for duration of work.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of metal panel systems that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Special Warranty on Panel Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace metal panels that show evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period.

1. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Recycled Content: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than 25 percent.

B. Structural Performance: Provide metal panel systems capable of withstanding the effects of the following loads, based on testing according to ASTM E 1592:

1. Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Other Design Loads: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Deflection Limits: For wind loads, no greater than 1/240 of the span.

C. Air Infiltration: Air leakage of not more than 0.06 cfm/sq. ft. when tested according to ASTM E 283 at the following test-pressure difference:

1. Test-Pressure Difference: 1.57 lbf/sq. ft..

D. Water Penetration under Static Pressure: No water penetration when tested according to ASTM E 331 at the following test-pressure difference:

1. Test-Pressure Difference: 2.86 lbf/sq. ft..

E. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.

1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.



F. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Comply with ASTM E 119; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

1. Indicate design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or from the listings of another qualified testing agency.

2.2 CONCEALED-FASTENER, LAP-SEAM METAL WALL PANELS

A. General: Provide factory-formed metal panels designed to be field assembled by lapping and interconnecting side edges of adjacent panels and mechanically attaching through panel to supports using concealed fasteners and factory-applied sealant in side laps. Include accessories required for weathertight installation.

B. Flush-Profile, Concealed-Fastener Metal Wall Panels MTL-10: Formed with vertical panel edges and a flat pan between panel edges; with flush joint between panels.

1. Basis-of-Design: Morin F-12-S, painted steel, 22 ga.


a. AEP Span; A BlueScope Steel Company. b. ATAS International, Inc. c. Berridge Manufacturing Company. d. CENTRIA Architectural Systems. e. Morin - A Kingspan Group Company.

3. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation, or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 coating designation; structural quality. Prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M.

a. Nominal Thickness: 22 ga. b. Exterior Finish: Four-coat fluoropolymer. c. Surface: Smooth. d. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

4. Panel Coverage: 12 inches. 5. Panel Height: 1.0 inch - 1.5 inches.

2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Miscellaneous Metal Subframing and Furring: ASTM C 645, cold-formed, metallic-coated steel sheet, ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation or ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 aluminum-zinc-alloy coating designation unless otherwise indicated. Provide manufacturer's standard sections as required for support and alignment of metal panel system.

B. Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete, weathertight panel system including trim, copings, fasciae, mullions, sills, corner units, clips, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal panels unless otherwise indicated.



1. Closures: Provide closures at eaves and rakes, fabricated of same metal as metal panels. 2. Backing Plates: Provide metal backing plates at panel end splices, fabricated from material

recommended by manufacturer. 3. Closure Strips: Closed-cell, expanded, cellular, rubber or crosslinked, polyolefin-foam or closed-

cell laminated polyethylene; minimum 1-inch-thick, flexible closure strips; cut or premolded to match metal panel profile. Provide closure strips where indicated or necessary to ensure weathertight construction.

C. Flashing and Trim: Provide flashing and trim formed from same material as metal panels as required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations include, but are not limited to, bases, drips, sills, jambs, corners, endwalls, framed openings, rakes, fasciae, parapet caps, soffits, reveals, and fillers. Finish flashing and trim with same finish system as adjacent metal panels.

D. Panel Fasteners: Self-tapping screws designed to withstand design loads. Provide exposed fasteners with heads matching color of metal panels by means of plastic caps or factory-applied coating. Provide EPDM or PVC sealing washers for exposed fasteners.

E. Panel Sealants: Provide sealant type recommended by manufacturer that are compatible with panel materials, are nonstaining, and do not damage panel finish.

1. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release-paper backing; 1/2 inch wide and 1/8 inch thick.

2. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920; as recommended in writing by metal panel manufacturer. 3. Butyl-Rubber-Based, Solvent-Release Sealant: ASTM C 1311.

2.4 FABRICATION

A. General: Fabricate and finish metal panels and accessories at the factory, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements demonstrated by laboratory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements.

B. On-Site Fabrication: Subject to compliance with requirements of this Section, metal panels may be fabricated on-site using UL-certified, portable roll-forming equipment if panels are of same profile and warranted by manufacturer to be equal to factory-formed panels. Fabricate according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions and to comply with details shown.

C. Provide panel profile, including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs, if any, for full length of panel.

D. Fabricate metal panel joints with factory-installed captive gaskets or separator strips that provide a weathertight seal and prevent metal-to-metal contact, and that minimize noise from movements.

E. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with manufacturer's recommendations and recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated.

2.5 FINISHES

A. Panels and Accessories:

1. Four-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in both color coat and clear topcoat.



2. Concealed Finish: White or light-colored acrylic or polyester backer finish.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Miscellaneous Supports: Install subframing, furring, and other miscellaneous panel support members and anchorages according to ASTM C 754 and metal panel manufacturer's written recommendations.

3.2 METAL PANEL INSTALLATION

A. Lap-Seam Metal Panels: Fasten metal panels to supports with fasteners at each lapped joint at location and spacing recommended by manufacturer.

1. Lap ribbed or fluted sheets one full rib. Apply panels and associated items true to line for neat and weathertight enclosure.

2. Provide metal-backed washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal panels.

3. Locate and space exposed fasteners in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. Use proper tools to obtain controlled uniform compression for positive seal without rupture of washer.

4. Install screw fasteners with power tools having controlled torque adjusted to compress washer tightly without damage to washer, screw threads, or panels. Install screws in predrilled holes.

5. Flash and seal panels with weather closures at perimeter of all openings.

B. Watertight Installation:

1. Apply a continuous ribbon of sealant or tape to seal lapped joints of metal panels, using sealant or tape as recommend by manufacturer on side laps of nesting-type panels; and elsewhere as needed to make panels watertight.

2. Provide sealant or tape between panels and protruding equipment, vents, and accessories. 3. At panel splices, nest panels with minimum 6-inch end lap, sealed with sealant and fastened

together by interlocking clamping plates.

C. Accessory Installation: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting, and provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components.

D. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that are permanently watertight.

3.3 CLEANING

A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as metal panels are installed, unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of metal panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by metal panel manufacturer. Maintain in a clean condition during construction.



END OF SECTION 074213.13


JOINT SEALANTS 079200-1

SECTION 079200 – JOINT SEALANTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1. Sealants and joint backing. 2. Pre-compressed foam sealers. 3. Hollow gaskets. 4. Accessories.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 07 26 00 –Vapor Retarders: Sealants required in conjunction with vapor retarders. 2. Section 07 27 15 – Non Bituminous Self-Adhering Sheet Air Barriers: Sealants required in

conjunction with air barriers. 3. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping: Firestopping sealants. 4. Section 08 80 00 - Glazing: Glazing sealants and accessories. 5. Section 09 21 16 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Acoustic sealant. 6. Section 09 30 00 - Tiling: Sealant used as tile grout.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ASTM International:

1. ASTM C834 - Standard Specification for Latex Sealants. 2. ASTM C919 - Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications. 3. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. 4. ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants. 5. ASTM D1056 - Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials-Sponge or Expanded

Rubber. 6. ASTM D1667 - Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials-Vinyl Chloride Polymers

and Copolymers (Closed-Cell Foam). 7. ASTM D2628 - Standard Specification for Preformed Polychloroprene Elastomeric Joint Seals

for Concrete Pavements.

B. South Coast Air Quality Management District:

1. SCAQMD Rule 1168 - Adhesive and Sealant Applications.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.

B. Products Data: Submit data indicating sealant chemical characteristics, performance criteria, substrate preparation, limitations, and color availability.



C. Samples: Submit two samples, 2 x 1/4 inch in size illustrating sealant colors for each product selection.

D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit special procedures, surface preparation, and perimeter conditions requiring special attention.

E. Warranty: Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories failing to achieve airtight or watertight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, and sealants which do not cure.

F. Section 01 77 00 - Closeout Procedures.

G. Manual for Materials and Finishes: Submit locations, types and frequency for inspection and maintenance of sealants. Provide instructions for repairing and replacing failed sealant joints.


A. Qualifications

1. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience.

2. Applicator: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience, and approved by manufacturer.

B. Mockup

1. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Requirements for mockup. 2. Construct mockup of sealant joints in conjunction with mockups specified in other sections. 3. Construct mockup with specified sealant types and with other components noted.

a. Determine preparation and priming requirements based on manufacturers recommendations; take action necessary for correction of failure of sealant tests on mock-up.

b. Verify sealants, primers, and other components do not stain adjacent materials. 4. Locate where directed by Architect/Engineer unless location is indicated on the Drawings. 5. Incorporate accepted mockup as part of Work unless noted otherwise. 6. Remove mockup when directed by Architect/Engineer.

1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by sealant manufacturer during and after installation.

1.6 COORDINATION

A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management and Coordination.



B. Coordinate Work with sections referencing this section.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 JOINT SEALERS

A. Manufacturers:

1. Dow Corning Corp. 2. GE Silicones 3. Pecora Corp. 4. Sika Corp. 5. Tremco Sealants & Waterproofing 6. BASF, Master Builders Solutions. 7. Bostik. 8. US Gypsum. 9. Substitutions: See Section 01 25 00 - Product Requirements

B. Products Description:

1. Type A (Acoustical) – Refer to Section 07 92 19. 2. Type B (Butyl) Exterior Metal Lap Joint Sealant: Butyl or polyisobutylene, non-drying, non-

skinning, non-curing. a. Tremco, Butyl Sealant. b. Applications: Use for concealed sealant bead in sheet metal work and concealed sealant

bead in siding overlaps. 3. Type G (Gasket) Exterior Compressible Gasket Expansion Joint Sealer Pre-compressed Joint

sealant: Silicone coated polyurethane foam. a. Construction Specialties, Type: VF. b. Color: As selected from manufacturer’s standard colors. c. Size and Shape: As indicated on Drawings. d. Applications: Use for exterior wall expansion joints.

4. Type GI (General Interior) General Purpose Interior Sealant: Acrylic emulsion latex; ASTM C834, single component, paintable. a. Pecora, AC-20 + Silicone. b. Tremco, Tremflex 834. c. Color: Colors as selected. d. Applications: Use for interior wall and ceiling control joints, joints between door and

window frames and wall surfaces, and other interior joints for which no other type of sealant is indicated. a. Interior Sealants and Sealant Primers: Maximum volatile organic compound

content in accordance with SCAQMD Rule 1168. 5. Type GP (General Polyurethane) General purpose Polyurethane sealant: One component,

nonpriming, elastomeric, gun-grade; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 35; Uses T, NT, M, A, G and O. a. Masterseal NP1. b. Tremco, Dymonic FC. c. Sika, Sikaflex. d. Exterior Applications: expansion joints, precast units, aluminum and wood curtain walls,

roofing, Fascia, Parapets, structural components. e. Color as selected from manufacturer’s full line.



6. Type HP (Hybrid Polyurethane) High Performance hybrid polyurethane sealant: One component, nonpriming, elastomeric, gun grade; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50; Use NT,M, A, O. a. BASF MasterSeal NP100 b. Exterior Applications: expansion joints, precast units, metal, coated metal (Kynar), curtain

walls, vinyl, cement board & wood siding, window & door frames. Color as selected from manufacturer’s full line.

7. Type GS (General Silicone) High Performance General Purpose Exterior (Non-traffic) Sealant: Silicone; ASTM C920, Grade NS, Type S, Class 100/50, Uses M, G, and A; single component. a. Dow Corning 790. b. Pecora 890FTS. c. Tremco Spectrem 1. d. Sika, Sikasil WS-290. e. Color: Colors as selected from manufacturer’s full line. f. Applications: Use for:

1) Control, expansion, and soft joints in masonry. 2) Joints between concrete and other materials. 3) Joints between metal frames and other materials. 4) Other exterior non-traffic joints for which no other sealant is indicated.

8. Type AB (Air and Weather Barrier Sealant) Compatible with Air and Moisture Barrier. Single Component Silyl-Terminated-Poly-Ether or one part, neutral cure silicone sealant. a. Dow Corning 758 Silicone Weather Barrier Sealant. b. Prosoco R-Guard AirDam. c. Color: Colors as selected from manufacturer’s full line. d. Applications: Use at windows and doors.

9. Type T (Traffic) General Purpose Traffic Bearing Sealant: Polyurethane; ASTM C920, Grade P, Class 25, Use T; single component. a. Pecora, Urexpan NR-200. b. Tremco, Vulkem 45 SSL. c. BASF MasterSeal SL2. d. Color: Colors as selected from manufacturer’s full line. e. Applications: Use for exterior and interior pedestrian and vehicular traffic bearing joints.

1) Interior Sealants and Sealant Primers: Maximum volatile organic compound content in accordance with SCAQMD Rule 1168.

10. Type W (Wet) Bathtub/Tile Sealant: White silicone; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50/25, Uses M and A; single component, mildew resistant. a. Dow Corning 786 Silicone sealant. b. Pecora 898. c. Tremco Tremsil 200. d. Applications: Use for joints between plumbing fixtures and floor and wall surfaces, and

joints between kitchen and toilet room counter tops and wall surfaces. 1) Interior Sealants and Sealant Primers: Maximum volatile organic compound

content in accordance with SCAQMD Rule 1168.

2.2 ACCESSORIES

A. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application.

1. Interior Sealants and Sealant Primers: Maximum volatile organic compound content in accordance with SCAQMD Rule 1168.

B. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials.



C. Joint Backing: Round foam rod compatible with sealant;

D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application.

E. Sand: Provide sand finish at Concrete and Masonry Joints: Apply sand of color, appearance, and texture matching mortar sand. Completely cover joint sealant.

2.3 MATERIALS, GENERAL

A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience.

B. Colors: Unless otherwise specified, match color of adjacent material occurring in same plane. Where joints occur adjacent to two or more material colors in same plane, match color of lighter adjacent material, unless otherwise directed. Custom colors for exposed sealants may be required if standard colors are not acceptable to the Architect.

C. Sealant for Face Brick: Sealant must have been tested by the manufacturer for staining of face brick, resulting in no discoloration or change in appearance of the joint substrate due to fluid migration.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Section 01 31 00 – Project Management and Coordination.

B. Verify substrate surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive work.

C. Verify joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter impairing adhesion of sealant.

B. Clean joints.

C. Prime joints if required for a specific sealant or substrate as recommended by the sealant manufacturer.

D. Perform preparation in accordance with ASTM C1193.



E. Protect elements surrounding Work of this section from damage or disfiguration.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C1193.

B. Perform acoustical sealant application work in accordance with ASTM C919.

C. Measure joint dimensions and size joint backers to achieve width-to-depth ratio, neck dimension, and surface bond area as recommended by manufacturer, except where specific dimensions are indicated.

D. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used.

E. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags.

F. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges.

G. Tool joints concave.

H. Pre-compressed Foam Sealant: Do not stretch; avoid joints except at corners, ends, and intersections; install with face 1/8 to 1/4 inch below adjoining surface.

I. Compression Gaskets: Avoid joints except at ends, corners, and intersections; seal joints with adhesive; install with face 1/8 to 1/4 inch below adjoining surface.

3.4 CLEANING

A. Section 01 77 00 - Closeout Procedures: Final cleaning.

B. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces.

3.5 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION

A. Section 01 73 00 - Execution: Protecting installed construction.

B. Protect sealants until cured.




A. Field-Adhesion Testing: Perform field-test of joint-sealant in accordance with test recommended in ASTM C 1193, except as modified below. Method described is similar to method described in less detail in AAMA's “Aluminum Curtain Wall Series No. 13" and in SWRI's “Sealants: The Professionals' Guide.”

1. Extent of Testing: Perform 10 tests for the first 1000 feet of joint length for each type of elastomeric sealant and joint substrate.

B. Evaluation of Field-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements, will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements.

3.7 SCHEDULE

A. Exterior Joints for Which No Other Sealant Type is Indicated: Type GS.

B. Control and Expansion Joints in Paving: Type T.

C. Exterior Wall Seismic Movement Joints: Type G.

D. Exterior Wall Expansion Joints: Type G

E. Exterior Joints Between Wood and Wood: Type GP.

F. Joints Between Concrete Panels and Between Panels and Adjacent Work: Type GS.

G. Control, Expansion, and Soft Joints in Masonry, and Between Masonry and Adjacent Work: Type GS with Sand.

H. Lap Joints in Exterior Sheet Metal Work: Type B.

I. Butt Joints in Exterior Metal Work and Siding: Type B.

J. Joints between Exterior Metal Frames and Adjacent Work (except masonry): Type GS.

K. Under Exterior Door Thresholds: Type B.

L. Interior Joints for Which No Other Sealant is Indicated: Type GI.

M. Control and Expansion Joints in Concrete Slabs and Floors: Type T.



N. Joints between Plumbing Fixtures and Walls and Floors, and Between Counter tops and Walls: Type W.

O. In STC-Rated Walls, Between Metal Stud Track/Runner and Adjacent Construction. Between Outlet Boxes and Gypsum Board: Type A.



ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES 084213 - 1

SECTION 084213 - ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY


1. Exterior manual-swing entrance doors and door-frame units. 2. Interior manual-swing entrance doors and door-frame units. 3. Sidelights. 4. Transoms.






1. Product Data: For sealants, indicating VOC content. 2. Laboratory Test Reports: For sealants, indicating compliance with requirements for low-emitting

materials.

C. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, full-size details, and attachments to other work.

1. Show connection to and continuity with adjacent thermal, weather, air, and vapor barriers.

D. Samples: For each exposed finish required.

E. Entrance Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of entrance door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams.


A. Energy Performance Certificates: NFRC-certified energy performance values for each aluminum-framed entrance.

B. Product test reports.

C. Field quality-control reports.

D. Sample warranties.







B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 699 for testing indicated.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace components of aluminum-framed entrances that do not comply with requirements or that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Special Finish Warranty: Standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finishes or replace aluminum that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. General Performance: Comply with performance requirements specified, as determined by testing of aluminum-framed entrances representing those indicated for this Project without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction.

B. Structural Loads:

1. Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Other Design Loads: As indicated on Drawings.

C. Structural: Test according to ASTM E 330 as follows:

1. When tested at positive and negative wind-load design pressures, assemblies do not evidence deflection exceeding specified limits.

2. When tested at 100 percent of positive and negative wind-load design pressures, assemblies, including anchorage, do not evidence material failures, structural distress, or permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of span.

3. Test Durations: As required by design wind velocity, but not less than 10 seconds.

D. Air Infiltration: Test according to ASTM E 283 for infiltration as follows:



1. Entrance Doors:

a. Pair of Doors: Maximum air leakage of 1.0 cfm/sq. ft. at a static-air-pressure differential of 1.57 lbf/sq. ft..

b. Single Doors: Maximum air leakage of 0.5 cfm/sq. ft. at a static-air-pressure differential of 1.57 lbf/sq. ft..

E. Water Penetration under Static Pressure: Test according to ASTM E 331 as follows:

1. No evidence of water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas when tested according to a minimum static-air-pressure differential of 20 percent of positive wind-load design pressure, but not less than 6.24 lbf/sq. ft..

F. Energy Performance: Certify and label energy performance according to NFRC as follows:

1. Thermal Transmittance (U-factor): Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have U-factor of not more than 0.45 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F as determined according to NFRC 100.

2. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have a solar heat gain coefficient of no greater than 0.35 as determined according to NFRC 200.

3. Condensation Resistance: Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have an NFRC-certified condensation resistance rating of no less than 25 as determined according to NFRC 500.

G. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements resulting from ambient and surface temperature changes:

1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.

H. Regulatory Requirements

1. Safety Glazing: Conform to IBC for types and for locations within window and door opening. 2. Shading Coefficients and U-Factors: Conform to 2012 IECC State of Montana. 3. Framing Load Combinations Considerations: Include applicable seismic and wind loads, as

specified by Structural General Notes.

2.2 MANUFACTURERS


1. EFCO Corporation. 2. Kawneer North America; an Alcoa company. 3. Pittco Architectural Metals, Inc. 4. Tubelite Inc.

2.3 ENTRANCE DOOR SYSTEMS

A. Entrance Doors: Manufacturer's standard glazed entrance doors for manual-swing operation.

1. Door Construction: 2-inch overall thickness, with minimum 0.188-inch- thick, extruded-aluminum tubular rail and stile members. Mechanically fasten corners with reinforcing brackets that are deeply penetrated and fillet welded or that incorporate concealed tie rods.



2. Door Design: As indicated. 3. Glazing Stops and Gaskets: Beveled, snap-on, extruded-aluminum stops and preformed

gaskets.

a. Provide nonremovable glazing stops on outside of door.

B. Framing Members: Manufacturer's standard extruded aluminum, minimum 0.125 inch thick and reinforced as required to support imposed loads.

1. Nominal Size: As indicated on Drawings.

C. Backer Plates: Manufacturer's standard, continuous backer plates for framing members, if not integral, where framing abuts adjacent construction.

D. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-strength aluminum with nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components.

E. Materials:

1. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated.

a. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209. b. Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221. c. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429/B 429M. d. Structural Profiles: ASTM B 308/B 308M.

2. Steel Reinforcement: Manufacturer's standard zinc-rich, corrosion-resistant primer complying with SSPC-PS Guide No. 12.00; applied immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. Select surface preparation methods according to recommendations in SSPC-SP COM, and prepare surfaces according to applicable SSPC standard.

a. Structural Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. b. Cold-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M. c. Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M.

2.4 ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE

A. General: Provide entrance door hardware and entrance door hardware sets indicated in door and frame schedule for each entrance door to comply with requirements in this Section.

1. Entrance Door Hardware Sets: Provide quantity, item, size, finish or color indicated, and named manufacturers' products, or approved equals..

2. Sequence of Operation: Provide electrified door hardware function, sequence of operation, and interface with other building control systems indicated.

3. Opening-Force Requirements:

a. Egress Doors: Not more than 15 lbf to release the latch and not more than 30 lbfto set the door in motion and not more than 15 lbf to open the door to its minimum required width.

b. Accessible Interior Doors: Not more than 5 lbf to fully open door.



B. Designations: Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of entrance door hardware are indicated in "Entrance Door Hardware Sets" Article. Products are identified by using entrance door hardware designations as follows:

1. Named Manufacturers' Products: Manufacturer and product designation are listed for each door hardware type required for the purpose of establishing minimum requirements. Manufacturers' names are abbreviated in "Entrance Door Hardware Sets" Article.

2. References to BHMA Standards: Provide products complying with these standards and requirements for description, quality, and function.

C. Butt Hinges: BHMA A156.1, Grade 1, radius corner.

1. Nonremovable Pins: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that, when tightened into a groove in hinge pin, prevents removal of pin while entrance door is closed.

2. Exterior Hinges: Stainless steel, with stainless-steel pin. 3. Quantities: 1.5 pr/door.

D. Panic Exit Devices: BHMA A156.3, Grade 1, listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for panic protection, based on testing according to UL 305. Von Duprin XP-99L-BE 06, lever always operable, finish TBD.

E. Cylinders: Medeco Keymark X4 with 7 pin interchangeable core.

1. Keying: Master key system. Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key control number and include notation "DO NOT DUPLICATE".

F. Strikes: Provide strike with black-plastic dust box for each latch or lock bolt; fabricated for aluminum framing.

G. Operating Trim: BHMA A156.6.

H. Closers: BHMA A156.4, Grade 1, with accessories required for a complete installation, sized as required by door size, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use; adjustable to comply with field conditions and requirements for opening force. LCN 4040 XP SCUSH. Color: TBD.

I. Weather Stripping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable components.

J. Weather Sweeps: Manufacturer's standard exterior-door bottom sweep with concealed fasteners on mounting strip.

K. Silencers: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1.

L. Thresholds: BHMA A156.21, raised thresholds beveled with a slope of not more than 1:2, with maximum height of 1/2 inch.

M. Finger Guards: Manufacturer's standard collapsible neoprene or PVC gasket anchored to frame hinge-jamb at center-pivoted doors.

2.5 GLAZING

A. Glazing: Comply with Section 088000 "Glazing."



B. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard sealed-corner pressure-glazing system of black, resilient elastomeric glazing gaskets, setting blocks, and shims or spacers.

C. Glazing Sealants: As recommended by manufacturer.

1. Sealant shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less.

2.6 FABRICATION

A. Form or extrude aluminum shapes before finishing.

B. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding.

C. Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics:

1. Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations. 2. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered. 3. Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members. 4. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to maintain

required glazing edge clearances. 5. Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view to greatest extent

possible.

D. Entrance Door Frames: Reinforce as required to support loads imposed by door operation and for installing entrance door hardware.

E. Entrance Doors: Reinforce doors as required for installing entrance door hardware.

F. Entrance Door Hardware Installation: Factory install entrance door hardware to the greatest extent possible. Cut, drill, and tap for factory-installed entrance door hardware before applying finishes.

G. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings.

2.7 ALUMINUM FINISHES

A. High-Performance Organic Finish: Four-coat fluoropolymer finish complying with AAMA 2605 and containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in both color coat and clear topcoat.

1. Color and Gloss: TBD.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. General:

1. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.



2. Do not install damaged components. 3. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. 4. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. 5. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic

deterioration and to prevent impeding movement of moving joints. 6. Seal perimeter and other joints watertight unless otherwise indicated.

B. Metal Protection:

1. Where aluminum is in contact with dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with materials recommended by manufacturer for this purpose or installing nonconductive spacers.

2. Where aluminum is in contact with concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint.

C. Set continuous sill members and flashing in full sealant bed as specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants" to produce weathertight installation.

D. Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades.

E. Install glazing as specified in Section 088000 "Glazing."

F. Entrance Doors: Install doors to produce smooth operation and tight fit at contact points.

1. Exterior Doors: Install to produce weathertight enclosure and tight fit at weather stripping. 2. Field-Installed Entrance Door Hardware: Install surface-mounted entrance door hardware

according to entrance door hardware manufacturers' written instructions using concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible.


A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.

B. Field Quality-Control Testing: Perform the following test on aluminum-framed entrances.

1. Water-Spray Test: Before installation of interior finishes has begun, areas designated by Architect shall be tested according to AAMA 501.2 and shall not evidence water penetration.

C. Aluminum-framed entrances will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.

D. Prepare test and inspection reports.

3.3 ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE SETS – See Drawings.



GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS 084413 - 1

SECTION 084413 - GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes glazed aluminum curtain walls.







materials.

C. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, full-size details, and attachments to other work.

1. Show connection to and continuity with adjacent thermal, weather, air, and vapor barriers.

D. Samples: For each exposed finish required.

E. Delegated-Design Submittal: For glazed aluminum curtain walls indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.


A. Energy Performance Certificates: NFRC-certified energy performance values from manufacturer.

B. Product test reports.

C. Field quality-control reports.

D. Sample warranties.







B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 699 for testing indicated.

C. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for aesthetic effects and performance characteristics of assemblies. Aesthetic effects are indicated by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining construction.

1. Do not change intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. If changes are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. Special Assembly Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace components of glazed aluminum curtain wall that do not comply with requirements or that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.


B. Special Finish Warranty: Standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finishes or replace aluminum that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design glazed aluminum curtain walls.

B. General Performance: Comply with performance requirements specified, as determined by testing of glazed aluminum curtain walls representing those indicated for this Project without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction.

1. Glazed aluminum curtain walls shall withstand movements of supporting structure including, but not limited to, story drift, twist, column shortening, long-term creep, and deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads.

2. Failure also includes the following:

a. Thermal stresses transferring to building structure. b. Glass breakage. c. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements. d. Loosening or weakening of fasteners, attachments, and other components.



e. Failure of operating units.

C. Structural Loads:

1. Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Other Design Loads: As indicated on Drawings.

D. Deflection of Framing Members: At design wind pressure, as follows:

1. Deflection Normal to Wall Plane: Limited to 1/175 of clear span for spans up to 13 feet 6 inches and to 1/240 of clear span plus 1/4 inch for spans greater than 13 feet 6 inches or an amount that restricts edge deflection of individual glazing lites to 3/4 inch, whichever is less.

2. Deflection Parallel to Glazing Plane: Limited to amount not exceeding that which reduces glazing bite to less than 75 percent of design dimension and that which reduces edge clearance between framing members and glazing or other fixed components to less than 1/8 inch.

a. Operable Units: Provide a minimum 1/16-inch clearance between framing members and operable units.

E. Structural: Test according to ASTM E 330 as follows:

1. When tested at positive and negative wind-load design pressures, assemblies do not evidence deflection exceeding specified limits.

2. When tested at 150 percent of positive and negative wind-load design pressures, assemblies, including anchorage, do not evidence material failures, structural distress, or permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of span.

3. Test Durations: As required by design wind velocity, but not less than 10 seconds.

F. Air Infiltration: Test according to ASTM E 283 for infiltration as follows:

1. Fixed Framing and Glass Area:

a. Maximum air leakage of 0.06 cfm/sq. ft. at a static-air-pressure differential of 1.57 lbf/sq. ft..

G. Water Penetration under Static Pressure: Test according to ASTM E 331 as follows:

1. No evidence of water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas when tested according to a minimum static-air-pressure differential of 20 percent of positive wind-load design pressure, but not less than 6.24 lbf/sq. ft..

H. Energy Performance: Certify and label energy performance according to NFRC as follows:

1. Thermal Transmittance (U-factor): Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have U-factor of not more than 0.45 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F as determined according to NFRC 100.

2. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have a solar heat gain coefficient of no greater than 0.35 as determined according to NFRC 200.

3. Condensation Resistance: Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have an NFRC-certified condensation resistance rating of no less than 25 as determined according to NFRC 500.

I. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements resulting from ambient and surface temperature changes:

1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.



2.2 MANUFACTURERS

A. Basis-of-Design: Oldcastle Reliance system, or approved equal.

B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Arcadia, Inc. 2. EFCO Corporation. 3. Kawneer North America; an Alcoa company. 4. Oldcastle, Inc. 5. Pittco Architectural Metals, Inc.

2.3 FRAMING

A. Framing Members: Manufacturer's extruded- or formed-aluminum framing members of thickness required and reinforced as required to support imposed loads.

1. Construction: Thermally broken. 2. Glazing System: Retained mechanically with gaskets on four sides. 3. Glazing Plane: As indicated. 4. Finish: High-performance organic finish. 5. Fabrication Method: Either factory- or field-fabricated system.

B. Pressure Caps: Manufacturer's standard aluminum components that mechanically retain glazing.

1. Include snap-on aluminum trim that conceals fasteners.

C. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-strength aluminum with nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components.

D. Materials:

1. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated.

a. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209. b. Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221. c. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429/B 429M. d. Structural Profiles: ASTM B 308/B 308M.

2. Steel Reinforcement: Manufacturer's standard zinc-rich, corrosion-resistant primer complying with SSPC-PS Guide No. 12.00; applied immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. Select surface preparation methods according to recommendations in SSPC-SP COM, and prepare surfaces according to applicable SSPC standard.

a. Structural Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. b. Cold-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M. c. Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M.

2.4 GLAZING

A. Glazing: Comply with Section 088000 "Glazing."



B. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard sealed-corner pressure-glazing system of black, resilient elastomeric glazing gaskets, setting blocks, and shims or spacers.

C. Glazing Sealants: As recommended by manufacturer.

1. Sealant shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less.

2.5 FABRICATION

A. Form or extrude aluminum shapes before finishing.

B. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding.

C. Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics:

1. Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations. 2. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered. 3. Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members. 4. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to maintain

required glazing edge clearances. 5. Provisions for field replacement of glazing from exterior. 6. Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view to greatest extent

possible.

D. Fabricate components to resist water penetration as follows:

1. Internal guttering system or other means to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring within framing members, and moisture migrating within glazed aluminum curtain wall to exterior.

2. Pressure-equalized system or double barrier design with primary air and vapor barrier at interior side of glazed aluminum curtain wall and secondary seal weeped and vented to exterior.

E. Factory-Assembled Frame Units:

1. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. 2. Prepare surfaces that are in contact structural sealant according to sealant manufacturer's written

instructions to ensure compatibility and adhesion. 3. Preparation includes, but is not limited to, cleaning and priming surfaces. 4. Seal joints watertight unless otherwise indicated. 5. Install glazing to comply with requirements in Section 088000 "Glazing."

F. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings.


A. High-Performance Organic Finish: Four-coat fluoropolymer finish complying with AAMA 2605 and containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in both color coat and clear topcoat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.




PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. General:

1. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Do not install damaged components. 3. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. 4. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. 5. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic

deterioration and to prevent impeding movement of moving joints. 6. Where welding is required, weld components in concealed locations to minimize distortion or

discoloration of finish. Protect glazing surfaces from welding. 7. Seal joints watertight unless otherwise indicated.

B. Metal Protection:

1. Where aluminum is in contact with dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with primer, applying sealant or tape, or installing nonconductive spacers as recommended by manufacturer for this purpose.

2. Where aluminum is in contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint.

C. Install components to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring within framing members, and moisture migrating within glazed aluminum curtain wall to exterior.

D. Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades.

E. Install glazing as specified in Section 088000 "Glazing."


A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.

B. Test Area: Perform tests on representative areas of glazed aluminum curtain walls.

C. Field Quality-Control Testing: Perform the following test on representative areas of glazed aluminum curtain walls.

1. Water-Spray Test: Before installation of interior finishes has begun, areas designated by Architect shall be tested according to AAMA 501.2 and shall not evidence water penetration.

a. Perform a minimum of three tests in areas as directed by Architect.

D. Glazed aluminum curtain walls will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.

E. Prepare test and inspection reports.





GLAZING 088000 - 1

SECTION 088000 - GLAZING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1. Glass for windows, doors, storefront framing, and glazed curtain walls. 2. Glazing sealants and accessories.

1.2 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate glazing channel dimensions to provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances.





materials.

C. Glass Samples: For each type of glass product other than clear monolithic vision glass; 12 inches square.

D. Glazing Schedule: List glass types and thicknesses for each size opening and location. Use same designations indicated on Drawings.

E. Delegated-Design Submittal: For glass indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.


A. Preconstruction adhesion and compatibility test report.


A. Sealant Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated.


GLAZING 088000 - 2

1.6 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING

A. Preconstruction Adhesion and Compatibility Testing: Test each glass product, tape sealant, gasket, glazing accessory, and glass-framing member for adhesion to and compatibility with elastomeric glazing sealants.

1. Testing is not required if data are submitted based on previous testing of current sealant products and glazing materials matching those submitted.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Coated-Glass Products: Manufacturer agrees to replace coated-glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of coated glass is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include peeling, cracking, and other indications of deterioration in coating.


B. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Insulating Glass: Manufacturer agrees to replace insulating-glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of insulating glass is defined as failure of hermetic seal under normal use that is not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning insulating glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Evidence of failure is the obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on interior surfaces of glass.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS


1. Northwestern Industries, Inc. 2. Oldcastle BuildingEnvelope™. 3. Pilkington North America.

B. Fully Tempered Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT (fully tempered), Condition A (uncoated) unless otherwise indicated, Type I, Class 1 (clear), Quality-Q3.

C. Ceramic-Coated Spandrel Glass: ASTM C 1048, Type I, Condition B, Quality-Q3.

2.2 INSULATING GLASS

A. Insulating-Glass Units: Factory-assembled units consisting of sealed lites of glass separated by a dehydrated interspace, qualified according to ASTM E 2190.

1. Sealing System: Dual seals. 2. Spacer: Aluminum with bronze, color anodic finish.


GLAZING 088000 - 3

2.3 GLAZING SEALANTS

A. General:

1. Compatibility: Compatible with one another and with other materials they contact, including glass products, seals of insulating-glass units, and glazing channel substrates, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience.

2. Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufacturers' written instructions for selecting glazing sealants suitable for applications indicated and for conditions existing at time of installation.

3. Sealant shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less. 4. Colors of Exposed Glazing Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

B. Glazing Sealant: Neutral-curing silicone glazing sealant complying with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 100/50, Use NT.

C. Glazing Sealant: Neutral-curing silicone glazing sealant complying with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, Use NT.

D. Glazing Sealant: Neutral-curing silicone glazing sealant complying with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT.

E. Glazing Sealant: Acid-curing silicone glazing sealant complying with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT.

2.4 GLAZING TAPES

A. Back-Bedding Mastic Glazing Tapes: Preformed, butyl-based, 100 percent solids elastomeric tape; nonstaining and nonmigrating in contact with nonporous surfaces; with or without spacer rod as recommended in writing by tape and glass manufacturers for application indicated; and complying with ASTM C 1281 and AAMA 800 for products indicated below:

1. AAMA 804.3 tape, where indicated. 2. AAMA 806.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is subject to continuous pressure. 3. AAMA 807.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is not subject to continuous pressure.

B. Expanded Cellular Glazing Tapes: Closed-cell, PVC foam tapes; factory coated with adhesive on both surfaces; and complying with AAMA 800 for the following types:

1. AAMA 810.1, Type 1, for glazing applications in which tape acts as the primary sealant. 2. AAMA 810.1, Type 2, for glazing applications in which tape is used in combination with a full bead

of liquid sealant.

2.5 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS

A. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer.

B. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5.

C. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions of hardness required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated.


GLAZING 088000 - 4

D. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement (side walking).

E. Cylindrical Glazing Sealant Backing: ASTM C 1330, Type O (open-cell material), of size and density to control glazing sealant depth and otherwise produce optimum glazing sealant performance.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GLAZING, GENERAL

A. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications.

B. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass includes glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass, impair performance, or impair appearance.

C. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction testing.

D. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead.

E. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites.

F. Provide spacers for glass lites where length plus width is larger than 50 inches.

G. Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in glazing channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and according to requirements in referenced glazing publications.

3.2 TAPE GLAZING

A. Position tapes on fixed stops so that, when compressed by glass, their exposed edges are flush with or protrude slightly above sightline of stops.

B. Install tapes continuously, but not necessarily in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to make them fit opening.

C. Cover vertical framing joints by applying tapes to heads and sills first, then to jambs. Cover horizontal framing joints by applying tapes to jambs, then to heads and sills.

D. Place joints in tapes at corners of opening with adjoining lengths butted together, not lapped. Seal joints in tapes with compatible sealant approved by tape manufacturer.

E. Apply heel bead of elastomeric sealant.


GLAZING 088000 - 5

F. Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks, and press firmly against tape by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings.

G. Apply cap bead of elastomeric sealant over exposed edge of tape.

3.3 GASKET GLAZING (DRY)

A. Cut compression gaskets to lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with allowance for stretch during installation.

B. Insert soft compression gasket between glass and frame or fixed stop so it is securely in place with joints miter cut and bonded together at corners.

C. Installation with Drive-in Wedge Gaskets: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks, and press firmly against soft compression gasket by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer.

D. Installation with Pressure-Glazing Stops: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks, and press firmly against soft compression gasket. Install dense compression gaskets and pressure-glazing stops, applying pressure uniformly to compression gaskets. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer.

E. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops.

3.4 SEALANT GLAZING (WET)

A. Install continuous spacers, or spacers combined with cylindrical sealant backing, between glass lites and glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent sealant from extruding into glass channel and blocking weep systems until sealants cure. Secure spacers or spacers and backings in place and in position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performance.

B. Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces.

C. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from glass.

3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Immediately after installation remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces.

B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for buildup of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, or stains.


GLAZING 088000 - 6

1. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove substances immediately as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. Remove and replace glass that cannot be cleaned without damage to coatings.

C. Remove and replace glass that is damaged during construction period.

3.6 INSULATING GLASS SCHEDULE

A. Glass Type GL-1: Insulating glass. PPG Solarban 60 on #2 surface.

B. Glass Type GL-5: Monolithic glass, clear with custom spandrel color.



OPERABLE WALL LOUVERS 089116 - 1

SECTION 089116 - OPERABLE WALL LOUVERS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes operable, extruded-aluminum louvers.


A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

1. For louvers specified to bear AMCA seal, include printed catalog pages showing specified models with appropriate AMCA Certified Ratings Seals.

B. Shop Drawings: For louvers and accessories. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. Show frame profiles and blade profiles, angles, and spacing.

1. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring for motorized operable louvers.

C. Samples: For each type of metal finish required.

D. Delegated-Design Submittal: For louvers indicated to comply with structural performance requirements, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.


A. Product Test Reports: Based on tests performed according to AMCA 500-L.

B. Windborne-debris-impact-resistance test reports.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Delegated Design: Design louvers, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using structural performance requirements and design criteria indicated.

B. Structural Performance: Louvers shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated without permanent deformation of louver components, noise or metal fatigue caused by louver-blade rattle or flutter, or permanent damage to fasteners and anchors. Wind pressures shall be considered to act normal to the face of the building.

1. Wind Loads: Determine loads based on pressures as indicated on Drawings.



C. Louver Performance Ratings: Provide louvers complying with requirements specified, as demonstrated by testing manufacturer's stock units identical to those provided, except for length and width according to AMCA 500-L.

D. UL and NEMA Compliance: Provide motors and related components for motor-operated louvers that are listed and labeled by UL and comply with applicable NEMA standards.

2.2 OPERABLE, EXTRUDED-ALUMINUM LOUVERS

A. Louver Construction and Operation: Provide operable louvers with extruded-aluminum frames and blades not less than 0.080-inch (2.03-mm) nominal thickness, and with operating mechanisms to suit louver sizes.

1. Louvre size and depth, blade type, operation, and performance: See Mechanical drawings and specifications.

2.3 LOUVER SCREENS

A. General: Provide screen at each exterior louver.

1. Screen Location: Interior face unless otherwise indicated. 2. Screening Type: Bird screening.

B. Secure screen frames to louver frames with machine screws with heads finished to match louver, spaced a maximum of 6 inches (150 mm) from each corner and at 12 inches (300 mm) o.c.

C. Louver Screen Frames: Same type and form of metal as indicated for louver to which screens are attached.

D. Louver Screening for Aluminum Louvers:

1. Bird Screening: Aluminum, 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) square mesh, 0.063-inch (1.60-mm) wire.

2.4 MATERIALS

A. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), Alloy 6063-T5, T-52, or T6.

B. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), Alloy 3003 or 5005 with temper as required for forming, or as otherwise recommended by metal producer for required finish.

C. Fasteners: Use types and sizes to suit unit installation conditions.

1. Use tamper-resistant screws for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated. 2. For fastening aluminum, use aluminum or 300 series stainless-steel fasteners. 3. For fastening galvanized steel, use hot-dip-galvanized steel or 300 series stainless-steel

fasteners. 4. For fastening stainless steel, use 300 series stainless-steel fasteners. 5. For color-finished louvers, use fasteners with heads that match color of louvers.



2.5 FABRICATION

A. Fabricate frames, including integral sills, to fit in openings of sizes indicated, with allowances made for fabrication and installation tolerances, adjoining material tolerances, and perimeter sealant joints.

B. Join frame members to each other and to fixed louver blades with fillet welds concealed from view, threaded fasteners, or both, as standard with louver manufacturer unless otherwise indicated or size of louver assembly makes bolted connections between frame members necessary.


A. High-Performance Organic Finish: Four-coat fluoropolymer finish complying with AAMA 2605 and containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in both color coat and clear topcoat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Locate and place louvers level, plumb, and at indicated alignment with adjacent work.

B. Use concealed anchorages where possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws where required to protect metal surfaces and to make a weathertight connection.

C. Provide perimeter reveals and openings of uniform width for sealants and joint fillers, as indicated.

D. Protect unpainted galvanized and nonferrous-metal surfaces that are in contact with concrete, masonry, or dissimilar metals from corrosion and galvanic action by applying a heavy coating of bituminous paint or by separating surfaces with waterproof gaskets or nonmetallic flashing.

3.2 ADJUSTING

A. Test operable louvers and adjust as needed to produce fully functioning units that comply with requirements.

B. Restore louvers damaged during installation and construction so no evidence remains of corrective work. If results of restoration are unsuccessful, as determined by Architect, remove damaged units and replace with new units.



RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096513 - 1

SECTION 096513 - RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY


1. Resilient base.




1. Product Data: For adhesives, indicating VOC content. 2. Laboratory Test Reports: For adhesives, indicating compliance with requirements for low-

emitting materials. 3. Laboratory Test Reports: For resilient base, indicating compliance with requirements for

low-emitting materials.

C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, not less than 12 inches long.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 THERMOPLASTIC-RUBBER BASE RB-1

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:

1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.

2. Burke Mercer Flooring Products; a division of Burke Industries Inc.

3. Johnsonite; a Tarkett company.

4. Roppe Corporation, USA.

B. Product Standard: ASTM F 1861, Type TP (rubber, thermoplastic).

1. Group: I (solid, homogeneous). 2. Style and Location:

a. Style B, Cove.

C. Thickness: 0.125 inch.

D. Height: 4 inches.



E. Lengths: Coils in manufacturer's standard length.

F. Outside Corners: Job formed.

G. Inside Corners: Job formed.

H. Colors: As indicated by manufacturer's designations.

2.2 INSTALLATION MATERIALS

A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement based or blended hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or approved by resilient-product manufacturer for applications indicated.

B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by resilient-product manufacturer for resilient products and substrate conditions indicated.

1. Adhesives shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less.

C. Stair-Tread Nose Filler: Two-part epoxy compound recommended by resilient stair-tread manufacturer to fill nosing substrates that do not conform to tread contours.

D. Floor Polish: Provide protective, liquid floor-polish products recommended by resilient stair-tread manufacturer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient products.

B. Concrete Substrates for Resilient Stair Accessories: Prepare horizontal surfaces according to ASTM F 710.

1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. 2. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives

and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents.

3. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrate alkalinity falls within range on pH scale recommended by manufacturer in writing, but not less than 5 or more than 9 pH.

4. Moisture Testing: Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing according to manufacturer's written recommendations, but not less stringent than the following:

a. Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test according to ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture-vapor-emission rate of 3 lb of water/1000 sq. ft. in 24 hours.



b. Perform relative humidity test using in situ probes according to ASTM F 2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum 75 percent relative humidity level.

C. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound; remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate.

D. Do not install resilient products until they are the same temperature as the space where they are to be installed.

E. Immediately before installation, sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products.

3.2 RESILIENT BASE INSTALLATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient base.

B. Apply resilient base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required.

C. Install resilient base in lengths as long as practical without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned.

D. Tightly adhere resilient base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates.

E. Do not stretch resilient base during installation.

F. On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material.

G. Preformed Corners: Install preformed corners before installing straight pieces.

H. Job-Formed Corners:

1. Outside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible and form with returns not less than 6 inches in length.

a. Form without producing discoloration (whitening) at bends.

2. Inside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible and form with returns not less than 6 inches in length.

a. Miter or cope corners to minimize open joints.

3.3 RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient accessories.

B. Resilient Stair Accessories:



1. Use stair-tread-nose filler to fill nosing substrates that do not conform to tread contours. 2. Tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of each piece. 3. For treads installed as separate, equal-length units, install to produce a flush joint

between units.

C. Resilient Molding Accessories: Butt to adjacent materials and tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of each piece. Install reducer strips at edges of floor covering that would otherwise be exposed.

3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protecting resilient products.

B. Cover resilient products subject to wear and foot traffic until Substantial Completion.



INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 1

SECTION 099123 - INTERIOR PAINTING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following interior substrates:

1. Steel and iron. 2. Gypsum board.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. MPI Gloss Level 1: Not more than five units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

B. MPI Gloss Level 2: Not more than 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

C. MPI Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

D. MPI Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

E. MPI Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

F. MPI Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

G. MPI Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.


A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions.

1. Include Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified, with the proposed product highlighted.


1. Product Data: For paints and coatings, indicating VOC content. 2. Laboratory Test Reports: For paints and coatings, indicating compliance with requirements for

low-emitting materials.

C. Samples: For each type of paint system and in each color and gloss of topcoat.



PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Basis-of-Design: Sherwin Williams or approved equal.

2.2 PAINT, GENERAL

A. MPI Standards: Products shall comply with MPI standards indicated and shall be listed in its "MPI Approved Products Lists."

B. Material Compatibility:

1. Materials for use within each paint system shall be compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.

2. For each coat in a paint system, products shall be recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturers for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.

C. VOC Content: For field applications that are inside the weatherproofing system, paints and coatings shall comply with VOC content limits of authorities having jurisdiction and the following VOC content limits:

1. Flat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L. 2. Nonflat Paints and Coatings: 150 g/L. 3. Dry-Fog Coatings: 400 g/L. 4. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 200 g/L. 5. Anticorrosive and Antirust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: 250 g/L. 6. Zinc-Rich Industrial Maintenance Primers: 340 g/L.

D. Low-Emitting Materials: Interior paints and coatings shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers."

E. Colors: As indicated in a color schedule.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows:

1. Gypsum Board: 12 percent.



C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers.

D. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated.

B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting.

1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any.

3.3 APPLICATION

A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual."

B. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks.

3.4 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE

1. Gypsum Wallboard: a. Primer: Top commercial grade zero VOC GWB primer. S-W ProMar 200 Zero VOC Pri-

mer B28 Series. 1) VOC’s: 0 g/L. 2) Coverage Rate: 300 to 400 square feet per gallon.

b. Two Finish Coats: Single component high performance water based epoxy modified acrylic, Semi-gloss. S-W Pro Industrial Pre-Catalyzed Waterbased Epoxy Semi-Gloss K46 Series. 1) VOC’s: 150 g/L. 2) Coverage Rate: 200 to 250 square feet per gallon per coat.

c. Dry Film Thickness: 2.5 to 3.0 mils per coat. 2. Ferrous Metal: Including structural steel and railings.

a. One Primer Coat: Prime unprimed, bare metal (only), with water based corrosion re-sistant primer. S-W Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Primer B66W00310 (<100 g/L VOC).

b. Two Finish Coats: Light industrial water based coating, Semi-Gloss, resistant to light abrasion and softening by constant hand contact. S-W Pro Industrial Pre-Catalyzed W/B Epoxy Semi-Gloss K46 Series (141 g/L VOC)

3. Factory primed or unprimed miscellaneous metal: Including Mechanical and Electrical Equip-ment Items. Prep as appropriate for substrate.



a. Prime all bare metal as needed with water based corrosion resistant primer. S-W Pro In-dustrial Pro-Cryl Universal Primer B66W00310 (<100 g/L VOC).

b. Exposed Insulated Piping: 1) Finish Coats: Match paint specified on adjacent walls or surfaces.

c. Exposed Galvanized Ducts, Piping, Conduits, etc.: 1) Finish Coat: Match paint specified on closest adjacent walls or surfaces.

d. Exposed Ferrous Piping, Hangers (and like items): 1) Finish Coat. Match paint specified on adjacent walls or surfaces.

e. Interior of all Ducts at Grilles, Registers and Diffusers: 1) One Coat. SW ProMar 200 Zero VOC Black

f. Unprimed grilles and diffuser face plates, Match paint specified on adjacent walls or sur-faces.



PARKING SPACE COUNT SYSTEM 11 12 40 - 1

SECTION 11 12 40 – PARKING SPACE COUNT SYSTEM

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Part 1 - General 1. Related Documents (1.2) 2. Definitions (1.3) 3. Summary (1.4) 4. Informational and Closeout Submittals (1.5) 5. Quality Assurance (1.6) 6. Delivery, Storage and Handling (1.7) 7. Project/Site Conditions (1.8) 8. Project Sequencing (1.9) 9. Spare Parts (1.10) 10. Warranty (1.11)

B. Part 2 – Products

1. Software (2.1) 2. Power (2.2) 3. Communications (2.3) 4. Equipment and Subsystems (2.4) 5. Equipment and Subsystem Performance Standards (2.5) 6. Source Quality Control (2.6)

C. Part 3 – Execution

1. Examination (3.1) 2. Installation (3.2) 3. Field Quality Control/Acceptance Testing (3.3) 4. Instruction and Training (3.4) 5. Equipment Protection (3.5)



1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The following are related to this Section:

1. Division 01 General Requirements 2. Division 03 Concrete 3. Division 26 Electrical 4. Division 27 Communications 5. Project Drawings

B. Codes and Regulations:

1. Comply with State and Local codes as applicable.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. List of abbreviations:

1. ANSI American National Standards Institute 2. DAT Device Acceptance Test 3. GUI Graphical User Interface 4. IP Intrusion Protection 5. ISO International Organization for Standardization 6. LED Light Emitting Diode 7. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association 8. NEC National Electric Code 9. ODBC Open Database Connectivity 10. PSCS Parking Space Count System 11. QA/QC Quality Assurance/Quality Control 12. SAT Site Acceptance Test 13. TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol 14. UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.

1.4 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes provision to furnish and install an on-line, real-time Parking Space Count System (PSCS) functioning in the manner described herein. System to be provided for the rooftop parking levels of the Miami Beach Convention Center (MBCC) Garage (Garage) for the Owner.

B. Facilities Description:

1. The Garage is a multi-use facility that will service visitors, staff and students. The access controlled portion of the Garage will consist of the four levels, consisting of approximately 542 parking spaces. Ingress and egress to the parking structure is at the south end of the ground level with a single entry lane and single exit lane.

C. System Design



1. PSCS components include:

a. Vehicle detectors b. Dynamic signs and housings c. PSCS server and software

2. PSCS shall monitor and communicate available space counts in Garage levels and the facility as a whole. The system includes vehicle detectors, lane delineators (if necessary), and space availability dynamic signs. The PSCS shall visually communicate space availability to drivers at the following locations, as shown on the Drawings: a. At the west side of the ground level entry/exit b. At the north side of the access road and west side of S. 7th Avenue

3. Dynamic signage shall display in real-time the number of available spaces, “OPEN”, or “FULL”, for the entire facility.

4. “OPEN” or available number of spaces to be displayed in green. “FULL” status to be displayed in red.

5. PSCS dynamic signage shall be user configurable such that the number of available spaces can be displayed or a status of “OPEN/FULL” can be displayed.

6. Vehicle count shall utilize inductive loops for vehicle detection. 7. Provide system intelligence and central control to facilitate management of spaces, real-time

reporting and information capabilities to provide:

a. Occupancy of the Garage as a whole by time of day on a fifteen minute basis. b. Historical reports of occupancy by user selectable date/time intervals.

D. PSCS shall operate seamlessly as a complete system. All equipment components shall function in coordination with other components.

E. PSCS component installation shall be coordinated with the geometric circumstances of the specific location where they are installed, i.e. garage clearance, lane widths, line of sight, etc.

F. PSCS software can be browser-based (i.e. the PSCS software is accessible by an authorized user through an internet browser of any web-enabled workstation or mobile device) or client based (i.e. the PSCS software is installed on Owner provided workstations), as approved by the Owner.

G. References in this section to “Contractor” include any Subcontractor performing Work related to the PSCS.

H. Contractor shall identify any clarifications, deficiencies, exceptions or errors in the design in their proposal. No deficiency or error in the design shall relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to provide a fully functional PSCS as intended by the design. Clarifications and exceptions to the design taken by the Contractor must be clearly stated in the proposal and are subject to Owner approval.

I. Work Included:

1. Furnish and install all PSCS equipment as described in this Specification. 2. Comply with all applicable State and Federal codes and standards. 3. Review Drawings and specifications to be certain that all functional requirements, as described,

can be achieved with equipment to be supplied. 4. Provide Shop Drawings and product literature as specified herein.



5. Provide and install all necessary device control wiring, communications wiring, power wiring, and conduit required for the PSCS.

6. Provide and install any power conditioning that is required for the operation of the system. 7. Provide and install all electronics and communications equipment for communication network.

Terminate and connect all communications cabling. 8. Coordinate and confirm final and precise layout of dynamic signs, conduits, stubs, vehicle

detectors, and anchor bolts with Owner prior to installation. 9. Install all PSCS supplied equipment and the interconnection with any Owner supplied equipment. 10. Test, adjust and interface circuits prior to installation of equipment. Make all connections of wiring

to components. 11. Authorize and accept responsibility for application of power to equipment and initiation of

operation. 12. Run all initial diagnostics and system testing programs necessary to provide a complete working

system. 13. Attend construction meetings, provide schedules as requested, and schedule fieldwork to be

coordinated with Owner. 14. Test equipment in accordance with this specification. 15. Provide record drawings, operating manuals, maintenance manuals, and training sessions as

specified herein. 16. Participate in system commissioning as required. 17. Provide warranty services as required.

1.5 INFORMATIONAL AND CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. All submittals shall be submitted in accordance with Division 1 of the specifications.

B. All submittal approvals, comments and rejections will be returned to the Contractor by the Owner’s designated representative with requests for resubmittal as appropriate. Resubmit as required until submittal is approved by the Owner’s designated representative.

C. Submittals shall include:

1. Product data to be submitted with Contractor’s proposal:

a. Cut sheets for all equipment, devices, and products b. Software applications and versions c. PSCS standard reports d. Certificates for outdoor rating e. Equipment and product dimensions f. Equipment mounting requirements g. Power requirements and load h. Communication requirements i. Manufacturer recommended maintenance procedures

2. Shop Drawings to be submitted:

a. Dynamic signage design drawings b. Mounting details for dynamic signs, per manufacturer recommendations c. Mounting/installation details for vehicle detectors, per manufacturer recommendations d. Wiring diagrams detailing wiring requirements for power, signal and control systems e. Differentiate clearly between wiring installed by Contractor and by others f. Clearly indicate work that is “not in contract”



g. Locations for electrical and communications connection points and pathways including conduit runs, network access points, power panels and circuits, and server location

3. Testing Plan to be submitted:

a. Testing procedures shall test all system functionalities that are described in this Functional

Specification as well as any other functionalities performed by the system (e.g. standard functionalities for the PSCS) that are not specifically described within this Functional Specification.

b. Review comments shall be returned to the Contractor by the Owner. The Contractor shall incorporate the Owner’s review comments into the Test Procedures. This revised document shall be resubmitted for verification that all comments have been incorporated. The approved document shall be bound and termed the Test Procedures Document.

c. No test shall commence until the finalized Test Procedures Document is received and approved by the Owner.

d. The Contractor shall develop all test procedures for the tests that are listed below:

1) Device Acceptance Test (DAT) 2) Site Acceptance Test (SAT)

4. PSCS Manuals: The Owner shall review the structure and contents of the manuals. The Owner

shall return comments to the Contractor, and the Contractor shall incorporate all comments into revised manuals. The Contractor shall submit the revised manuals for approval prior to commencing system testing. The Contractor shall submit the following manuals in both hardcopy and electronic (PDF or Microsoft Word) format:

a. PSCS users manuals b. PSCS maintenance manual c. Training manuals

5. As-Built Documentation: The Contractor shall submit as-built documentation of all systems and

components installed as part of the PSCS. As-built documents shall include depiction of the actual installed conditions of all equipment and cabling components. In addition, as-built documentation shall include configuration settings upon the completion of any acceptance test. Contractor shall update the most recent as-built documentation submitted as further changes occur in the field or as a result of a patch or upgrade to an installed system throughout the warranty period.


A. All PSCS components and their installation shall comply with all laws, ordinances, codes, rules, and regulations of public authorities having jurisdiction over this part of the work. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to meet these and all other current technical, performance, and safety standards that are applicable to all components and to the entire system, even when not specifically referenced.

B. Obtain any and all permits that are required to complete this work.

C. The PSCS shall be an open-architecture system where all interfaces (hardware and software) conform to national and International Organization for Standardization (ISO) standards.



D. All materials and equipment shall be listed, labeled or certified by a nationally recognized testing laboratory to meet Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL), standards where test standards have been established.

1. Equipment and materials which are not covered by UL Standards may be considered provided

equipment and material is listed, labeled, certified or otherwise determined to meet safety requirements of a nationally recognized testing laboratory.

2. Equipment of a class for which no nationally recognized testing laboratory accepts, certifies, lists, labels, or determines to be safe, will be considered if inspected or tested in accordance with national industrial standards, such as NEMA, or ANSI. Evidence of compliance shall include certified test reports and definitive product data.

E. Equipment housings, conduits, and junction boxes exposed to weather (any location not in a conditioned environment) shall meet or exceed outdoor NEMA 3 or IP54 standards and shall provide sufficient protection so that the components continue to function without moisture, dust, particle, heat, or cold-related interruption. Components that do not meet NEMA 3 or IP54 standards or better may be considered if implemented with supplemental environmental controls.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Contractor shall be responsible for insuring all shipped items. Any items damaged during shipping shall be replaced and shipped to the project site, by expedited means if requested, at no additional cost to the Owner.

B. The Owner shall provide the Contractor with a designated storage/staging area for PSCS equipment that has not been installed.

C. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to protect the equipment from theft and damage until final acceptance including installation of fencing, locks, and any other security provisions. Should the stored equipment be stolen or damaged prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall replace the equipment at no additional cost to the Owner.

D. Deliver equipment to site in manufacturer’s original containers to prevent damage and marked for easy identification.

1.8 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Conditions: All field equipment and components shall be fully protected from the ambient environment when installed in the proper housing provided by the Contractor. Operation of the equipment shall not be effected in any way by weather conditions typical to the Miami Beach, FL area. In addition, operation of the equipment shall not be effected in any way by the conditions listed below:

1. Ambient Temperatures: -10ºF to 120ºF (with addition of solar loading) 2. Humidity: 0% to 99% (non-condensing) 3. Rain: Blowing rain with 80 mph gusts 4. Dust: Accumulating and blowing dust and fine sand

B. Environmental conditions shall not inhibit the PSCS from performing in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall provide a system such that environmental conditions in a cabinet shall not cause failure of the installed electronics.



C. Electrostatic and electromagnetic forces within the environment, e.g., non-direct lightning strikes, or other types of power interference shall have no effect upon the integrity or operation of the PSCS.

1. The Contractor’s solution for preventing power interference shall be presented to the Owner for

approval prior to implementation. 2. Lightning protection through surge arrestors or earthen ground rods or a combination thereof

shall be provided and installed for the PSCS. The Contractor shall determine, based upon their system requirements, the appropriate lightning protection method to use for the location where the equipment is installed.

3. Equipment shall be UL-approved for use as part of a master labeled lightning protection system and marked in accordance with UL procedures.

1.9 PROJECT SEQUENCING

A. The Contractor shall propose sequencing in the Project Schedule that achieves full implementation and acceptance of the PSCS in accordance with the Contract Documents.

1.10 SPARE PARTS

A. The Contractor shall propose a list of spare parts (type and quantity) to be maintained on site. The list of all spare parts required to maintain the system under the submitted preventative maintenance program shall be identified and priced separately and included in the proposal.

B. The Owner reserves the right to order additional parts and manage the PSCS spare parts inventory as required to maintain the system.

C. The proposed spare parts list is subject to the approval of the Owner, and the Owner reserves the right to modify the spare parts inventory throughout the term of the Contract.

D. The Owner shall provide a storage location of the spare parts, exact location to be identified by the Owner. The Contractor shall have access to the spare parts inventory and shall have the responsibility of ordering replacement components or parts as components or parts are used prior to completion of the warranty period.

E. Contractor shall replace used spare parts immediately upon use.

F. All equipment and parts shall be newly manufactured and never installed in any other operational system other than for factory test purposes.

G. When delivered to the project site, an itemized list of manufacturer's part numbers, model numbers, pricing, supplier's address, supplier's telephone numbers, and any single source components shall be identified by the Contractor.

1.11 WARRANTY

A. The Contractor shall warranty all parts, materials, and workmanship following Final System Acceptance for a period of 12 months (1 year). All-inclusive costs (parts, labor, maintenance, software support, warranty repairs, Contractor travel time, Contractor expenses, etc.) incurred during the warranty period shall be provided without additional cost to the Owner.



B. Costs (time and material) for repair or parts replacement, components, etc., damaged or rendered unserviceable due to apparent and provable misuse, abuse, vandalism or negligence by Owner or the using public are excluded as a warranty item. Also excluded from the warranty are damages due to Acts of God.

C. The warranty period on the PSCS shall begin upon notification from the Owner of Final System Acceptance.

D. The Contractor shall maintain all systems that are operating prior to starting the warranty period. Maintenance services shall be as defined within the Manufacturer's recommended maintenance procedures manual submitted as accepted by the Owner.

E. Preventive Maintenance Service during the Warranty Period:

1. The Contractor shall provide preventive maintenance services for all systems throughout the warranty period. Preventive maintenance procedures and frequencies shall be defined within the manufacturer's recommended maintenance procedures manual submitted with the Proposal as modified and accepted by the Owner.

2. Preventive maintenance services shall include but are not limited to inspection, testing, necessary adjustment, alignments, calibration, parts cleaning, communication system maintenance, and database administration of the PSCS provided by the Contractor.

3. All preventive maintenance shall be performed at non-peak periods during regular business hours.

F. Emergency Maintenance Service during the Warranty Period:

1. The Contractor shall provide three (3) methods of notification to be used for emergency contact information (ex: telephone, email, SMS text message). The Contractor shall acknowledge receipt of any emergency service request within 30 minutes of notification by the Owner.

2. Contractor shall begin emergency repair service within two (2) hours of the initial emergency service request by the Owner.

3. Resolution of the situation within four (4) hours after notification is required in all situations. A temporary solution is acceptable in the event replacement parts are not available in inventory.

4. Factors beyond the control of the Contractor, such as unexpected delays in parts, accidents,

severe weather, and unusual traffic, shall be thoroughly documented and reported to the Owner the next business day. The Owner may grant relief for the service hour requirement after reviewing these factors.

G. Software Support during the Warranty Period:

1. Make available to the Owner normal PSCS software improvement releases (updates) when they become available at no additional cost to the Owner.

2. All PSCS software patches and updates shall be provided free of charge during the warranty period; however, the Owner shall have the option of implementing the updates or not. Seven calendar days prior to all PSCS software modifications, patches, updates, and upgrades, the Contractor shall provide accurate and complete documentation that describes:

a. patch/update release designation b. proposed date and time of implementation



c. detailed description of what the patch/update accomplishes d. full disaster recovery procedures that return the system to its pre-patch/update condition

3. Coordinate the testing and implementation of all patches and updates with the Owner. PSCS Database and PSCS application software maintenance shall be performed remotely or on-site as approved by the Owner.

4. If at any time the Contractor ceases to do business or ceases to make their PSCS software product commercially available, the Owner shall assume full ownership of the PSCS software. Thirty days prior to ceasing to do business, the Contractor shall provide the most current version of the PSCS software source code to the Owner.

5. Provide corrective patches and upgrades in the event security vulnerability or system availability issues are discovered.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SOFTWARE

A. All software and software licensing required by the system shall be provided by the Contractor. To the greatest extent possible, proven, off-the-shelf software (i.e., software already manufactured and available for delivery) shall be used. All software packages shall be identified in the Contractor’s proposal.

B. Unless specified elsewhere, all third party software provided by the Contractor shall be the latest available version at the time of system implementation.

C. The Contractor shall purchase software maintenance for all third party software naming the Owner as the software Owner and contact. All third party software maintenance agreements shall remain valid throughout the duration of the warranty period.

D. The Contractor shall provide any necessary perpetual licenses and/or authorization for all software used by the Owner. If available, a site license shall be provided to the Owner, meaning usage of the license shall be unrestricted, regardless of the physical locations where the software may be used.

E. Original CD-ROMs, DVDs, and software documentation shall be delivered to the Owner prior to system acceptance testing.

F. PSCS Application Software

1. PSCS software solution shall provide allow multiple groups and roles that govern individual access to the system. The assignment of a group/role will control access to the various modules of the PSCS, and if the access is update or view only.

2. The Contractor shall install and configure all application software and firmware required by the PSCS with all software licenses registered to the Owner.

3. The application software shall provide the following:

a. Ability to collect, display and report all PSCS-related data as outlined in this Functional Specification.

b. PSCS application software shall utilize a GUI that is intuitive and user friendly. GUI shall have the following features, at a minimum:

1) Display of floor maps with real-time status of available spaces graphically indicated. 2) Display of PSCS equipment status for dynamic signs and vehicle detectors. 3) Access for authorized users to modify system configurations including:



a) Manual adjustments to counts b) Manual override of signs c) Number of total spaces assigned to the Garage as a whole and level

4) Access to view, print, and export all reports (Microsoft Excel and Adobe PDF, at a minimum).

c. Solution shall provide role-based access control using the principle of least privilege for all

system functions including system administration and security administration. d. Access rights to the system for Owner designated personnel and others shall be defined

during implementation. e. Automatically detect and report fault conditions – The system shall perform a self-check on

a routine basis and provide notification for fault conditions and equipment failure. Fault conditions shall be categorized by severity and the system shall display alarm notification on the system GUI as well as notify designated Owner personnel via email and or text message for any individual fault condition, category of fault, or Owner-selected group of faults.

f. Reporting as outlined in the Reporting section. g. Facilities monitoring of all field devices, e.g., vehicle detection devices, dynamic signs,

server, etc.

G. Reporting

1. The PSCS system shall monitor and record parking activity and generate activity reports. 2. All reports shall be available online and on demand for Owner personnel who have proper

password access. 3. The PSCS stream of data shall be compiled in an ODBC compliant database. The Owner shall

have the ability to prepare custom reports using these data including Microsoft Excel, at a minimum, via a comma-separated-value file format.

4. Provide the Contractor’s PSCS standard reports including report descriptions, selectable data fields, and report layouts for all standard reports.

5. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner as required during the system design to address the specific reporting needs of the Owner. At a minimum, reports provided shall include:

a. Statistical utilization reports by Garage as a whole

1) Hourly 2) Daily 3) Weekly 4) Monthly 5) Yearly

b. Exception Reports

1) Alarm conditions 2) Violations (e.g. illegal movements, vehicle back outs, etc.)

2.2 POWER

A. Design, furnish, and install all power conduits, pull cords, junction boxes, and cabling necessary to support the PSCS, per the PSCS manufacturer’s requirements.



B. Provide and install any power conditioning that is required for the operation of the system.

C. The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing, installing, terminating and testing any cable necessary to provide power from the field devices to the power source.

D. All field component power connectivity shall be configured such that no single point of failure of a device shall cause an operational failure of surrounding devices.

2.3 COMMUNICATIONS

A. Design, furnish, and install all communication conduits, pull cords, junction boxes, and cabling necessary to support the PSCS, per the PSCS manufacturer’s specifications.

B. The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing, installing, polishing, terminating and testing any cable necessary to provide communication from the field devices to the PSCS servers.

C. All field component communications shall be configured such that no single point of failure of a device shall cause an operational failure of surrounding devices.

2.4 EQUIPMENT AND SUBSYSTEMS

A. All equipment and associated materials utilized in the PSCS shall be newly manufactured. No used or refurbished equipment or associated materials shall be utilized.

B. All equipment performing a like function and of the same part number shall be fully interchangeable without the requirement for physical modifications.

C. The PSCS configuration shall provide device autonomy such that no single point of failure of a device shall cause an operational failure of surrounding devices. Equipment at a single location that fails causing a shutdown of that device shall not affect the operational status or functionality of any other device.

D. Application and Data Servers

1. System Architecture

a. Server design shall be subject to the Owner’s approval. All appropriate Server and database system documentation shall be provided for the Owner’s use.

b. The PSCS shall utilize TCP/IP for data communication.

2. PSCS Servers

a. The PSCS shall support stand-alone operations (distributed system with intelligent

devices) as well as centralized management of the PSCS. b. The PSCS servers shall contain all PSCS application and database software that is

associated with occupancy statistics and designated reports. c. The application software shall be fully installed and configured on the servers with all

required system software licenses registered to the Owner. d. The PSCS servers shall reside on the Owner’s network. As such, the PSCS servers shall

have secured access. The Owner’s network administrator based upon a “need to know”



decision shall establish an appropriate user-level password system. The Owner shall have complete ability to add to, delete from, or revise the passwords that are established by the network administrator.

e. Contractor shall provide recommended storage and processing capacities required for the servers to support the PSCS solution.

f. The PSCS Servers shall be sufficiently configured such that the following features and functionalities are attainable:

1) Maintain five (5) years of on-line data of all PSCS data. This data shall be readily

accessible without any delay in processing. 2) Long Term Storage Media – Ability to archive all summary data for up to ten (10)

years with simple retrieval capability.

E. PSCS Workstations

1. Workstations shall be standard off-the shelf PCs or laptops that are web-enabled and provided by the Owner.

2. Workstations designated by the Owner shall be able to access the PSCS based on access rights of the user.

F. Vehicle Detection

1. Furnish and install all equipment necessary to detect vehicle movements entering and exiting the Garage and update the appropriate occupancy counts in the PSCS.

1. A critical element of the PSCS is accurate detection of vehicles. Due to the inherent inaccuracies associated with inductive loop detectors, the Contractor shall use overhead ultrasonic detection devices or propose the use of other advanced vehicle detection technologies. All other count zones shall utilize overhead ultrasonic detection devices or other advanced vehicle detection technologies.

2. Contractor shall provide vehicle detectors to detect all entry and exit movements, at the south ground level entry/exit. Exact mounting location within the count zones to be field located per manufacturer’s recommended mounting location for optimal accuracy.

3. Communicate via a hardwired connection utilizing readily available, commercially common, wire and cable. Wireless vehicle detector communication shall be unacceptable.

4. Powered via a hardwired connection utilizing readily available, commercially common, wire and cable. Preferably, vehicle detectors shall be powered on the same conductors as the data. Battery powered vehicle detectors shall be unacceptable.

5. When mounted overhead, the vehicle detectors shall be secured to the ceiling or Contractor-provide structure above. Contractor shall maintain a minimum clearance 4” greater than the minimum clearance of the parking structure.

6. Detect a standard passenger vehicle travelling beneath the vehicle detector from a distance of 0.0 ft. down to 15.0 ft. below the vehicle detector.

7. Contain directional logic to identify the travel direction of a vehicle and track the occupancy counts appropriately even if the vehicle is travelling the wrong direction.

8. Vehicle detector calibration:

a. Automatically initiate self-calibration upon power up or reboot b. Manually initiated self-calibration via push button on the vehicle detector c. Manually initiated self-calibration via remote connection from a PSCS workstation.

Workstation shall be capable of initiating an individual vehicle detector, elected group of vehicle detectors, or all networked vehicle detectors to recalibrate via the PSCS GUI.

9. Vehicle detection shall be unaffected by:



a. Detection signals of adjacent vehicle detectors b. Changes in ambient lighting conditions including direct sunlight as well as complete

darkness c. Vehicle color d. Surface color variations such as oil stains, painted surfaces, etc. e. Vehicle speeds up to 25 miles per hour f. Blowing rain

10. Vehicle detector shall detect vehicles passing through the count zone in the intended manner with 99% accuracy.

11. The Contractor shall verify existing traffic delineation at the count zones to channel vehicles through the intended count zone in a valid movement. Contractor shall report any delineation deficiencies to the Owner.

G. Dynamic Signs

1. Provide and install dynamic signs including housings with appropriate static messages, as approved by the Owner.

2. All PSCS dynamic signs shall utilize LEDs to display occupancy information. The sign types include:

a. Garage Status Display – dynamic signs, at locations indicated on the Drawings, at the

bottom entry that depicts the space availability for the Garage as a whole in green or displays “FULL” in red.

3. Proper sign matrix size shall be proposed by the Contractor to fit within the geometric

circumstances of each location. Minimum character height for the dynamic messages shall be 5”. 4. The PSCS software shall control the message that is displayed on all signs and automatically

update the respective number of available spaces displayed. 5. PSCS shall have the ability for authorized users to override the message displayed on the

dynamic signs through the PSCS software. 6. PSCS dynamic signage shall be user configurable such that the number of available spaces can

be displayed or a status of “OPEN/FULL” can be displayed. 7. Each display shall contain a built-in light sensor that automatically adjusts the LED brightness in

changing lighting conditions. All displays shall be legible in all ambient lighting conditions ranging from direct sunlight to complete darkness.

8. The PSCS shall allow the Owner to override the status displayed and to change the predetermined occupancy number that triggers a change from one status to another displayed status.

9. The PSCS shall be expandable to add additional displays that will be controlled by the PSCS. 10. Communicate via a hardwired connection utilizing readily available, commercially common, wire

and cable. Wireless communication shall be unacceptable. 11. In the event of a loss of communication, sign displays shall go blank or display dashes or another

symbol indicating that the sign is out of order. Sign shall not continue to display inaccurate counts while offline. Upon reestablishment of communication, signs shall automatically update and display the current occupancy.

12. Powered via a hardwired connection utilizing readily available, commercially common, wire and cable. Battery powered displays shall be unacceptable.

2.5 EQUIPMENT AND SUBSYSTEM PERFORMANCE STANDARDS



A. The system shall perform accurate summation of available and occupied parking spaces:

1. By Garage as a whole

B. PSCS Performance

1. The count signals shall be received within one second from the event. 2. The PSCS GUI display and dynamic signs shall be updated by the PSCS every ten seconds. This

frequency shall be user configurable. 3. The PSCS shall count vehicles that pass through the vehicle detection zones in a valid vehicle

movement with 95% accuracy for inductive loop detectors and 99% for overhead ultrasonic detectors. Invalid counts include vehicles or other objects that enter detection zones in a manner that defeats the intent of the system. Invalid counts can be generated by pedestrians, carts, bicycles and various other foreign objects that enter the detection zones. Invalid counts would be excluded from the accuracy calculation.

4. During acceptance testing, each detection zone shall count valid vehicle movements with 95% accuracy over the testing period. The minimum number of vehicle counts to establish passing test criteria shall be determined prior to system testing with approval from the Owner.

5. The entire PSCS, including the available spaces displayed to the patrons on PSCS signage, shall maintain 90% accuracy over a 24 hour period for each level and facility as a whole regardless of traffic volume over a 24 hour period. The accuracy shall be calculated by taking the difference between a real-time physical inventory and the occupancy reported by the PSCS and dividing it by the capacity for the respective level or facility as a whole.

2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Internal Contractor Tests

1. All equipment shall have successfully passed formal manufacturing tests and quality assurance inspections to validate compliance with these specifications prior to the start of installation. Records for formal internal Contractor testing and inspection for performance, materials quality and/or workmanship shall be maintained by the Contractor and made available if requested by the Owner prior to the start of installation or at any point during the execution of the Contract.

2. Contractor shall have readily available proof of product reliability analysis and testing should reliability become a problem at any time from the beginning of installation testing through the final operational test period.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Site Verification of Conditions: The Contractor shall verify all existing conditions in the field prior to implementation. In the event that conditions in the field are different from the conditions described and shown in the Drawings, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing of the exact differences, and shall inform the Owner in writing of any implications the differences have on the project.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. All PSCS equipment shall be installed per equipment manufacturer recommendations.



B. If Contractor is utilizing embedded loops, proper embedded loop placement and location of loops, per loop manufacturer’s recommendations, to be verified prior to pouring slab in these locations.

C. Any patches, upgrades, updates, or modifications to the PSCS software during the installation period shall require appropriate documentation and approval before the modification is made.

D. The Contractor shall verify that the installation locations are prepared and ready to have the installation completed. The Contractor shall notify the Owner, in writing, if the Contractor finds that the installation location is not prepared for installation due to unfinished work outside of the Contractor’s scope of work. The written notification shall provide detail of the elements that are in need of modification in order to prepare the location for equipment installation.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL/ACCEPTANCE TESTING

E. Device Acceptance Test (DAT)

1. DATs shall be conducted by the Contractor as a demonstration to the Owner or its representatives that the installed equipment complies with the Contract, the Contractor’s product data, and to other documentation, such as user manuals.

2. When a device installation has been completed, the Contractor shall conduct its internal testing of the installed equipment. Internal testing shall follow the identical DAT test procedures that shall be used during DATs observed by the Owner.

3. Upon successful completion of the Contractor’s test, the Contractor and the Owner shall perform the DAT to verify performance. The DAT shall only be observed by the Owner after documentation verifying successful completion of the Contractor’s internal testing is submitted. Documentation shall be submitted at least one calendar day prior to the scheduled test with the Owner.

4. DATs shall be conducted for all vehicle detectors and dynamic signs. The Contractor shall not activate the system for service until all DATs have been successfully completed, and the Owner has notified the Contractor that it is ready to put the equipment into operation.

5. The Contractor shall provide test procedure documents for DATs in accordance to the submittal guidelines. DAT Test Procedures Documents shall be provided for each device type and test procedures shall include the following sections:

a. narrative describing the general procedures to be followed; b. definition of all minor and major deviation types; c. checklist of all items necessary to conduct the test (e.g. vehicles, motorcycles, etc.); d. checklist for the components of each device; e. signature page for all DAT participants’ signatures; f. step by step instructions for testing each functionality; g. area within each test section to denote “pass” or “fail”; and h. section for listing and describing test deviations.

6. The Contractor shall provide all ancillary items necessary to complete the DATs for testing purposes. In addition, the Contractor shall make available sufficient personnel to perform the DAT in an efficient and timely manner.

7. The DAT shall be considered successfully completed when all components have passed their respective test procedures and all test documents have been signed by the Owner and Contractor. Minor deviations (e.g. deviations that do not affect the accuracy of the PSCS) resulting in the creation of punch list items shall not be considered grounds for failure of the overall DAT. Major deviations (e.g. deviations that affect the accuracy of the PSCS) found during the DAT shall result in the retest of the device. The Contractor shall agree to credit the Owner



from its total contract value for any travel and/or labor costs incurred by the Owner or its representatives as a result of additional effort required to retest failed devices.

F. Site Acceptance Test (SAT)

1. The SAT shall test the parking facility’s PSCS installation as a system, e.g., all vehicle detection devices, dynamic signs, communication system, workstations, servers, etc. The SAT is a pass/fail test that relies upon the operation and status of equipment and system reports of the PSCS. The Owner and the Contractor shall collectively select an “initial start-up date” for the SAT, after the Garage has been opened for public use. The SAT shall run for seven days beginning at the initial start-up date and continuing for seven consecutive 24-hour periods.

2. During a SAT only routine maintenance procedures, as defined by the preventative maintenance

manual and according to industry standards, shall be permitted. All other maintenance procedures shall be approved in writing by the Owner before they are performed; otherwise, they shall constitute a failure of the SAT and a mandatory restart.

3. The Owner reserves the right to be present for all maintenance services during the SATs. 4. The Contractor shall submit a SAT Procedures Document in accordance with the submittal

requirements. SAT Procedures Documents are intended to outline procedures for monitoring the overall performance of the PSCS. The SAT Procedures Document shall include:

a. narrative describing the general procedures to be followed b. methodology for calculation of downtime and accuracy for the various PSCS components c. electronic tracking document to be used during the SAT period for documenting failures

and downtime.

5. The performance criteria for successful completion of the SAT shall include:

a. All subsystems listed below shall be operationally available 100% of the time during the seven day test period:

1) PSCS application software 2) Data Communication System 3) Dynamic Signage 4) Vehicle Detection Devices

b. If any single component fails more than once during the seven day period, it shall be replaced upon the second failure with a newly manufactured component of the same type.

c. No component of a given type (e.g., entry/exit lane vehicle detection device, ramp vehicle detection device, level dynamic sign, facility entrance dynamic sign, etc.) shall fail more than two times during the seven day test period for the same reason. Upon the third failure all components of that type shall be replaced or modified to correct the common deficiency and the test restarted from the beginning.

6. In addition to the statistical reports generated during the SATs, the Contractor shall provide to the

Owner a one page summary report that clearly provides the overall percentage of system accuracy and system downtime including a description of causes of that down time during each test.

7. The Contractor shall provide to the Owner a corrective action report that provides a detailed description of each failure that occurs during the SAT. The corrective action report shall include the type of failure, why the failure occurred, what was done to remedy the failure, and whether or not the failure resulted in a restart of the SAT.

G. Punch List



1. Starting with the beginning of installation through Final System Acceptance, the Contractor shall submit a document on a weekly basis showing the status of all outstanding system issues, regardless of severity, including the plan for resolution and estimated completion date.

2. All deviations noted during acceptance testing shall be recorded on the Punch List.

H. Final System Acceptance

1. Final System Acceptance will be submitted by the Owner, in writing to the Contractor, upon successful completion of all acceptance tests, and upon verification by the Owner of complete resolution of all outstanding items on the Punch List. The Warranty period will begin upon Final System Acceptance.

3.3 INSTRUCTION AND TRAINING

A. By means of instructional classes augmented by individual instruction as necessary, the Contractor shall fully instruct the Owner’s designated staff in the operation, adjustment, and maintenance of all products, equipment, and systems.

B. Scheduling of instruction classes shall be coordinated by the Contractor and Owner personnel to avoid conflicts and peak-period personnel demands. The Contractor shall submit a proposed instruction schedule at a joint meeting conducted prior to equipment installation. The Owner shall tentatively approve or suggest changes to the training schedule at that time.

C. Seven calendar days prior to each instruction session, the Contractor shall submit an outline of the instruction material and approximate duration of the session. Ample time shall be allotted within each session for the Contractor to fully describe and demonstrate all aspects of the PSCS, and allow Owner personnel to have hands-on experience with the PSCS.

D. All instruction courses shall consist of classroom instruction and actual “hands-on” experience. Classes shall be set up in a room designated by the Owner. The Contractor shall provide one instructor for the duration of each program.

E. The instructor shall speak fluent English in a clear and precise manner.

F. The class material shall include schematics, as well as an overview and descriptions of the equipment.

G. The Contractor shall provide all documentation required for instructing Owner personnel. The Owner retains the right to copy training materials as frequently as required for ongoing internal use only.

H. An instructional notebook or user’s manual shall accompany every instruction course. The Contractor shall submit a hardcopy of the user’s manual per the submittal guidelines. In addition, all manuals (instruction and maintenance) shall be submitted in electronic format (.PDF) on a CD-ROM or DVD. The user’s manuals shall be written in common English with appropriate photos, diagrams, and schematics to supplement the text.

3.4 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION

A. All above ground equipment components installed near drive isles shall be protected from damage by vehicular movements by protective bollards or other barriers as recommended and provided by the Contractor.



B. Provide and install one or more bollards for each above ground island-mounted device.

END OF SECTION 11 12 40 ©Copyright 2016. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means without permission from Walker Parking Consultants/Engineers, Inc.


HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 142400 - 1

SECTION 142400 - HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes hydraulic passenger elevators.


A. Product Data: Include capacities, sizes, performances, operations, safety features, finishes, and similar information.

B. Shop Drawings:

1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and large-scale details indicating service at each landing; machine room layout; coordination with building structure; relationships with other construction; and locations of equipment.

2. Indicate maximum dynamic and static loads imposed on building structure at points of support as well as maximum and average power demands.

C. Samples: For finishes involving color selection.


A. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For elevator equipment, accessories, and components, from manufacturer.

B. Manufacturer Certificates: Signed by elevator manufacturer, certifying that hoistway, pit, and machine room layout and dimensions, as shown on Drawings, and electrical service, as shown and specified, are adequate for elevator system being provided.


A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For elevators to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

B. Inspection and Acceptance Certificates and Operating Permits: As required by authorities having jurisdiction for normal, unrestricted elevator use.

C. Continuing Maintenance Proposal: Submit a continuing maintenance proposal from Installer to Owner, in the form of a standard two-year maintenance agreement, starting on date initial maintenance service is concluded. State services, obligations, conditions, and terms for agreement period and for future renewal options.



1.5 WARRANTY

A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair, restore, or replace elevator work that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: Two year(s) from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS


1. KONE Inc. 2. Otis Elevator Co. 3. ThyssenKrupp Elevator.


A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with ASME A17.1/CSA B44.

B. Accessibility Requirements: Comply with Section 407 in the United States Access Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines and with ICC A117.1.

C. Seismic Performance: Elevator system shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7 and shall comply with elevator seismic requirements in ASME A17.1/CSA B44.

1. Project Seismic Design Category: D. 2. Elevator Component Importance Factor: 1.0. 3. Design earthquake spectral response acceleration short period (Sds) for Project is 0.60. 4. Provide earthquake equipment required by ASME A17.1/CSA B44. 5. Provide seismic switch required by ASCE/SEI 7.

2.3 ELEVATORS

A. Elevator System, General: Manufacturer's standard elevator systems. Unless otherwise indicated, manufacturers' standard components shall be used, as included in standard elevator systems and as required for complete system.

B. Elevator Description: 1. Type: Under-the-car single cylinder. 2. Rated Load: 3500 lb. 3. Rated Speed: 125 fpm. 4. Operation System: Single automatic operation. 5. Auxiliary Operations:

a. Battery-powered lowering.



b. Automatic dispatching of loaded car. c. Nuisance call cancel. d. Automatic operation of lights and ventilation fans.

6. Dual Car-Control Stations: Provide two car-control stations; equip only one with required

keyswitches if any. 7. Car Enclosures:

a. Inside Width: 80 inches from side wall to side wall. b. Inside Depth: 65 inches from back wall to front wall (return panels). c. Inside Height: Not less than 96 inches to underside of ceiling. d. Front Walls (Return Panels): Satin stainless steel, No. 4 finish with integral car

door frames. e. Car Fixtures: Satin stainless steel, No. 4 finish. f. Side and Rear Wall Panels: Plastic laminate. g. Door Faces (Interior): Satin stainless steel, No. 4 finish. h. Ceiling: Satin stainless steel, No. 4 finish. i. Handrails: 1-1/2 inches round satin stainless steel, No. 4 finish, at sides and rear

of car. j. Floor prepared to receive resilient flooring.

8. Hoistway Entrances:

a. Width: 42 inches. b. Height: 84 inches. c. Type: Single-speed side sliding. d. Frames: Satin stainless steel, No. 4 finish. e. Doors: Satin stainless steel, No. 4 finish.

9. Hall Fixtures: Satin stainless steel, No. 4 finish. 10. Additional Requirements:

a. Provide inspection certificate in each car, mounted under acrylic cover with frame made from satin stainless steel, No. 4 finish.

2.4 SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS

A. Pump Units: Positive-displacement type with a maximum of 10 percent variation between no load and full load and with minimum pulsations.

1. Pump shall be submersible type with submersible squirrel-cage induction motor, and shall be suspended inside oil tank from vibration isolation mounts or shall be tank-top-mounted type with fan-cooled, squirrel-cage induction motor, and shall be mounted on oil tank with vibration isolation mounts and enclosed in prime-painted steel enclosure lined with 1-inch-thick, glass-fiber insulation board.

2. Motor shall have wye-delta or solid-state starting. 3. Motor shall have variable-voltage, variable-frequency control.

B. Hydraulic Silencers: System shall have hydraulic silencer containing pulsation-absorbing material in blowout-proof housing at pump unit.



C. Piping: Size, type, and weight of piping as recommended by elevator manufacturer, with flexible connectors to minimize sound and vibration transmissions from power unit.

1. Cylinder units shall be connected with dielectric couplings. 2. Casing for Underground Piping: Schedule 40 PVC pipe complying with ASTM D 1785,

joined with PVC fittings complying with ASTM D 2466 and solvent cement complying with ASTM D 2564.

D. Hydraulic Fluid: Nontoxic, biodegradable, fire-resistant fluid, made from vegetable oil with antioxidant, anticorrosive, antifoaming, and metal-passivating additives, that is approved by elevator manufacturer for use with elevator equipment.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:

a. Hydro Safe Oil Division, Inc.

E. Protective Cylinder Casing: PVC or HDPE pipe casing complying with ASME A17.1/CSA B44, of sufficient size to provide not less than 1-inch clearance from cylinder and extending above pit floor. Casing shall have means of monitoring effectiveness to comply with ASME A17.1/CSA B44.

F. Guides: Roller guides Polymer-coated, nonlubricated sliding guides or sliding guides with guide-rail lubricators. Provide guides at top and bottom of car frame.

2.5 OPERATION SYSTEMS

A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard microprocessor operation system as required to provide type of operation indicated.

B. Auxiliary Operations:

1. Single-Car Battery-Powered Lowering: When power fails, car is lowered to the lowest floor, opens its doors, and shuts down. System includes rechargeable battery and automatic recharging system.

2. Automatic Operation of Lights and Fan: When elevator is stopped and unoccupied with doors closed, lighting, ventilation fan, and cab displays are de-energized after 5 minutes and are re-energized before car doors open.

2.6 DOOR-REOPENING DEVICES

A. Infrared Array: Provide door-reopening device with uniform array of 36 or more microprocessor-controlled, infrared light beams projecting across car entrance. Interruption of one or more light beams shall cause doors to stop and reopen.

B. Nudging Feature: After car doors are prevented from closing for predetermined adjustable time, through activating door-reopening device, a loud buzzer shall sound and doors shall begin to close at reduced kinetic energy.



2.7 CAR ENCLOSURES

A. General: Provide enameled- or powder-coated-steel car enclosures to receive removable wall panels, with removable car roof, access doors, power door operators, and ventilation.

1. Provide standard railings complying with ASME A17.1/CSA B44 on car tops where required by ASME A17.1/CSA B44.

B. Materials and Finishes: Manufacturer's standards, but not less than the following:

1. Enameled- or Powder-Coated-Steel Wall Panels: Flush, formed-metal construction; fabricated from cold-rolled steel sheet. Provide with factory-applied enamel or powder-coat finish; colors as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

2. Plastic-Laminate Wall Panels: Plastic laminate adhesively applied to 1/2-inch fire-retardant-treated particleboard with plastic-laminate panel backing and manufacturer's standard protective edge trim. Panels have a flame-spread index of 25 or less, when tested according to ASTM E 84. Plastic-laminate color, texture, and pattern as selected by Architect from plastic-laminate manufacturer's full range.

3. Stainless-Steel Doors: Flush, hollow-metal construction; fabricated from stainless-steel sheet or by laminating stainless-steel sheet to exposed faces and edges of enameled- or powder-coated-steel doors using adhesive that fully bonds metal to metal without telegraphing or oil-canning.

4. Sight Guards: Provide sight guards on car doors. 5. Sills: Extruded or machined metal, with grooved surface, 1/4 inch thick. 6. Metal Ceiling: Flush panels, with LED lights each panel to create a symmetrical

pattern. Align ceiling panel joints with joints between wall panels. 7. Light Fixture Efficiency: Not less than 35 lumens/W. 8. Ventilation Fan Efficiency: Not less than 3.0 cfm/W.

2.8 HOISTWAY ENTRANCES

A. Hoistway Entrance Assemblies: Manufacturer's standard horizontal-sliding, door-and-frame hoistway entrances complete with track systems, hardware, sills, and accessories. Frame size and profile shall accommodate hoistway wall construction.

1. Where gypsum board wall construction is indicated, frames shall be self-supporting with reinforced head sections.

B. Fire-Rated Hoistway Entrance Assemblies: Door-and-frame assemblies shall comply with NFPA 80 and be listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction based on testing at as close-to-neutral pressure as possible according to NFPA 252.

C. Materials and Fabrication: Manufacturer's standards, but not less than the following:

1. Stainless-Steel Frames: Formed from stainless-steel sheet. 2. Stainless-Steel Doors: Flush, hollow-metal construction; fabricated from stainless-steel

sheet or by laminating stainless-steel sheet to exposed faces and edges of enameled- or powder-coated-steel doors using adhesive that fully bonds metal to metal without telegraphing or oil-canning.

3. Sight Guards: Provide sight guards on doors matching door edges. 4. Sills: Extruded or machined metal, with grooved surface, 1/4 inch thick.



5. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M.

2.9 SIGNAL EQUIPMENT

A. General: Provide hall-call and car-call buttons that light when activated and remain lit until call has been fulfilled. Provide vandal-resistant buttons and lighted elements illuminated with LEDs.

B. Car-Control Stations: Provide manufacturer's standard recessed or semirecessed car-control stations. Mount in return panel adjacent to car door unless otherwise indicated.

1. Provide "No Smoking" sign matching car-control station, either integral with car-control station or mounted adjacent to it, with text and graphics as required by authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Emergency Communication System: Two-way voice communication system, with visible signal, which dials preprogrammed number of monitoring station and does not require handset use. System is contained in flush-mounted cabinet, with identification, instructions for use, and battery backup power supply.

D. Firefighters' Two-Way Telephone Communication Service: Provide flush-mounted cabinet in each car and required conductors in traveling cable for firefighters' two-way telephone communication service.

E. Car Position Indicator: Provide illuminated, digital-type car position indicator, located above car door or above car-control station. Also, provide audible signal to indicate to passengers that car is either stopping at or passing each of the floors served. Include travel direction arrows if not provided in car-control station.

F. Hall Push-Button Stations: Provide hall push-button station at each landing as indicated.

G. Hall Lanterns: Units with illuminated arrows; however, provide single arrow at terminal landings. Provide the following:

1. Manufacturer's standard wall-mounted units, for mounting above entrance frames. 2. Units mounted in both jambs of entrance frame.

H. Hall Annunciator: With each hall lantern, provide audible signals indicating car arrival and direction of travel. Signals sound once for up and twice for down.

I. Fire-Command-Center Annunciator Panel: Provide panel containing illuminated position indicators for each elevator, clearly labeled with elevator designation; include illuminated signal that indicates when elevator is operational and when it is at the designated emergency return level with doors open. Provide standby-power elevator selector switch(es), as required by ASME A17.1/CSA B44, adjacent to position indicators. Provide illuminated signal that indicates when normal power supply has failed.

J. Emergency Pictorial Signs: Fabricate from materials matching hall push-button stations, with text and graphics as required by authorities having jurisdiction, indicating that in case of fire, elevators are out of service and exits should be used instead. Provide one sign at each hall push-button station unless otherwise indicated.



2.10 FINISH MATERIALS

A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, commercial steel, Type B, exposed, matte finish.

B. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, commercial steel, Type B, pickled.

C. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304.

D. Stainless-Steel Bars: ASTM A 276, Type 304.

E. Stainless-Steel Tubing: ASTM A 554, Grade MT 304.

F. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063.

G. Plastic Laminate: High-pressure type complying with NEMA LD 3, Type HGS or Type HGL.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Excavation for Cylinder: Drill well hole in[ each] elevator pit to accommodate installation of cylinder; comply with applicable requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving."

B. Provide waterproof well casing as necessary to retain well-hole walls.

C. Install cylinder in protective casing within well hole. Before installing protective casing, remove water and debris from well hole and provide permanent waterproof seal at bottom of well casing.

1. Align cylinder and fill space around protective casing with fine sand.

D. Install cylinder plumb and accurately centered for elevator car position and travel. Anchor securely in place, supported at pit floor. Seal between protective casing and pit floor with 4 inches of nonshrink, nonmetallic grout.

E. Install cylinder plumb and accurately centered for elevator car position and travel. Anchor securely in place, supported at pit floor and braced at intervals as needed to maintain alignment. Anchor cylinder guides at spacing needed to maintain alignment and avoid overstressing guides.

F. Sound Isolation: Mount rotating and vibrating equipment on vibration-isolating mounts to minimize vibration transmission to structure and structure-borne noise due to elevator system.

G. Lubricate operating parts of systems as recommended by manufacturers.

H. Leveling Tolerance: 1/4 inch, up or down, regardless of load and travel direction.

I. Set sills flush with finished floor surface at landing. Fill space under sill solidly with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout.



J. Locate hall signal equipment for elevators as follows unless otherwise indicated:

1. For groups of elevators, locate hall push-button stations between two elevators at center of group or at location most convenient for approaching passengers.

2. Place hall lanterns either above or beside each hoistway entrance. 3. Mount hall lanterns at a minimum of 72 inches above finished floor.


A. Acceptance Testing: On completion of elevator installation and before permitting elevator use (either temporary or permanent), perform acceptance tests as required and recommended by ASME A17.1/CSA B44 and by governing regulations and agencies.

3.3 PROTECTION

A. Temporary Use: Limit temporary use for construction purposes. Comply with the following requirements for elevator used for construction purposes:

1. Provide car with temporary enclosure, either within finished car or in place of finished car, to protect finishes from damage.

2. Provide other protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, and procedures as needed to protect elevator and elevator equipment.

3. Engage elevator Installer to provide full maintenance service. 4. Engage elevator Installer to restore damaged work, if any, so no evidence remains of

correction. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the shop, make required repairs and refinish entire unit, or provide new units as required.

3.4 DEMONSTRATION

A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to operate, adjust, and maintain elevator.

3.5 MAINTENANCE

A. Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, maintenance service shall include 24 months' full maintenance by skilled employees of elevator Installer. Include monthly preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper elevator operation. Parts and supplies shall be manufacturer's authorized replacement parts and supplies.


PPA #:

A/E#:

A&E PROJECT #:

14-0046

2014-02-07-01

14080

DESIGN TEAMDESIGN TEAMDESIGN TEAMDESIGN TEAMMONTANA STATE UNITVERSITYMONTANA STATE UNITVERSITYMONTANA STATE UNITVERSITYMONTANA STATE UNITVERSITY

CAMPUS PLANNING, DESIGN, & CONSTRUCTIONCAMPUS PLANNING, DESIGN, & CONSTRUCTIONCAMPUS PLANNING, DESIGN, & CONSTRUCTIONCAMPUS PLANNING, DESIGN, & CONSTRUCTION

Bozeman, MT

406.994.5413

Contact: Sam J. DesJardins

[email protected]

A&E ARCHITECTS P.C.A&E ARCHITECTS P.C.A&E ARCHITECTS P.C.A&E ARCHITECTS P.C.

608 N 29th ST

Billings, MT 59101

406.248.2633

Contact: Dusty Eaton

[email protected]

ZGF ARCHITECTSZGF ARCHITECTSZGF ARCHITECTSZGF ARCHITECTS

925 Fourth Avenue

Seattle, WA 98104

206.623.9414

Contact: Sergei Bischak

[email protected]

MARTEL CONSTRUCTION INC.MARTEL CONSTRUCTION INC.MARTEL CONSTRUCTION INC.MARTEL CONSTRUCTION INC.

1203 S Church Ave.

Bozeman, MT 59715

406.586.8586

Contact: Tony Martel

[email protected]

DOWLDOWLDOWLDOWL

222 N 32nd ST

Billings, MT 59101

406.656.6366

Contact: Clint Litle

[email protected]

MORRISON - MAIERLE, INC.MORRISON - MAIERLE, INC.MORRISON - MAIERLE, INC.MORRISON - MAIERLE, INC.

315 N 25th ST, Suite 102

Billings, MT 59101

406.656.6000

Contact: Kurt Keith

[email protected]

WALKER PARKING CONSULTANTSWALKER PARKING CONSULTANTSWALKER PARKING CONSULTANTSWALKER PARKING CONSULTANTS

5350 S Roslyn ST, Suite 220

Greenwood Village, CO 80111

303.694.6622

Contact: Don Monahan

[email protected]

ASSOCIATED CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERINGASSOCIATED CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERINGASSOCIATED CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERINGASSOCIATED CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING

2040 Harnish Blvd

Billings, MT 59101

406.245.0136

Contact: Todd Meling, Jeff Kraft

[email protected], [email protected]

AFFILIATED ENGINEERS, INC.AFFILIATED ENGINEERS, INC.AFFILIATED ENGINEERS, INC.AFFILIATED ENGINEERS, INC.

Westlake Center Office Tower

1601 Fifth Ave, Suite 1400

Seattle, WA 98101

206.829.7325

Contact: Daryl Fonslow

[email protected]

ACCESS CONSULTING, P.C.ACCESS CONSULTING, P.C.ACCESS CONSULTING, P.C.ACCESS CONSULTING, P.C.

265 West Front St.

Missoula, MT 59802

406-327-0629

Contact: Pete Weber

[email protected]

Montana State University

Bozeman, MT 59717

NORM ASBJORNSON INNOVATION CENTER - PARKING GARAGENORM ASBJORNSON INNOVATION CENTER - PARKING GARAGENORM ASBJORNSON INNOVATION CENTER - PARKING GARAGENORM ASBJORNSON INNOVATION CENTER - PARKING GARAGE

02.23.16

SCHEDULE B - CD BID SET/PLAN REVIEW SET

SHEET INDEX - SCHEDULE B SCOPE OF WORK

ARCHITECTURAL

A1.05 ENLARGED PLANS, ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE - N.E. STAIR TOWERA2.01 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS - SCHED B SCREEN WALL (REVISED SCHED. A SHEET)A2.02 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS - SCHED B SCREEN WALL (REVISED SCHED. A SHEET)A2.03 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS - N.E. TOWERA3.02 BAR GRATING - ENLARGED ELEVATIONS, WALLS SECTIONSA4.03 BLDG & WALL SECTIONS - N.E. TOWERA4.04 BLDG. SECTIONS & DETAILS - N.E. TOWERA5.05 SCHED B - MISCELLANEOUS DETAILSA5.06 SCHED B - MISCELLANEOUS DETAILSA5.07 STAIR PLANS, SECTIONS & DETAILS - N.E. TOWERA7.02 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS, DOOR & HARDWARE SCHEDULE - N.E. TOWERA8.01 REFLECTED CEILING PLANS - N.E. TOWER

STRUCTURAL

S0.02 FOUNDATION & STAIR, GE. STRUCTURAL NOTES (REVISED SCHED. A SHEET)S7.05 N.E. TOWER FOUNDATION / ROOF & SECTIONSS7.06 N.E. TOWER STAIR PLANSS7.07 N.E. TOWER FRAMING DETAILS & SECTIONSS7.08 NE. TOWER STAIR SECTIONSS7.09 N.E. TOWER STAIR MOMENT FRAME ELEVATIONSS7.10 N.E. TOWER STAIR BRACED FRAME ELEVATIONSS7.11 MOMENT FRAME & BRACED FRAME CONNECTIONS

MECHANICAL / PLUMBING

MP0.01 MECHANICAL & PLUMBING LEGENDS AND SCHEDULES (REVISED SCHED. A SHEET)MP1.07 MECHANICAL & PLUMBING ENLARGED PLANS - N.E. STAIR TOWER

ELECTRICAL

E0.01 ELECTRICAL LEGEND, SCHEDULES, & DETAILS (REVISED SCHED. A SHEET)E1.05 ELECTRICAL ENLARGED PLANS - N.E. STAIR TOWER

EXIT & EXIT ACCESS

IBC CHAPTER 10

AREA OF REFUGE NOT REQUIRED BY IBC, SECTION 1007.3 EXCEPTION 4 FOR OPEN PARKING GARAGES

TABLE 1016.2 EXIT TRAVEL DISTANCE S-2 OCCUPANCY = 300 FEET

EGRESS WIDTH PER OCCUPANT LOADSTAIR 0.3IN (7.62mm)DOOR 0.2IN (5.08mm)

PARKING GARAGE = 200 GROSS OCCUPANT LOAD FACTORGROUND LEVEL = 46,860 S.F. / 200 = 234 OCCUPANTS STAIR WIDTH REQ'D = 234/2 * .3 = 35.1" STAIR WIDTH PROVIDED = 46.5"2ND LEVEL = 46,860 S.F. / 200 = 234 OCCUPANTS DOOR WIDTH REQ'D = 234/2 * .2 = 23.4" DOOR WIDTH PROVIDED = 36"3RD LEVEL = 46,860 S.F. / 200 = 234 OCCUPANTS4TH LEVEL = 39,164 S.F. / 200 = 195 OCCUPANTS

LEVEL 1

105' - 3"

LEVEL 2

116' - 7"

LEVEL 3

126' - 9"

LEVEL 4

136' - 11"

LEVEL 1A

101' - 6"

A

BC

D A.1C.1C.5

B.7 B.3 A.9 A.6

C.9

3' -

9"

11' -

4"

10' -

2"

10' -

2"

3"25' - 9" 25' - 8" 7' - 2" 18' - 6" 25' - 8" 18' - 6" 7' - 2" 25' - 8" 25' - 9" 3"

3"

EMERGENCY

LIGHT FIXTURE.

REF. ELEC. DWG'S

OVERFLOW

SCUPPER

EFH G

5' - 6"

3' - 3" 3' - 0" 4' - 4" 3' - 9" 4' - 4" 4' - 3" 4' - 6" 2' - 8" 4' - 4" 2' - 7" 5' - 9" 3' - 4" 3' - 4" 4' - 0" 4' - 9" 3' - 7" 7' - 6" 4' - 0" 3' - 9" 5' - 9" 3' - 11" 4' - 10" 2' - 8" 4' - 9" 7' - 1" 4' - 2" 5' - 0" 3' - 6" 3' - 3" 4' - 2" 3' - 6" 5' - 2" 5' - 10" 4' - 0" 3' - 6" 2' - 6" 2' - 7" 5' - 7" 4' - 1" 4' - 4" 3' - 10" 4' - 6" 3' - 8"

5' - 6"

4' - 8"

4' - 1" 6' - 3" 3' - 9" 2' - 6" 3' - 6" 5' - 1" 3' - 1" 4' - 1" 3' - 1" 4' - 11" 3' - 5" 5' - 5" 2' - 9" 4' - 2" 4' - 3" 2' - 10" 4' - 5" 3' - 7" 4' - 5" 2' - 10" 2' - 8" 4' - 5" 4' - 1" 3' - 10" 4' - 2" 3' - 5" 4' - 0" 4' - 7" 3' - 9" 4' - 10" 3' - 11" 4' - 2" 4' - 8" 4' - 6" 2' - 8" 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 4' - 11" 5' - 4" 3' - 11" 3' - 10" 4' - 6" 3' - 0" 3' - 1"

GUARDRAIL BEYOND

ALUM. GRATING

SCREEN WALL.

SEE A3.02.

3' -

6"

CAST IN PLACE

CONCRETE STRUCTURE

EQ EQ

2' PANEL

TYP.

3' PANEL

TYP.

LEVEL 1

105' - 3"

LEVEL 2

116' - 7"

LEVEL 3

126' - 9"

LEVEL 4

136' - 11"

LEVEL 1A

101' - 6"

A B C DA.1 A.5 A.8 B.2 B.8 C.2 C.6 C.9

3' -

9"

11' -

4"

10' -

2"

10' -

2"

3" 23' - 0" 24' - 0" 11' - 7" 11' - 11" 38' - 10" 11' - 11" 11' - 7" 24' - 0" 23' - 0" 3"

3"

EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE

REF. ELEC. DWG'S

2' - 5" 3' - 0" 2' - 7" 2' - 6" 4' - 6" 3' - 0" 6' - 10" 5' - 2" 3' - 6" 4' - 2" 3' - 3" 2' - 6" 6' - 0" 4' - 2" 3' - 6" 3' - 7" 3' - 9" 3' - 8" 4' - 10" 3' - 0" 6' - 9" 3' - 8" 4' - 2" 3' - 10" 3' - 8" 2' - 7" 4' - 8" 5' - 1" 3' - 4" 3' - 4" 4' - 9" 3' - 7" 3' - 4" 2' - 8" 5' - 6" 4' - 3" 3' - 5" 4' - 8" 3' - 3" 3' - 2" 4' - 3"

4' - 5" 4' - 8" 3' - 11" 4' - 0" 2' - 8" 5' - 6" 4' - 8" 4' - 2" 2' - 11" 4' - 10" 4' - 9" 3' - 7" 4' - 0" 5' - 1" 2' - 6" 4' - 10" 4' - 1" 2' - 5" 3' - 8" 3' - 10" 3' - 5" 4' - 7" 2' - 9" 4' - 6" 4' - 3" 3' - 2" 2' - 9" 5' - 5" 4' - 5" 3' - 11" 4' - 1" 3' - 1" 3' - 1" 6' - 1" 2' - 6" 3' - 6" 6' - 0" 3' - 0" 4' - 1" 5' - 8"ALUM. GRATING

SCREEN WALL

3' -

6"

EQ EQ

7 5/8" 2' - 3 1/4"3' - 3 1/8"

4' - 3 5/8"3' - 2 1/2" 4' - 6"

3' - 1 3/4"

11 7/8"

3' - 6"

3' - 3 1/8"

3' - 6 3/8"

3' - 3 5/8" 5' - 8 3/4"

A5.04

9REF. DETAIL SHOWN

FOR STRUCTURAL

STEEL SUPPORT OF

SCREEN WALL

ADJACENT TO S.W.

STAIRS

PPA #:

www.aearchitects.com

2 2 2 N O R T H H I G G I N S

M I S S O U L A, M T 5 9 8 0 2

P H. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 5 6 4 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 1 8 8 7

6 0 8 N O R T H 2 9 T H

B I L L I N G S, M T 5 9 1 0 1

P H. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 6 3 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 4 2 7

4 2 8 E A S T M E N D E N H A L L

B O Z E M A N, M T 5 9 7 1 5

P H. 4 0 6 . 4 5 3 . 7 3 1 0

A/E #:

A&E PROJ. #:

ISSUE DATE

DRAWN BY:

REVIEWED BY:

REV. DESCRIPTION DATE

2/24

/20

16 4

:12

:29

PM

A2.01

02.23.16SC

HE

DU

LE

B -

CD

BID

SE

T/P

LA

N R

EV

IEW

SE

T

EXTERIOR

ELEVATIONS

N.A

.I.C

.

PA

RK

ING

GA

RA

GE

CA

MP

US

PL

AN

NIN

G,

DE

SIG

N &

CO

NS

TR

UC

TIO

N

Author

MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE U

NIV

ERS

ITY

BO

ZEM

AN

, MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE O

F M

ON

TAN

A

PH

ON

E: 4

06.9

94.5

413

14-0046

2014-02-07-01

14080

: 1/8" = 1'-0"A2.01A1.011NORTH ELEVATION

: 1/8" = 1'-0"A2.01A1.012SOUTH ELEVATION

LEVEL 1

105' - 3"

LEVEL 2

116' - 7"

LEVEL 3

126' - 9"

LEVEL 4

136' - 11"

LEVEL 1A

101' - 6"

ROOF

150' - 6"

1234567891011121314

3' -

9"

11' -

4"

10' -

2"

10' -

2"

13' -

7"

GRAY DASHED LINES INDICATE

FUTURE STAIR & ELEVATOR

TOWER CONSTRUCTION17' - 6" 20' - 0" 20' - 0" 20' - 0" 20' - 0" 20' - 0" 20' - 0" 20' - 0" 20' - 0" 20' - 0" 20' - 0" 20' - 0" 17' - 6"

1.5

5' - 0" 4' - 6" 3' - 10" 4' - 4" 4' - 1" 3' - 3" 2' - 5" 2' - 7" 2' - 6" 3' - 6" 4' - 0" 2' - 11"2' - 11" 5' - 2" 3' - 6" 4' - 2" 3' - 3" 3' - 6" 5' - 0" 4' - 2" 7' - 1" 4' - 9" 2' - 8" 4' - 10" 4' - 0" 5' - 9" 3' - 8" 4' - 2" 7' - 6" 3' - 7" 4' - 8" 4' - 1" 3' - 4" 4' - 9" 4' - 3" 3' - 1" 4' - 2" 2' - 10" 3' - 7" 4' - 8" 4' - 5" 3' - 8" 4' - 3" 3' - 2" 3' - 3" 4' - 6" 4' - 6" 4' - 3" 4' - 5" 3' - 8" 4' - 3" 3' - 2" 3' - 1" 6' - 0"

4' - 6" 3' - 0" 4' - 6" 3' - 10" 5' - 4" 4' - 11" 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 2' - 8" 4' - 6" 4' - 8" 4' - 2" 3' - 11" 4' - 10" 3' - 9" 4' - 7" 4' - 0" 3' - 5" 4' - 2" 3' - 10" 4' - 1" 4' - 5" 2' - 8" 2' - 10" 4' - 5" 3' - 7" 4' - 5" 2' - 10" 4' - 3" 4' - 2" 2' - 9" 5' - 5" 3' - 5" 5' - 8" 2' - 11" 3' - 11" 3' - 4" 3' - 6" 6' - 10" 6' - 0" 4' - 0" 4' - 1" 4' - 8" 3' - 11" 3' - 3" 3' - 6" 2' - 6" 5' - 3" 4' - 9" 4' - 1" 4' - 6" 6' - 0"3' - 11"

ALUM. GRATING

SCREEN WALL.

SEE A3.02.

SNOW GATE GUARDRAIL

BEYOND

2' PANEL

TYP.

3' PANEL

TYP.

LEVEL 1

105' - 3"

LEVEL 2

116' - 7"

LEVEL 3

126' - 9"

LEVEL 4

136' - 11"

LEVEL 1A

101' - 6"

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

17' - 6"20' - 0"20' - 0"20' - 0"20' - 0"20' - 0"20' - 0"20' - 0"20' - 0"20' - 0"20' - 0"20' - 0"17' - 6"

10' -

2"

10' -

2"

11' -

4"

3' -

9"

A5.04

1

TYP.

3' - 0"

3' - 6" 2' - 8" 3' - 5" 4' - 3" 5' - 6" 3' - 6" 4' - 3" 4' - 3" 3' - 3" 4' - 8" 3' - 5" 4' - 3" 5' - 6" 3' - 6" 4' - 3" 3' - 2" 3' - 3" 4' - 8" 3' - 5" 4' - 3" 5' - 6" 2' - 8" 3' - 4" 3' - 7" 4' - 9" 3' - 4" 3' - 4" 5' - 1" 4' - 8" 2' - 7" 7' - 6" 4' - 2" 3' - 8" 6' - 9" 3' - 0" 4' - 10" 3' - 8" 3' - 9" 7' - 1" 4' - 2" 6' - 0" 2' - 6" 3' - 3" 4' - 2" 3' - 6" 5' - 2" 6' - 10" 3' - 0" 4' - 6" 2' - 6" 2' - 7" 4' - 7" 4' - 1" 5' - 4" 3' - 10" 2' - 8" 2' - 6" 3' - 5" 4' - 2"

4' - 4" 4' - 10" 3' - 11" 3' - 9" 6' - 0" 5' - 8" 5' - 2" 3' - 9" 4' - 10" 3' - 11" 3' - 9" 6' - 0" 5' - 8" 4' - 1" 3' - 0" 6' - 0" 3' - 6" 2' - 6" 6' - 1" 3' - 1" 3' - 1" 4' - 1" 3' - 11" 4' - 5" 5' - 5" 2' - 9" 3' - 2" 4' - 3" 3' - 10" 3' - 5" 4' - 7" 3' - 5" 3' - 10" 2' - 8" 3' - 5" 4' - 1" 4' - 10" 3' - 2" 4' - 5" 4' - 0" 3' - 7" 4' - 9" 4' - 10" 2' - 11" 4' - 2" 4' - 8" 5' - 6" 2' - 8" 4' - 0" 3' - 0" 4' - 11" 6' - 4" 2' - 11" 3' - 10" 4' - 6" 4' - 0"

SNOW

GATE

4' - 8" 3' - 7" 3' - 8" 3' - 2" 2' - 8"

1' - 5"

3' - 10"

2' - 8" 4' - 0" 3' - 11" 3' - 0" 1' - 9" A5.04

8REF. DETAIL SHOWN

FOR STRUCTURAL

STEEL SUPPORT OF

SCREEN WALL

ADJACENT TO S.W.

STAIRS

PPA #:



M I S S O U L A, M T 5 9 8 0 2

P H. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 5 6 4 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 1 8 8 7

6 0 8 N O R T H 2 9 T H

B I L L I N G S, M T 5 9 1 0 1

P H. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 6 3 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 4 2 7


B O Z E M A N, M T 5 9 7 1 5

P H. 4 0 6 . 4 5 3 . 7 3 1 0

A/E #:

A&E PROJ. #:

ISSUE DATE

DRAWN BY:

REVIEWED BY:


2/24

/20

16 4

:13

:22

PM

A2.02

02.23.16SC

HE

DU

LE

B -

CD

BID

SE

T/P

LA

N R

EV

IEW

SE

T

EXTERIOR

ELEVATIONS

N.A

.I.C

.

PA

RK

ING

GA

RA

GE

CA

MP

US

PL

AN

NIN

G,

DE

SIG

N &

CO

NS

TR

UC

TIO

N

Author

MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE U

NIV

ERS

ITY

BO

ZEM

AN

, MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE O

F M

ON

TAN

A

PH

ON

E: 4

06.9

94.5

413

14-0046

2014-02-07-01

14080

: 1/8" = 1'-0"A2.02A1.011EAST ELEVATION

: 1/8" = 1'-0"A2.02A1.012WEST ELEVATION

LEVEL 1105' - 3"

LEVEL 2116' - 7"

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

LEVEL 1A101' - 6"

ROOF150' - 6"

123

A4.04

17

1.5

3' -

10"

6' -

4"

3' -

10"

8' -

9 1

/2"

5' -

8 1

/2"

2' -

10"

10' -

2"

A4.04

19

6' -

8 1

/2"

3' -

10"

8' -

9 1

/2"

3' -

10"

6' -

4"

3' -

10"

15' -

1"

A4.03

19

2' - 7 1/4" 4' - 7 3/4"

3' - 8"

BRK-1 BRK-1

BRK-1

BRK-1

BRK-1

CWS

GL-5 GL-5

GL-1

BUTT JOINT ONGLAZING HORIZONTALS

GL-1

GL-1 GL-1

GL-1 GL-1

GL-1 GL-1

CWS CWSCWSCWS CWS

GL-5GL-5

GL-1GL-1

GL-1GL-1

GL-1GL-1

GL-1GL-1

GL-1GL-1

GL-1GL-1

GL-1GL-1

GL-1GL-1












SW-1

SW-1

NOTE:CONTRACTOR TOPROVIDE TEMP.PROTECTION TOALL BRIDGECOMPONENTSEXPOSED TOEXTERIORELEMENTS

LEVEL 1105' - 3"

LEVEL 2116' - 7"

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

LEVEL 1A101' - 6"

ROOF150' - 6"

DC.9

A4.03

16

8' -

9 1

/2"

3' -

10"

6' -

4"

3' -

10"

6' -

10

1/2"

10' -

2"

E F HG

8' -

9 1

/2"

3' -

10"

6' -

8 1

/2"

2' - 8" 4' - 4 3/4" 4' - 3 3/4" 2' - 7 1/4"

9 3/4"

BRK-1

GL-5 GL-5 GL-5

CWS CWS CWS CWS

GL-1 GL-1 GL-1

GL-1 GL-1 GL-1

GL-1 GL-1 GL-1

GL-1 GL-1 GL-1

GL-1 GL-1 GL-1

GL-1GL-1GL-1

GL-1 GL-1 GL-1

GL-1GL-1GL-1

BRK-1

BRK-1

BRK-1

BRK-1




STRUCT FRAMING PER SCHEDULE BCONTRACT. GC TO PROTECT

THROUGHOUT THE DURATION OFSCHEDULE B CONSTRUCTION AND

UNTIL FUTURE BRIDGE CONSTRUCTIONPER NAIC CONTRACT

LEVEL 1105' - 3"

LEVEL 2116' - 7"

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

LEVEL 1A101' - 6"

ROOF150' - 6"

D C.9

A4.03

16

EFG

32' -

9"

2' -

10"

BRK-1 BRK-1CWSCWS

GL-5GL-5

GL-1GL-1

GL-1GL-1

GL-1GL-1

GL-1GL-1

GL-1 GL-1

GL-1 GL-1

BRK-1

BRK-1

BRK-1

BRK-1






3' - 8" 3' - 4 3/4" 3' - 4 3/4" 3' - 8"

SW-1

SW-1

BRICK MASONRY UNIT

MODEL/MANUF: ENDICOTT DARK IRONSPOT SMOOTH - NORMAN SIZE - REF. SPEC FOR FURTHER INFORMATIONPATTERN: *MODIFIED STANDARD BONDMORTAR COLOR: TO BE SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM STANDARD COLORS

METAL PANEL - VERTICAL

MODEL/MANUF: MORIN -F-12-S PAINTED STEEL - REF. SPEC. FOR FURTHER INFORMATIONCOLOR: TO BE SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM STANDARD COLORS

MP-1

BRK-1

CWS

SYMBOL DESCRIPTION

EXTERIOR MATERIALS LEGEND

CURTAINWALL SYSTEM:

MODEL/MANUF: OLDCASTLE 'RELIANCE' SYSTEM - REF. SPEC FOR FURTHER INFORMATIONMULLION COLOR: DURANAR METALLIC - TO BE SELECTED BY ARCHITECT

GL-1 CURTAINWALL GLAZING:

VISION: PPG SOLARBAN 60 ON #2 SURFACE - CLEAR GLASS BOTH LITES - REF. SPEC. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION

GL-5

CURTAINWALL GLAZING:

SPANDREL: MONOLITHIC CLEAR GLASS WITH CUSTOM SPANDREL COLOR - REF. SPEC. FOR FURTHER INFORMATIONCOLOR: TO BE SELECTED BY ARCHITECT - CUSTOM COLOR

* BRICK HATCH PATTERN SHOWN ON THE ELEVATIONS & SECTIONS IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS NOT REPRESENTATIVE OFACTUAL BRICK PATTERN. REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS AND BRICK MOCK UP DETAIL (DTL. 1 THIS SHEET) FOR FURTHERINFORMATION

SW -1

BAR GRATING

MODEL/MANUF: McNICHOLS 1.25" DEEP x 1.1875" SPACING SWAGE LOCKED - REF. SPEC. FOR FURTHER INFORMATIONFINISH: ALUMINUM MILL FINISH

4' - 11 3/4"

5' -

11

3/4"

PPA #:



M I S S O U L A, M T 5 9 8 0 2

P H. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 5 6 4 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 1 8 8 7

6 0 8 N O R T H 2 9 T H

B I L L I N G S, M T 5 9 1 0 1

P H. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 6 3 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 4 2 7


B O Z E M A N, M T 5 9 7 1 5

P H. 4 0 6 . 4 5 3 . 7 3 1 0

A/E #:

A&E PROJ. #:

ISSUE DATE

DRAWN BY:

REVIEWED BY:


2/24

/20

16 4

:31

:16

PM

A2.03

02.23.16SC

HE

DU

LE

B -

CD

BID

SE

T/P

LA

N R

EV

IEW

SE

T

EXTERIOR

ELEVATIONS - N.E.

TOWER

N.A

.I.C

.

PA

RK

ING

GA

RA

GE

CA

MP

US

PL

AN

NIN

G,

DE

SIG

N &

CO

NS

TR

UC

TIO

N

Author

MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE U

NIV

ERS

ITY

BO

ZEM

AN

, MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE O

F M

ON

TAN

A

PH

ON

E: 4

06.9

94.5

413

14-0046

2014-02-07-01

14080

: 1/4" = 1'-0"A2.03A1.0116NE TOWER - EAST ELEVATION

: 1/4" = 1'-0"A2.03A1.0120NE TOWER - SOUTH ELEVATION

: 1/4" = 1'-0"A2.03A1.0118NE TOWER - NORTH ELEVATION

: 3/4" = 1'-0"A2.031DETAIL - BRICK PATTERN MOCK-UP

LEVEL 1

105' - 3"

LEVEL 2

116' - 7"

LEVEL 3

126' - 9"

LEVEL 4

136' - 11"

LEVEL 1A

101' - 6"

1

GUARDRAIL

3' -

9"

11' -

4"

10' -

2"

10' -

2"

3' -

6"

CAST IN PLACE

CONCRETE

STRUCTURE

ALUM. GRATING

SCREEN WALL

LEVEL 1

105' - 3"

LEVEL 2

116' - 7"

LEVEL 3

126' - 9"

LEVEL 4

136' - 11"

LEVEL 1A

101' - 6"

B.7 B.3

BAR GRATING

POINTS OF

ATTACHMENT

1' -

5"

1' -

5"

BAR GRATING

POINTS OF

ATTACHMENT

A5.04

4

2' - 0" TYP. 3' - 0" TYP.

EQ EQ 8 1/2" 1' - 7" 8 1/2"

SPACING TYP. FOR

2'-0" PANELS

SPACING TYP. FOR

3'-0" PANELS

CAST IN PLACE

CONCRETE STRUCTURE

ALUM. GRATING

SCREEN WALL

1' -

5"

1' -

5"

8"

3' -

6"

10' -

2"

10' -

2"

11' -

4"

3' -

9"

8"

8"

GR

AT

ING

SP

AC

ING

1"

3' -

0"

GUARDRAIL

BEYOND

BAR GRATING

POINTS OF

ATTACHMENT

8 1

/2"

PPA #:



M I S S O U L A, M T 5 9 8 0 2

P H. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 5 6 4 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 1 8 8 7

6 0 8 N O R T H 2 9 T H

B I L L I N G S, M T 5 9 1 0 1

P H. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 6 3 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 4 2 7


B O Z E M A N, M T 5 9 7 1 5

P H. 4 0 6 . 4 5 3 . 7 3 1 0

A/E #:

A&E PROJ. #:

ISSUE DATE

DRAWN BY:

REVIEWED BY:


2/24

/20

16 4

:31

:49

PM

A3.02

02.23.16SC

HE

DU

LE

B -

CD

BID

SE

T/P

LA

N R

EV

IEW

SE

T

BAR GRATING -

ENLARGED

ELEVATIONS, WALL

SECTIONS

N.A

.I.C

.

PA

RK

ING

GA

RA

GE

CA

MP

US

PL

AN

NIN

G,

DE

SIG

N &

CO

NS

TR

UC

TIO

N

Author

MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE U

NIV

ERS

ITY

BO

ZEM

AN

, MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE O

F M

ON

TAN

A

PH

ON

E: 4

06.9

94.5

413

14-0046

2014-02-07-01

14080

: 1/2" = 1'-0"A3.02A1.031WALL SECTION - GARAGE

: 1/2" = 1'-0"A3.02A1.032NORTH ELEVATION

LEVEL 2116' - 7"

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

LEVEL 1A101' - 6"

ROOF150' - 6"

1 2 3

A4.04

17

1.5

20' - 0"17' - 6"

37' - 6"

12' -

0"

A4.04

19

0"

A4.03

20

3' -

8"

3' -

8"

3' -

8"

5' -

8"

8' -

8"

6' -

2"

8' -

8"

6' -

8"

REFERENCE CURTAIN WALL SCHEDULE

CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM


CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM


CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM


CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM

5" CONCRETECOMPOSITE METAL DECK - REF. STRUCT. DWG'S

JOISTS - REF. STRUCT DWG'S

FLOOR CONSTRUCTION



FLOOR CONSTRUCTION



FLOOR CONSTRUCTION

SINGLE PLY MEMBRANE5/8" PROTECTION BOARD

6" RIGID INSULATION - TAPEREDMETAL DECK - REF. STRUCT. DWG'S

BEAMS - REF. STRUCT. DWG'S

METAL DECK ROOF CONSTRUCTION

4" FINISH CONCRETERAFT SLAB - REF. STRUCT. DWG'S

SLAB ON GRADE

A5.05

12A5.05

12SIM OPP

A5.05

17A5.05

17SIM OPP

LEVEL 2116' - 7"

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

LEVEL 1A101' - 6"

ROOF150' - 6"

D E

A5.05

6

A5.05

6

A5.05

1





3 5/8" BRICK VENEER2" AIR SPACE

WRB5/8" EXTERIOR SHEATHING

2X6 METAL STUD FRAMING @ 16" o.c. UNOBATT INSULATION

5/8" GWB

VENEER MASONRY UNIT (BRK-1)

1 1/2" VERTICAL METAL PANEL2" HORIZ. Z-FURRING @ 24" o.c.



5/8" GWB

VERTICAL METAL PANEL (MP-1)




5/8" GWB



SLAB ON GRADE

A5.05

5

A5.05

19

A5.05

19

SIM

SIM

A5.05

14

A5.05

14SIM

SIM

123' - 11"

117' - 3"

111' - 11"

102' - 2"

LEVEL 1105' - 3"

LEVEL 2116' - 7"

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

LEVEL 1A101' - 6"

ROOF150' - 6"

FG




5/8" GWB





5/8" GWB





5/8" GWB





5/8" GWB







SLAB ON GRADE

A5.05

5

A5.05

20SIM

PPA #:



M I S S O U L A, M T 5 9 8 0 2

P H. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 5 6 4 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 1 8 8 7

6 0 8 N O R T H 2 9 T H

B I L L I N G S, M T 5 9 1 0 1

P H. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 6 3 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 4 2 7


B O Z E M A N, M T 5 9 7 1 5

P H. 4 0 6 . 4 5 3 . 7 3 1 0

A/E #:

A&E PROJ. #:

ISSUE DATE

DRAWN BY:

REVIEWED BY:


2/24

/20

16 4

:32

:37

PM

A4.03

02.23.16SC

HE

DU

LE

B -

CD

BID

SE

T/P

LA

N R

EV

IEW

SE

T

N.E. TOWER -

SECTIONS

N.A

.I.C

.

PA

RK

ING

GA

RA

GE

CA

MP

US

PL

AN

NIN

G,

DE

SIG

N &

CO

NS

TR

UC

TIO

N

Author

MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE U

NIV

ERS

ITY

BO

ZEM

AN

, MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE O

F M

ON

TAN

A

PH

ON

E: 4

06.9

94.5

413

14-0046

2014-02-07-01

14080

: 3/8" = 1'-0"A4.03A1.0516NE TOWER - LONG SECTION VEIW EAST

: 3/8" = 1'-0"A4.03A1.0519SCHED B - WALL SECTION (BRICK & METAL PANEL)

: 3/8" = 1'-0"A4.03A1.0520SCHED B - WALL SECTION (FULL HEIGHT BRICK)

LEVEL 1105' - 3"

LEVEL 2116' - 7"

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

LEVEL 1A101' - 6"

ROOF150' - 6"

DC.9

A4.03

16

E F HG

10"

17"

8"

8"

A4.04

10

13' -

4"

A5.05

4

1' - 4"

10' -

11"

10' -

3"

2' -

0"

1' - 8"

A5.05

2

A5.05

7

A5.05

7

25' -

3"




5/8" GWB





5/8" GWB



CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM




5/8" GWB



SLAB ON GRADE

3 5/8" BRICK VENEER2" AIR SPACEWRB5/8" EXTERIOR SHEATHING2X6 METAL STUD FRAMING @ 16" o.c. UNOBATT INSULATION5/8" GWB






A5.05

5

A5.05

10 SIM

A5.05

12SIM OPP

A5.05

14

SIM

A5.05

14

SIM

A5.05

14

111' - 11"

123' - 11"

134' - 1"

144' - 3"

111' - 11"

LEVEL 1105' - 3"

LEVEL 2116' - 7"

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

LEVEL 1A101' - 6"

ROOF150' - 6"

DC.9

A4.03

16

E F HG

A4.04

20

A5.05

9

1'-8 1/4"

A5.05

1

A5.05

6

A5.05

6




5/8" GWB










A5.05

5A5.05

5SIM




5/8" GWB


GRID GRID

2' - 5"

8"

1' - 4"

C-CHANNEL - REF.STRUCTURAL DWGS.

MEMBRANE ROOFFLASHING @ WALL w/TERMINATION BAR @ TOP.RUN LONG AND SECUREFOR FUTURE ROOFMEMBRANE INSTALLATION

MTL. ROOF DECKING - REF.STRUCTURAL

2' -

1"

PRE-FINISHED MTL. FLASHING@ SILL. PROVIDE END DAMS@ BOTH ENDS

W.R.B. FLASHING @ FRAMEDSILL OPENING. EXTEND OVERROOF MEMBRANE

3/4"x6"x1/8" DECORATIVETUBE STEEL BASE

FASTEN 32" o.c. - PAINT

3/4" F.T.BLOCKING CONT.

AT CURTAINWALL OPENING

LEDGER ANGLECONT. UNDERCURTAIN WALL &BRICK

FUTURE BRICK PER THEBRIDGE FINISH OUT PERN.A.I.C. SCOPE OF WORK

SEALANT & BACKER ROD @ EACHSIDE OF CURTAIN WALL SILL

GRID GRID

2' - 5"

8"

1' - 4"

2' -

1"

LEVEL 2116' - 7"

C-CHANNEL - REF.STRUCTURAL DWGS.

MEMBRANE ROOFFLASHING @ WALL w/TERMINATION BAR @ TOP.RUN LONG AND SECUREFOR FUTURE ROOFMEMBRANE INSTALLATION

MTL. ROOF DECKING - REF.STRUCTURAL

PRE-FINISHED MTL. FLASHING@ BRICK SILL.

W.R.B. OVER METALFLASHING

FUTURE BRICK BRIDGEFINISH - PER N.A.I.C. SCOPEOF WORK

SEALANT & BACKER ROD @ EACHSIDE OF CURTAIN WALL SILL

CELL VENT WEEPSCOLOR TO MATCH BRICKMORTAR

DRAINAGE MESH

PPA #:



M I S S O U L A, M T 5 9 8 0 2

P H. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 5 6 4 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 1 8 8 7

6 0 8 N O R T H 2 9 T H

B I L L I N G S, M T 5 9 1 0 1

P H. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 6 3 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 4 2 7


B O Z E M A N, M T 5 9 7 1 5

P H. 4 0 6 . 4 5 3 . 7 3 1 0

A/E #:

A&E PROJ. #:

ISSUE DATE

DRAWN BY:

REVIEWED BY:


2/24

/20

16 4

:33

:16

PM

A4.04

02.23.16SC

HE

DU

LE

B -

CD

BID

SE

T/P

LA

N R

EV

IEW

SE

T

N.E. TOWER -

SECTIONS

N.A

.I.C

.

PA

RK

ING

GA

RA

GE

CA

MP

US

PL

AN

NIN

G,

DE

SIG

N &

CO

NS

TR

UC

TIO

N

Author

MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE U

NIV

ERS

ITY

BO

ZEM

AN

, MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE O

F M

ON

TAN

A

PH

ON

E: 4

06.9

94.5

413

14-0046

2014-02-07-01

14080

: 3/8" = 1'-0"A4.04A1.0519NE TOWER - SECTION @ LOBBY: 3/8" = 1'-0"A4.04A1.0517

NE TOWER - CROSS SECTION VIEW SOUTH

: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A4.04A4.0410SCHED B - SECTION DTL. @ BRIDGE ROOF & CURTAIN WALL

: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A4.04A4.0420SCHED B - SECTION DTL. @ BRIDGE ROOF & MASONRY

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

TO MATCH ADJACENT CLADDING

9' - 0" SNOW GATE W/ PANELS

2

A5.04

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

SNOW GATE PER STRUCTURAL

GATE ALUMINUM BAR GRATING

GARAGE CLADDINGALUMINUM BAR GRATING

NON-CORROSIVE WASHERTO ISOLATE METALS

GALV. STEEL BRACKET

3

A5.04

1/4" ALUMINUM PLATE

4 1/4"

1/4"

1 1/2"

1"3'

- 0

1/2

"

1 3/4"SLAB PER STRUCTURAL

1/2"

3/8" BENT PLATE5"

1/2"

2

A5.04

GALV. STEEL BRACKET


1/4" ALUMINUM PLATE

GATE ALUMINUM BAR GRATING

SNOW GATE PER STRUCTURAL 2' -

0"

ANCHOR LOOP W/ANCHORED TO CONCRETEBEAM

ANCHOR LOOP WELDEDTO GATE FRAME

GATE PULL CHAIN

ALUMINUM BARGRATING


GALV. STEEL BRACKET

1/4" ALUMINUM PLATEWELDED TO BACK OFGRATING

1/4"1/4"

3 1/4"

THREADED EMBED. COORD. W/REBAR SPACING

3"

6 5/8"

DIM PTDIM PT

DIM

PT

DIM

PT

LEVEL 1105' - 3"

LEVEL 2116' - 7"

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

14

1' -

5 1

5/64

"8"

1"8"

8 1/

2"1'

- 5

"

2' - 7 3/4"

7 3/4"2' - 9 3/4"

ALUM. GRATINGSCREEN WALL

BAR GRATING ATTACHMENTWELDED TO T.S. TYP. - REF. DTLS.4 & 5 THIS SHEET FOR ATTACHMENTTYPE.

4" x 4" x 1/4" T.S. HORIZ. GIRT TYP.REF. ELEVATIONS FOR LENGTH

4" x 4" x 1/4" T.S. HORIZ. SUPPORTTYP. @ ALL 4 COLUMNS

T.S. COL. PERSCHED. A SCOPEOF WORK

LEVEL 1105' - 3"

LEVEL 2116' - 7"

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

A A.1

1' -

5"

8"

1" 8"8

1/2"

1' -

5"


BAR GRATING ATTACHMENTWELDED TO T.S. TYP. - REF. DTLS.

4 & 5 THIS SHEET FOR ATTACHMENTTYPE.

4" x 4" x 1/4" T.S. HORIZ. GIRT TYP.REF. ELEVATIONS FOR LENGTH

4" x 4" x 1/4" T.S. HORIZ. SUPPORTTYP. @ ALL 4 COLUMNS

T.S. COL. PERSCHED. A SCOPE

OF WORK

LEVEL 1105' - 3"

LEVEL 2116' - 7"

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

14

A5.04

17A5.04

17

1' -

5 1

3/12

8"1'

- 5

"8

1/2"

1' -

5"

16' - 9 3/4"

MITER & WELDHORIZ. GIRTS @CORNER TYP.

6" 9 3/4"


4" x 4" x 1/4" T.S. HORIZ.GIRT TYP.

4" x 4" x 1/4" T.S. HORIZ.SUPPORTTYP. @ ALL 4 COLUMNS

SIDE OF SOUTHSCREEN WALL

T.S. COL. PERSCHED. A SCOPEOF WORK

REF. DETAIL 2/A3.02 FORTYP. SPACING OFMOUNTING BRACKETS

LEVEL 1105' - 3"

LEVEL 2116' - 7"

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

A A.1 A.5

A5.04

18

1' -

5"

1' -

5"

8 1/

2"1'

- 5

"

3' - 3 3/4"

22' - 1 3/4"

6' - 10"

MITER & WELDHORIZ. GIRTS @

CORNER TYP.


4" x 4" x 1/4" T.S. HORIZ.GIRT TYP.

4" x 4" x 1/4" T.S.HORIZ. SUPPORT TYP.

@ ALL 4 COLUMNS

SIDE OF WESTSCREEN WALL

A5.04

18

T.S. COL. PERSCHED. A SCOPE

OF WORK

3/4" Ø HILTI EMBED.ANCHORS, w/ 4"EMBEDMENT.@ 14" o.c. VERT.(COORD. W/REBAR SPACING)

3/16" STEEL PLATE,BROKEN 90º & PRE-DRILLED. PAINTEDTO MATCH METALWALL PANEL

3 1/

2"2"4"

3 1/

2"2"4"

3 1/

2"

3' -

6"

3 1/2"

3/16" STEEL PLATE,BROKEN 90º, PRE-DRILLED, & PAINTEDTO MATCH METALWALL PANEL. GAPSAT BTM & SIDE NOTTO EXCEED 4"

3/4" Ø HILTI EMBED.ANCHORS, w/ 4"EMBEDMENT.@ 14" o.c. VERT.(COORD. W/REBAR SPACING)

WALL ASSEMBLY @STAIR TOWER

PLAN - TYP. @ 1ST, 2ND & 3RD FLOOR PLAN - TYP. @ 4TH FLOOR

ELEVATION - TYPICAL

ELEVATION VIEW(SEE DTL. ABOVE)

PPA #:



M I S S O U L A, M T 5 9 8 0 2

P H. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 5 6 4 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 1 8 8 7

6 0 8 N O R T H 2 9 T H

B I L L I N G S, M T 5 9 1 0 1

P H. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 6 3 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 4 2 7


B O Z E M A N, M T 5 9 7 1 5

P H. 4 0 6 . 4 5 3 . 7 3 1 0

A/E #:

A&E PROJ. #:

ISSUE DATE

DRAWN BY:

REVIEWED BY:


2/24

/20

16 4

:34

:33

PM

A5.04

02.23.16SC

HE

DU

LE

B -

CD

BID

SE

T/P

LA

N R

EV

IEW

SE

T

BAR GRATING

DETAILS

N.A

.I.C

.

PA

RK

ING

GA

RA

GE

CA

MP

US

PL

AN

NIN

G,

DE

SIG

N &

CO

NS

TR

UC

TIO

N

Author

MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE U

NIV

ERS

ITY

BO

ZEM

AN

, MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE O

F M

ON

TAN

A

PH

ON

E: 4

06.9

94.5

413

14-0046

2014-02-07-01

14080

: 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.04A2.021PARTIAL EXT. ELEVATION - WEST SNOW GATE

: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.04A5.042DETAIL - SECTION - GARAGE SNOW GATE

: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.04A5.043DETAIL - PLAN - GARAGE SNOWGATE

: 3" = 1'-0"A5.045DETAIL - SECTION - BAR GRATING ATTACHMENT

: 3" = 1'-0"A5.04A3.024ENLARGED ELEVATION - BAR GRATING PANELS

: 1/4" = 1'-0"A5.04A1.0118SECTION - SOUTH SCREEN WALL SUPPORT

: 1/4" = 1'-0"A5.04A1.0117SECTION - WEST SCREEN WALL SUPPORT

: 1/4" = 1'-0"A5.04A2.028WEST ELEV. S.W. CORNER - SCREEN WALL & SUPPORT

: 1/4" = 1'-0"A5.04A2.019SOUTH ELEV. S.W. CORNER - SCREEN WALL & SUPPORT

: 3/4" = 1'-0"A5.046DETAIL - METAL CLOSURE PLATE @ EXT. COLUMN

GRID

1' - 7"

STRUCTURAL T.S. FRAMINGREF. STRUCT. DWGS.

STRUCTURAL STEEL ANGLEREF. STRUCT. DWGS.

MTL. TRACK WELDED TOUNDERSIDE OF T.S.

GYP. BD. CONTINUOUSOVER STRUCT. MEMBERS

EXPANSION JOINTASSEMBLY ATTACHED TOSTEEL ANGLE

PARKING GARAGE SLAB

MTL. PANEL BASEFLASHING

11"7 3/4"

2' - 6"

1' - 6 3/4"

SELF-ADHEREDMEMBRANE FLASHINGOVER ANGLE & UP WALL

2" Z-GIRT ASSEMBLY

EXTEND. W.R.B. OVERMEMBRANE FLASHING

MTL. TRACK WELDED TOSTEEL ANGLE

A5.05

3

SIM

GRID

1' - 8 1/4"

9 3/4"7 3/4"

2' - 6"

8"

1' - 5 1/2"

1' - 6 1/8"

BRICK VENEER

STRUCTURAL T.S. FRAMINGREF. STRUCT. DWGS.

STRUCTURAL STEEL ANGLEREF. STRUCT. DWGS.

MTL. TRACK WELDED TOUNDERSIDE OF T.S.

GYP. BD. CONTINUOUSOVER STRUCT. MEMBERS

MTL. TRACK WELDED TOSTEEL ANGLE

A5.05

3SIM

SELF-ADHEREDMEMBRANE FLASHINGOVER ANGLE & UP WALL

EXTEND. W.R.B. OVERMEMBRANE FLASHING

MTL. PANEL CLOSUREFLASHING

BACKER ROD & SEALANT

2" Z-GIRT ASSEMBLY

PARKING GARAGE SLAB

GRID

1' - 8 1/4"

8"

9 3/4"

2' - 6"

7 3/4"

1' - 5 1/2"

1' - 2 1/4"

DOORREF. DOOR SCHEDULE

STEEL BEAMREF. STRUCT. DWGS.

CONCRETE ONMETAL DECK

BRICK VENEER

EXPANSION JOINTASSEMBLY ATTACHED TOBENT PLATE

PARKINGGARAGE SLAB



2" Z-GIRT ASSEMBLY

A5.05

3SIM

11"

GRID

1' - 7"

2' - 6"

7 3/4"

1' - 6 3/4"

1'-1 7/8"

DOORREF. DOOR SCHEDULE

1' - 6 1/8"

DOOR THRESHOLD

EXPANSION JOINTASSEMBLY ATTACHED TOBENT PLATE

PARKINGGARAGE SLAB



2" Z-GIRT ASSEMBLY

A5.05

3SIM

STEEL BEAMREF. STRUCT. DWGS.

CONCRETE ONMETAL DECK

GRID GRID

8"

1' -

10" 1'

- 3

11/

16"

BRICK VENEER WALLREF. 19/A4.03

1' - 7"

FUTURE BRICK VENEER - INTERIORFINISH OF BRIDGE. N.I.C.

STRUCTURALBEAM

FUTURE EXTERIOR CEILINGPANEL OF BRIDGE - N.I.C.

DENS GLASS SHEATHING OVER MTL.STUD FRAMING. CONTRACTOR TOPROTECT FROM ELEMENTS UNTILFUTURE CONSTRUCTION OF NAICBRIDGE. REF. ELEVATION 16/A2.3

CONC. SLAB OVER MTL. DECKING PERSTRUCTURAL DWGS. CONTRACTOR TO

PROTECT FROM ELEMENTS UNTIL FUTURECONSTRUCTION OF NAIC BRIDGE.

EXTERIOR BRICK VENEER TO EXTEND TOWITHIN 1 BRICK COURSING OF UNDERSIDE OF

STEEL CHANNEL. - NOTCH BRICK AROUNDPENETRATING STEEL BEAMS AS REQ'D. REF.

ELEVATION 16/A2.3

POUR STOP PERSTRUCTURALDWGS.

GRID GRID

SLOPE.

BRICK VENEER WALLREF. 19/A4.03

HIGH TEMPERATURE SELF ADHEREDMEMBRANE OVER BLOCKINGLAP OVER ROOF MEMBRANE

24 GA. PREFINISHED BRAKEMETAL PARAPET COPING

CONT. 24 GA. BREAK METALFLASHING SET IN SEALANTATTACH TO BRICK

#12-14 X 1-1/4" SELF-DRILLING

FASTENERS W/NEOPRENE

WASHERS @ 12" O.C.

ROOF MEMBRANE

2X TREATED WOOD PLATE

GRID

FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD BLOCKING

SELF ADHERED FLASHINGLAP OVER WRB

T.O. WALLREF. WALL SECTIONS


1 1/

2"1/

2"


BRICK SOLDEIR COURSE

VENEER UNIT MASONRY WALLREF. 19/A4.03

GRID

LAP WEATHER BARRIER OVERTOP OF FLASHING

STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEMREF. WINDOW SCHEDULE

HEADERREF. STRUCT. DWG'S

GWB HEAD & JAMBRETURN -TYP

BACKER ROD & SEALANTEACH SIDE

DRAINAGE MESH

24 GA. METAL FLASHINGW/ DRIP EDGE

CELL VENT WEEPS COLORTO MATCH BRICK MORTAR

BACKER ROD &SEALANT EA. SIDE

STEEL ANGLE LINTELREF. STRUCT. DWG'SPAINT

T.O. WINDOW R.O.REF. WALL SECTIONS



GRID


24 GA. PRE- FINISHEDMETAL FLASHING


B.O. WINDOW R.O.REF. WALL SECTIONS

CONTINUOUSMETAL CHANNEL

CONTINUOUSBLOCKING - TYP


BRICK MASONRY SILL

METAL PANEL WALL (MP-1)REF. 19/A4.03

24 GA. PRE-FINISHEDMETAL FLASHING SLOPE TODRAIN COLOR TO MATCHMETAL PANEL (MP-2)

BACKER ROD &SEALANT - EACH SIDE

STOREFRONT GLAZINGSYSTEM - REF.

WINDOW SCHEDULECONTINUE VAPOR BARRIEROVER TOP OF WALL

CONTINUOUS METALSILL CHANNEL

#10-16 X 1" ATTACHMENTSPER MFR REQ'S

GRID

CONTINUOUSBLOCKING - TYP

B.O. WINDOW R.O.REF. WALL SECTIONS

METAL PANEL WALL (MP-1)REF. 19/A4.3

BACKER ROD &SEALANT EACH SIDE


24 GA. PRE-FINISHED METALFLASHING - SLOPE TODRAIN - COLOR TO MATCHMETAL PANEL (MP-1)

HEADERREF. STRUCT. DWG'S

CONTINUE VAPORBARRIER OVER TOP OFHEAD FLASHING

GWB HEAD & JAMBRETURN - TYP

#10-16 X 1" ATTACHMENTSPER MFR REQ'S

GRID

T.O. WINDOW R.O.REF. WALL SECTIONS

SLOPE.

CURTAINWALL SYSTEM AT PARAPETREF. WINDOW SCHEDULE

ROOF MEMBRANE LAPPEDOVER TOP OF PARAPET

24 GA. PREFINISHED BRAKEMETAL PARAPET COPING

#12-14 X 1-1/4" SELF-DRILLING

FASTENERS W/NEOPRENE

WASHERS @ 12" O.C.

ROOF MEMBRANE

3 1/

4"

FIRE TREATED WD PLATE

T.O. WALLREF. WALL SECTIONS

SPANDRELREF. WINDOW SCHEDULE

SEALANT

EXTERIOR SHEATHING

2 1/2" METAL STUD@ 16" o.c. UNO

2"

11 1/4"

1 1/

2"

CURTAIN WALL SYSTEMREF. WINDOW SCHEDULE

FIBROUS EXPANSIONJOINT FILLER

CONCRETE SIDEWALKREF. CIVIL DRAWINGS

SOIL &COMPACTIONREF. GEOTECHREPORT

SLAB ON GRADE CONSTRUCTIONREF 16/A4.03


FIBROUS EXPANSIONJOINT FILLER

CONCRETE SIDEWALKREF. CIVIL DRAWINGS

SOIL &COMPACTIONREF. GEOTECHREPORT

SLAB ON GRADE CONSTRUCTIONREF 16/A4.03

ELASTOMERIC CAULK - TYP.


GRID


24 GA. PRE-FINISHEDMETAL FLASHING - COLORTO MATCH BRICK MORTAR

DRAINAGE MESH

LAP WRB OVER METALFLASHING

GRID

J-MOLD

CUSTOM METAL L-TRIMPAINT TO MATCH

STEEL BEAM ABOVE

STEEL BEAMREF. STRUCT. DWG'S

1/2"

3/4"x6"x1/8" DECORATIVETUBE STEEL BASE

FASTEN 32" o.c. - PAINT

2x CONTINUOUSWD BLOCKING

1/4" SHADOW LINE

GWB

J-MOLD

3 1/

2"

SEALED CONCRETEFLOOR

HEAVY DUTY BASE FRAME

IMPACT / SOUND DAMPER

RECESSEDEXTENSION PLATE

ELSATOMERICCONCRETEEMBED MATERIAL

THIS ATTACHMENT VARIESREF. WALL DETAILS

PROVIDE BLOCK-OUT IN CONC.SLAB PER MANUF.REQUIREMENTS

WEDGE BOLT

SEALANT & BACKER ROD PERMANUF. RECOMMENDATIONS

ALUMINUM SLIDE PLATECOVER w/ SLIP RESISTANTRAISED PATTERN PROFILE

PARKINGGARAGE SLAB

PPA #:



M I S S O U L A, M T 5 9 8 0 2

P H. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 5 6 4 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 1 8 8 7

6 0 8 N O R T H 2 9 T H

B I L L I N G S, M T 5 9 1 0 1

P H. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 6 3 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 4 2 7


B O Z E M A N, M T 5 9 7 1 5

P H. 4 0 6 . 4 5 3 . 7 3 1 0

A/E #:

A&E PROJ. #:

ISSUE DATE

DRAWN BY:

REVIEWED BY:


2/26

/201

6 9

:21:

20

AM

A5.05

02.23.16SC

HE

DU

LE

B -

CD

BID

SE

T/P

LA

N R

EV

IEW

SE

T

MISC. DETAILS

N.A

.I.C

.

PA

RK

ING

GA

RA

GE

CA

MP

US

PL

AN

NIN

G,

DE

SIG

N &

CO

NS

TR

UC

TIO

N

Author

MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE U

NIV

ERS

ITY

BO

ZEM

AN

, MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE O

F M

ON

TAN

A

PH

ON

E: 4

06.9

94.5

413

14-0046

2014-02-07-01

14080

: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.05A4.036SCHED B - EXP. JOINT @ METAL PANEL

: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.05A4.031SCHED B - EXP. JOINT @ BRICK LEDGE

: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.05A4.042SCHED B. - EXPANSION JOINT @ EXTENDED 4TH FLOOR SLAB

: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.05A4.047SCHED B. - EXPANSION JOINT @ EXTENDED FLOOR SLABS

: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.05A4.049SCHED B. - 2ND FLOOR DECK @ MASONRY WALL

: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.05A4.044SECTION DTL. - FLOOR DECK @ EXTERIOR WALL

: 3" = 1'-0"A5.05A4.035COPING AT BRICK VENEER WALL

: 3" = 1'-0"A5.05A4.0410WINDOW HEAD AT BRICK VENEER WALL

: 3" = 1'-0"A5.0515WINDOW SILL AT BRICK VENEER WALL

: 3" = 1'-0"A5.05A4.0319WINDOW SILL AT VERT. MTL. PANEL (MP-1)

: 3" = 1'-0"A5.05A4.0314WINDOW HEAD AT VERT. MTL. PANEL (MP-1)

: 3" = 1'-0"A5.05A4.0312COPING AT CURTAINWALL

: 3" = 1'-0"A5.05A4.0317SILL AT CURTAINWALL

: 3" = 1'-0"A5.05A4.0320A5_WALL BASE @ BRICK WALL

: 3" = 1'-0"A5.0516INT. WALL AT BEAM & BASE DETAILS

: 3" = 1'-0"A5.05A5.053A5_TYP EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL

GRID

GRID

1"

STEEL COLUMNREF. STRUCT. DWGS.

WEATHER RESISTIVEBARRIER

2" AIR GAP

GYP. SHEATHING

WEATHERRESISTIVE BARRIER

PRE-FINISHED MTL.FLASHING - COLOR TOMATCH CURTAIN WALL

BACKER ROD& SEALANT

EA. SIDE

CURTAIN WALLSYSTEM REF. A9.1

R.O. FLASHING VAPROLIQUI-FLASH w/ FULL COVERAGEINSIDE ROUGH OPENING & 2"MIN. ON FACE; TYP. @ ALLWINDOW & DOOR R.O.'s

BRICK MASONRY UNIT

2" DEEP HORIZ. Z-CHANNEL ATTACHPER MFGR SPECS

GYP. SHEATHING

VERT. MTL. PANEL: MP-1

SEALANT & BACKER-ROD

PRE-FINISHED MTL.FLASHING - COLOR

TO MATCH MP-1

BRICK MASONRY UNIT

STEEL COLUMNREF. STRUCT. DWGS.


2" AIR GAP

GYP. SHEATHING


PRE-FINISHED MTL.FLASHING - COLOR TOMATCH CURTAIN WALL

GRID

GRID

BACKER ROD& SEALANTEA. SIDE

CURTAIN WALLSYSTEM REF. A9.1

R.O. FLASHING VAPROLIQUI-FLASH w/ FULL COVERAGE

INSIDE ROUGH OPENING & 2"MIN. ON FACE; TYP. @ ALL

WINDOW & DOOR R.O.'s

BRICK MASONRY UNIT

2" DEEP HORIZ. Z-CHANNELATTACH PER MFGR SPECS

GYP. SHEATHING


SEALANT &BACKER-ROD

1"PRE-FINISHED MTL.FLASHING - COLORTO MATCH MP-1

BRICK MASONRY UNIT


GRID

GRID

2" DEEP HORIZ. Z-CHANNELATTACH PER MFGR SPECS

GYP. SHEATHING


SEALANT &BACKER-ROD

PRE-FINISHED MTL.FLASHING - COLORTO MATCH MP-1


CURTAINWALLREF. WINDOW SCHEDULE

CURTAINWALLREF. WINDOW SCHEDULE

PRE-FINISHED CURTAINWALLCORNER - INSTALL PER

MANUF. REQ'S

5 3/4"

5 3/

4"

SEALANT

SEALANT

2 1/2"

1 5/8"

PRE-FINISHED MTL. FLASHINGCOLOR TO MATCH MTL. PANEL

SEALANT &BACKER-ROD

GYP. WALL BD.RETURN TYP.

DBL. STUDSWELDED TOGETHER

R.O. FLASHING:VAPROLIQUI-FLASH w/FULL COVERAGE INSIDEROUGH OPENING & 2"MIN ON FACE. TYP @ ALLWINDOW & DOOR R.O.'s

VERT. METAL PANEL: MP-1

HORIZ. Z-CHANNEL@ 24" O.C.

GRID

STOREFRONTREF. WINDOW SCHED.

PRE-FINISHED MTL. FLASHINGCOLOR TO MATCH STOREFRONT

SEALANT &BACKER-ROD

GYP. WALL BD.RETURN TYP.

DBL. STUDSWELDED TOGETHER

R.O. FLASHING:VAPROLIQUI-FLASH w/FULL COVERAGE INSIDEROUGH OPENING & 2"MIN ON FACE. TYP @ ALLWINDOW & DOOR R.O.'s

GRID

STOREFRONTREF. WINDOW SCHED.

BRICK MASONRY UNIT

WRB

EXTERIOR SHEATHING

GWB

GRID

GYP. SHEATHING


GRID

6"

3 1/4"

9"

11 3/4"

BRICK VENEER

TEMPORARY DETAIL: WRAP WALLWITH WRB. CONTRACTOR TO

PROTECT WALL THROUGHOUTDURATION OF SCHEDULE B

CONSTRUCTION. DETAIL WILLCHANGE UNDER NAIC CONTRACT.

WRB

GYP. SHEATHING

BRICK VENEER

WRB

6" METAL STUD

GWB

GRID

ISOLATION FELT AROUNDPERIMETER OF STEEL

COLUMN - TYP

ISOLATION FELT AROUNDPERIMETER OF STEEL

COLUMN - TYP

ISOLATION POUR AROUND COLUMN

ISOLATION POUR AROUND COLUMN

EXTERIOR WALL VARIESREF. PLANS

EXTERIOR WALL VARIESREF. PLANS

PPA #:



M I S S O U L A, M T 5 9 8 0 2

P H. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 5 6 4 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 1 8 8 7

6 0 8 N O R T H 2 9 T H

B I L L I N G S, M T 5 9 1 0 1

P H. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 6 3 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 4 2 7


B O Z E M A N, M T 5 9 7 1 5

P H. 4 0 6 . 4 5 3 . 7 3 1 0

A/E #:

A&E PROJ. #:

ISSUE DATE

DRAWN BY:

REVIEWED BY:


2/24

/20

16 4

:35

:47

PM

A5.06

02.23.16SC

HE

DU

LE

B -

CD

BID

SE

T/P

LA

N R

EV

IEW

SE

T

N.E. TOWER PLAN

DETAILS

N.A

.I.C

.

PA

RK

ING

GA

RA

GE

CA

MP

US

PL

AN

NIN

G,

DE

SIG

N &

CO

NS

TR

UC

TIO

N

Author

MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE U

NIV

ERS

ITY

BO

ZEM

AN

, MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE O

F M

ON

TAN

A

PH

ON

E: 4

06.9

94.5

413

14-0046

2014-02-07-01

14080

: 3" = 1'-0"A5.06A1.056CORNER DETAIL

: 3" = 1'-0"A5.06A1.0510CORNER DETAIL AT BRICK

: 3" = 1'-0"A5.06A1.058PLAN DETAIL

: 3" = 1'-0"A5.06A1.0515CURTAINWALL CORNER DETAIL

: 3" = 1'-0"A5.0613WINDOW JAMB AT VERT. METAL PANEL (MP-1)

: 3" = 1'-0"A5.0618WINDOW JAMB AT BRICK VENEER WALL

: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.06A1.0520PLAN DETAILS AT BRIDGE

: 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.0617TYPICAL STEEL COLUMN FLOOR DETAIL

2" CONC FILLED PANS

STEEL STRINGER

L 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 1/4" x 9"

STEEL TREAD, TYP.

3/16 2-6

3/16 2-6.

.1/8 1-3

1/4" BENT PLATE

2"

STEEL CABLE, TYP.

.

3' -

0"

3' -

6"

HAND RAIL TO BE 36" AFFNOSING

GUARD RAIL TO BE 42"MIN. AFF NOSING

2-1/2" STEEL POST WITHPRE-DRILLED OPENINGSFOR CABLES & SLEEVES 1-1/2" O.D. SCH. 80 STL PIPE HAND RAIL

TYP.

1/81/2

1 1/2" O.D. SCH. 80STEEL TUBE RAIL

FACTORY ATTACHEDBRACKET

.

1 5/8" MIN.3/4"

2-1/2" x 2-1/2" STEEL POST

2-1/2" x 1/2" STEEL VERTICAL BAR, TYP.

STEEL CABLE, TYP.

1/4"

2-1/2" x 1/2" CONTINUOUS STEEL TOP PLATE

STEEL TUBE HAND RAIL

2-1/2" x 2-1/2" STEEL POST, TYP.

STEEL CABLE, TYP.

2-1/2" x 1/2" CONTINUOUSSTEEL TOP PLATE

2-1/2" x 2-1/2" STEEL POST

STEEL CABLE, TYP.

C-CHANNEL STRINGER, TYP.

STAIR NOSINGS, TYP.COL.


2-1/2" x 1/2" CONTINUOUS WELDEDSTEEL BOTTOM PLATE

TYP.

EQ EQ

EQ.EQ.

2' - 4 1/4"



CL STL CABLE, TYP.


3/4"



3/4"

TYP.

.

.3/16

.1/8

.1/8 1-5

EA.SIDE

3"

2"

1' - 0" 11"

ANGLED STEEL BOLTINGASSEMBLY, TYP.

.1/8 SEE

CHART

STEEL CABLE, TYP.

2-1/2" x 2-1/2" STEEL POST



PIECE IS SUPPLIED LOOSE FW IN PLACEAFTER UNIT IS BOLTED TO CONC. W/ (1) 5/8"DIA. EXP. ANCHOR @ EACH STRINGER

MIN EMBED = 3-1/2"

L 3" x 3/16" x@ 4-1/2" LG. W/ (1)11/16" DIA. HOLE

U.W. WELD

4'-6"4' TO 6'-6"

6'-0"

1-121-81-6

STL BOT CONT W

4" MAX.

SPACINGBETWEENCABLES NOT TOEXCEED 4"

C-CHANNEL STRINGER

3' -

0"3' -

6"

MIN

.

.

3' -

0"

3' -

6"

C-CHANNEL, REF. STR.

C-CHANNEL STRINGER

2-1/2" x 1/2" CONTINUOUSWELDED STEEL BOTTOM PLATE

ANGLED STEEL BOLTINGASSEMBLY, TYP.

2-1/2" x 1/2" CONTINUOUSSTEEL TOP PLATE


1/4" CLOSUREPLATE, GRINDWELDS SMOOTHTO AESS STND.

2-1/2" x 2-1/2"STEEL POST

3"

3' -

0"

3' -

6"

.

.


.

.




C-CHANNEL, REF. STR.

STEEL CABLE, TYP.

HORIZONTAL CABLE BRACKET, TYP.


2-1/2" x 1/2" STEEL VERTICAL PLATE

2"

3' -

0"

11" 1' - 0"



STEEL CABLE, TYP.





HORIZONTAL CABLE BOLTINGASSEMBLY, TYP.

COL.

3' -

0"

3' -

6"

11"

.

ALI

GN

COLUMN (BEYOND)

LEVEL

LANDING

EQ. EQ. EQ.COLUMN

COL.

PPA #:



M I S S O U L A, M T 5 9 8 0 2

P H. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 5 6 4 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 1 8 8 7

6 0 8 N O R T H 2 9 T H

B I L L I N G S, M T 5 9 1 0 1

P H. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 6 3 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 4 2 7


B O Z E M A N, M T 5 9 7 1 5

P H. 4 0 6 . 4 5 3 . 7 3 1 0

A/E #:

A&E PROJ. #:

ISSUE DATE

DRAWN BY:

REVIEWED BY:


2/26

/201

6 9

:28:

22

AM

A5.07

02.23.16SC

HE

DU

LE

B -

CD

BID

SE

T/P

LA

N R

EV

IEW

SE

T

STAIR DETAILS

N.A

.I.C

.

PA

RK

ING

GA

RA

GE

CA

MP

US

PL

AN

NIN

G,

DE

SIG

N &

CO

NS

TR

UC

TIO

N

Author

MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE U

NIV

ERS

ITY

BO

ZEM

AN

, MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE O

F M

ON

TAN

A

PH

ON

E: 4

06.9

94.5

413

14-0046

2014-02-07-01

14080

: 3" = 1'-0"A5.071TYP STAIR DETAIL

: 3/4" = 1'-0"A5.072GUARDRAIL AT LANDING

: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.0711HANDRAIL DETAILS

: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.073POST LAYOUT AT LANDING

NOTE: ALL METAL SURFACES TO BE FINISHED INPNT-3 / PNT-4. REF. FINISH SCHEDULE A1.05

: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.0716STARTER CONNECTION DETAIL & BOTTOM RUN HANDRAIL DETAIL

: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.0718TYPICAL TOP RUN STRINGER AND GUARDRAIL @ LANDING

: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.0720TYPICAL BOTTOM STRINGER AND GUARDRAIL DETAIL @ LANDING

: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.075STAIR @ FLOOR DECK

: 1/2" = 1'-0"A5.0715TYPICALATION ELEV

LEVEL 1105' - 3"

LEVEL 2116' - 7"

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

LEVEL 1A101' - 6"

ROOF150' - 6"

1 2 3

A4.04

171.5

A4.04

19A4.03

19

A CD A

BDA

B A C A

FEG

EXIT

EXIT

EXIT

CONVENIENCE

OUTLET

PULL STATION

FIRE STROBE

TYP

. @ C

OL.

6' -

11"8' -

4"

THIS FIRE EXTINGUISHER

CABINET LOCATION PER

SCHEDULE 'A' HAS BEEN

MOVED TO THIS LOCATION

CONVENIENCE

OUTLET

PULL STATION

FIRE STROBE

CONVENIENCE

OUTLET

PULL STATION

FIRE STROBE

METAL PANEL TO EXTEND

PAST CORNER & TOP OF

ADJ. WALL & TERMINATE.

SELF ADHERED WEATHER

RESISTIVE BARRIER TO

PROVIDE COVERAGE OF

FULL WALL.

MP-1MP-1

BRK-1 BRK-1 BRK-1 BRK-1

MP-1

MP-1MP-1MP-1

MP-1MP-1MP-1

MP-1

MP-1

LEVEL 1105' - 3"

LEVEL 2116' - 7"

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

LEVEL 1A101' - 6"

ROOF150' - 6"

A4.03

16E F

FIRE STROBE

BOX & BLANK PLATE

FOR FUTURE CAMERA

FIRE STROBE

FIRE STROBE

BOX & BLANK PLATE

FOR FUTURE CAMERA

FIRE STROBE

BOX & BLANK PLATE

FOR FUTURE CAMERA

BOX & BLANK PLATE

FOR FUTURE CAMERA

3' -

6"

7' -

2"

4' -

0"

BOX & BLANK PLATE

FOR FUTURE

EMERGENCY PHONE

BOX & BLANK PLATE

FOR FUTURE

EMERGENCY PHONE

BOX & BLANK PLATE

FOR FUTURE

EMERGENCY PHONE

BOX & BLANK PLATE

FOR FUTURE

EMERGENCY PHONE

HALL STATION

HALL STATION

HALL STATION

HALL STATION

LEVEL 2116' - 7"

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

LEVEL 1A101' - 6"

ROOF150' - 6"

23 1.5A4.04

19A4.03

19

8 1/2"

13' - 9 39/64"

EXIT

GFE

3' -

3"

6' -

6"

8"

2' - 0"

3' -

3"

6' -

6"

8"

9' -

9"

9' -

9"

9' -

9"

3' -

3"

6' -

6"

8"

3' - 0"1' - 0"

6' -

8"

8"

2' - 4"

6' -

8"

8"

1' - 8"

6' -

6"

8"

1' - 4"

6' -

8"

8"

1' - 0"

DCBA

NOTE:FRAME FINISH: DURANAR METALLIC - COLOR TBD

GLASS GL-1 (VISON): PPG SOLARBAN 60 ON #2 SURFACE, CLEAR GLASS BOTHLITES

T SYMBOL = TEMPERED GLAZING

TTTTTTT

7' -

4"

9' - 5"

7' -

2"

1' -

2"

2' -

1"

4' -

8"

2' -

6"

4' -

4"

3' -

0"

3' - 2 1/2"3' - 0"3' - 2 1/2"

3' - 0"2' - 10"

6' - 0"

D-3 D-4 D-5

7' -

2"

3' - 0" 2' - 10"

6' - 0"

4' -

10"

2' -

6"

7' -

4"

3' -

3"

4' -

8"

2' -

6"

10' -

5"

7' -

0"

3' - 0"2' - 10"

6' - 0"

D-6

FRESH AIR LOUVER BUILTINTO DOOR FRAME. REF.MECH & ELEC. DWGS

10' -

5"

NOTE:FRAME FINISH: DURANAR METALLIC - COLOR TBD

GLASS GL-1 (VISON): PPG SOLARBAN 60 ON #2 SURFACE, CLEAR GLASS BOTH LITES

T SYMBOL = TEMPERED GLAZING

T

TT

TT

T

T T T

T

T

T

T

T

PPA #:



M I S S O U L A, M T 5 9 8 0 2

P H. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 5 6 4 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 1 8 8 7

6 0 8 N O R T H 2 9 T H

B I L L I N G S, M T 5 9 1 0 1

P H. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 6 3 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 4 2 7


B O Z E M A N, M T 5 9 7 1 5

P H. 4 0 6 . 4 5 3 . 7 3 1 0

A/E #:

A&E PROJ. #:

ISSUE DATE

DRAWN BY:

REVIEWED BY:


2/24

/201

6 4:

36:5

1 P

M

A7.02

02.23.16SC

HE

DU

LE

B -

CD

BID

SE

T/P

LA

N R

EV

IEW

SE

T

SCHED B - N.E.

TOWER INTERIOR

ELEVS.

N.A

.I.C

.

PA

RK

ING

GA

RA

GE

CA

MP

US

PL

AN

NIN

G,

DE

SIG

N &

CO

NS

TR

UC

TIO

N

Author

MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE U

NIV

ERS

ITY

BO

ZEM

AN

, MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE O

F M

ON

TAN

A

PH

ON

E: 4

06.9

94.5

413

14-0046

2014-02-07-01

14080

: 1/4" = 1'-0"A7.02A1.011SCHED. B - N.E. TOWER WEST ELEVATION

: 1/4" = 1'-0"A7.02A1.012SCHED B - N.E. TOWER NORTH LOBBY ELEVS.

: 1/4" = 1'-0"A7.02A1.013SCHED B. - N.E. TOWER WEST LOBBY ELEV

WINDOW TYPES

DOOR TYPE ELEVATIONS

SCHEDULE B - DOOR SCHEDULE

NUMBER TYPE

PANEL

HARDWARE

FRAME

COMMENTSWIDTH HEIGHT THICKNESS MATERIAL FINISH TYPE MATERIAL FINISH

103.1 D-6 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" ALUM. METALLIC 3 CUSTOM ALUM. METALLIC METALLIC FINISH = DURANAR METALLIC -COLOR TBD






SCHEDULE B - HARDWARE SCHEDULE

HDWR GROUP #3:

BUTTS: 1 1/2 PAIR, HEAVY DUTY, BALL BEARING BY STOREFRONT DOOR/FRAME MANUFACTURER

PANIC DEVICE: VON DUPRIN; XP-99L-BE 06 LEVER ALWAYS OPERABLE; FINISH TO BE DETERMINED (MANUF. STANDARD

FINISH);

CLOSER: 1 EA - LCN 4040XP SCUSH; COLOR: TO BE DETERMINED (MANUF. STANDARD FINISH)

WEATHERSTRIP: BY STOREFRONT DOOR/FRAME MANUFACTURER

DOOR SEALS: BY STOREFRONT DOOR/FRAME MANUFACTURER

THRESHOLD: BY STOREFRONT DOOR/FRAME MANUFACTURER

HDWR GROUP #3:

BUTTS: 1 1/2 PAIR, HEAVY DUTY, BALL BEARING BY STOREFRONT DOOR/FRAME MANUFACTURER

PANIC DEVICE: VON DUPRIN; XP-99L 06 LEVER ALWAYS OPERABLE; FINISH TO BE DETERMINED (MANUF. STANDARD FINISH);

RIM CYLINDER: 7 PIN INTERCHANGEABLE CORE FOR THE MEDECO KEYMARK X4

CLOSER: 1 EA - LCN 4040XP SCUSH; COLOR: TO BE DETERMINED (MANUF. STANDARD FINISH)

WEATHERSTRIP: BY STOREFRONT DOOR/FRAME MANUFACTURER

DOOR SEALS: BY STOREFRONT DOOR/FRAME MANUFACTURER

THRESHOLD: BY STOREFRONT DOOR/FRAME MANUFACTURER

S15S15S15S15S12S12S12S12

S12S12S12S12

1 2 3

D

C.9

A4.03

16A4.03

16

A4.04

17

A4.04

17

A2.03

20

A2.03

16

A2.03

18

E

F

1.5

H

G

A4.04

19

A4.04

19

A7.02

3

A7.022

A4.03

19

A4.03

20

SD

1 2 3

DD

C.9

A4.03

16A4.03

16

A4.04

17

A4.04

17

A2.03

20

A2.03

16

A2.03

18

E

F

1.5

H

G

A4.04

19

A4.04

19

A7.02

3

A7.022

A4.03

19

A4.03

20

4' - 0"

SD

1 2 3

D

C.9

A4.03

16A4.03

16

A4.04

17

A4.04

17

A2.03

20A2.03

18

E

F

1.5

G

A4.04

19

A4.04

19

A7.02

3

A7.022

A7.02

1

A4.03

19

A4.03

20

SD

1 2 3

D

C.9

A4.03

16A4.03

16

A4.04

17

A4.04

17

A2.03

20A2.03

18

E

F

1.5

G

A4.04

19

A4.04

19

A7.02

1

A4.03

19

A4.03

20

SD

PPA #:



M I S S O U L A, M T 5 9 8 0 2

P H. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 5 6 4 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 1 8 8 7

6 0 8 N O R T H 2 9 T H

B I L L I N G S, M T 5 9 1 0 1

P H. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 6 3 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 4 2 7


B O Z E M A N, M T 5 9 7 1 5

P H. 4 0 6 . 4 5 3 . 7 3 1 0

A/E #:

A&E PROJ. #:

ISSUE DATE

DRAWN BY:

REVIEWED BY:


2/26

/201

6 9

:24:

46

AM

A8.01

02.23.16SC

HE

DU

LE

B -

CD

BID

SE

T/P

LA

N R

EV

IEW

SE

T

N.E. TOWER -

ENLARGED

REFLECTED CEILING

PLAN

N.A

.I.C

.

PA

RK

ING

GA

RA

GE

CA

MP

US

PL

AN

NIN

G,

DE

SIG

N &

CO

NS

TR

UC

TIO

N

Author

MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE U

NIV

ERS

ITY

BO

ZEM

AN

, MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE O

F M

ON

TAN

A

PH

ON

E: 4

06.9

94.5

413

14-0046

2014-02-07-01

14080

: 1/4" = 1'-0"A8.016NE STAIR TOWER - FIRST FLOOR RCP

: 1/4" = 1'-0"A8.019NE STAIR TOWER - SECOND LEVEL RCP

: 1/4" = 1'-0"A8.0116NE STAIR TOWER - THIRD LEVEL RCP

: 1/4" = 1'-0"A8.0119NE STAIR TOWER - FOURTH LEVEL RCP

1. 2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC), 2012 INTERNATIONAL EXISTING BUILDING CODE (IEBC)2. ASCE 7-10 MINIMUM DESIGN LOADS FOR BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES3. ACI 318-11 BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONCRETE STRUCTURES4. A.I.S.C. 360-10 SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS, A.I.S.C. 341-05 SEISMIC PROVISIONS FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS, INCLUDING SUPPLEMENT NO. 1 DATED 20065. AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY (AWS) D1.1-04 "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE"6. STEEL DECK INSTITUTE (SDI), "DESIGN MANUAL FOR CONCRETE DECKS, FORMED DECKS AND ROOF DECKS"

DESIGN CODES AND STANDARDS:

FOUNDATION & STAIR GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES:

1. DEAD LOADS: ROOF OF INTERIOR STORAGE AND MECH. = 10 PSF, FLOOR = SELF WEIGHT OF CONCRETE

STAIRS = 13 PSF SEE SHEET S0.01 AND S1.00 FOR ADDITIONAL LOADING

2. LIVE LOADS: UNIFORM LIVE LOAD = 40 PSF (ASCE 7-10 TABLE 4-1) CONCENTRATED LIVE LOAD = 3000 LBS. (ASCE 7-10 TABLE 4-1)

ROOF OF INTERIOR STORAGE AND MECH. LIVE LOAD = 20 PSF STAIR LIVE LOAD = 100 PSF SEE SHEET S0.01 AND S1.00 FOR ADDITIONAL LOADING

3. SNOW LOADS: FLAT ROOF SNOW LOAD, Pf = 36 PSF SLOPED ROOF SNOW LOAD, Ps = 36 PSF - GROUND SNOW LOAD, Pg = 46 PSF (REF. STATE OF MONTANA SNOW LOAD) - SNOW EXPOSURE FACTOR, Ce = .9 (BASED ON EXPOSURE CATEGORY C) - SNOW LOAD IMPORTANCE FACTOR, Is = 1.0 - THERMAL FACTOR, Ct = 1.2

4. WIND LOADS: ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED (3-SECOND GUST), Vult = 115 MPH NOMINAL DESIGN WIND SPEED (3-SECOND GUST), Vasd= 90 MPH RISK CATEGORY = II WIND EXPOSURE = C WIND IMPORTANCE FACTOR = 1.0

5. SEISMIC LOADS: SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY = D - RISK CATEGORY = II - SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR = 1.0

- MAPPED ACCELERATION PARAMETER: SS = 0.677, S1 = 0.400 - SOIL SITE CLASS = D - DESIGN SPECTRAL ACCELERATION PARAMETER, SDS = 0.600, SD1 = 0.325 - DESIGN BASE SHEAR: 4.8 K (SOUTH WEST STAIR TOWER ONLY)

6. SOIL LOADS LATERAL EARTH PRESSURE (EQUIV. FLUID WT.) = 50 PCF FRICTION COEFFICIENT BETWEEN FOOTING BASE AND SUPPORTING SOIL = 0.45 LATERAL EARTH BEARING RESISTANCE (PASSIVE) = 400 PSF/FT.

NORTH EAST STAIR TOWER - UPDATED AND ADDITIONAL LOADING

1. DEAD LOADS: ROOF OF INTERIOR STORAGE AND MECH. = 20 PSF, FLOOR = SELF WEIGHT OF CONCRETE

STAIRS = 20 PSF SEE SHEET S0.01 AND S1.00 FOR ADDITIONAL LOADING

5. SEISMIC LOADS: SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY = D - RISK CATEGORY = II - SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR = 1.0

- MAPPED ACCELERATION PARAMETER: SS = 0.677, S1 = 0.400 - SOIL SITE CLASS = D - DESIGN SPECTRAL ACCELERATION PARAMETER, SDS = 0.600, SD1 = 0.325 - DESIGN BASE SHEAR: 20.1 K (NORTH EAST STAIR TOWER ONLY)

DESIGN LOADS:

1. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH SITE CIVIL, ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR BIDDING AND CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO BIDDING AND CONSTRUCTION.

2. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR NON-STRUCTURAL PARTITION WALL LOCATIONS AND ALL WINDOW AND DOOR OPENING LOCATIONS AND SIZES. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHOW THIS INFORMATION FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES ONLY.

3. DRAWINGS INDICATE GENERAL AND TYPICAL DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION. WHERE CONDITIONS ARE NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED BUT ARE OF SIMILAR CHARACTER TO DETAILS SHOWN, SIMILAR DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE USED, SUBJECT TO REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE ARCHITECT.

4. EXISTING BUILDING/SITE DIMENSIONS AND ASSUMED CONDITIONS ARE TO BE VERIFIED IN THE FIELD AND ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER OF ALL DISCREPANCIES WHICH REQUIRE A SIGNIFICANT CHANGE IN THE DESIGN AND/OR CONSTRUCTION FROM THAT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.

5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CHECK AND COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR FOR BLOCKOUTS, CONDUIT, PIPE SLEEVES, EMBEDDED ITEMS, ETC. TO BE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE AND MASONRY, AS WELL AS OPENINGS IN STRUCTURE FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHOW THIS INFORMATION FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES ONLY.

6. ENGINEER SHALL REVIEW SHOP DRAWINGS ONLY FOR THE CONFORMANCE WITH THE DESIGN CONCEPT OF THE PROJECT AND FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE INFORMATION GIVEN IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. DIMENSIONS AND QUANTITIES NOTED ON THE SHOP DRAWINGS ARE NOT GUARANTEED BY THE ENGINEER, AND THEREFORE, MUST BE VERIFIED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INFORMATION THAT PERTAINS TO THE FABRICATION PROCESSES OR TO TECHNIQUES OF CONSTRUCTION, AND FOR COORDINATION OF THE WORK OF ALL TRADES. SHOP DRAWINGS MUST BE REVIEWED, STAMPED, AND SIGNED BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THE REVIEW BY THE ENGINEER.

7. THE STRUCTURE SHALL BE ADEQUATELY BRACED FOR SOIL, WIND, EARTHQUAKE AND CONSTRUCTION LOADS UNTIL ALL FLOOR, ROOF, AND WALL UNITS HAVE BEEN PERMANENTLY ATTACHED THERETO.

MISCELLANEOUS:

1. IN ADDITION TO REGULAR INSPECTIONS, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS WILL ALSO REQUIRE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1704 AND 1705 OF THE 2012 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE.

a) SPECIAL INSPECTIONS (1704 & 1705): - INSPECTION OF FABRICATORS (1704.2.5) - SPECIAL CASES (1705.1.1) EPOXY ANCHORS - STEEL CONSTRUCTION (1705.2) - CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION (1705.3) - SOILS (1705.6) - SPECIAL DEEP FOUNDATION SYSTEM - ENGINEERED AGGREGATE PIERS (1705.6) - CAST-IN-PLACE FOUNDATIONS (1705.8)

b) SPECIAL INSPECTIONS FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE (1705.11): - STRUCTURAL STEEL (1705.11.1) - COLD FORM STEEL - LIGHT FRAME CONSTRUCTION (1705.11.3) - ARCHITECTURAL COMPONENTS (1705.11.5)

c) STRUCTURAL TESTING FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE (1705.12): - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT (1705.12.1) - STRUCTURAL STEEL (1705.12.2)

2. THE OWNER OR ITS AUTHORIZED AGENT SHALL EMPLOY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY TO PROVIDE INSPECTION AND TESTING OF REQUIRED STRUCTURAL ITEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS PREPARED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD.

3. IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1704.4 OF THE IBC, THE CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO ACKNOWLEDGE THEIR AWARENESS OF AND THEIR PLANS FOR OBTAINING CONFORMANCE WITHIN THEIR OWN ORGANIZATION TO THE STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS. A FORM OUTLINING THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES WILL BE PROVIDED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR THE CONTRACTOR'S USE IN MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF IBC SECTION 1704.4. IN ADDITION THE CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE SEIMSIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM(S) SHALL SUBMIT A WRITTEN STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK ON THE SYSTEM.

4. SEE SHEET S0.01 PART VI FOR SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS RELATED TO THE CONCRETE SUPERSTRUCTURE AND PT-CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION.

FOUNDATION AND STAIR REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTING:

F.D.FDN.FIN.FLG.FLR.FTG.

GA.GALV.GL.G.L.B.GND.GR.G.W.

H.A.S.HDR.H.C.M.HK.HORIZ.HT.

I.B.C.I.C.B.O.

I.D.I.F.INSUL.INT.INV.

JT.JST.

KIP

LAM.LBS.L.L.V.L.L.H.LT.L.V.L.

M.B.MATL.MAX.MFD.MFR.MECH.MIN.MK.M.O.MTD.MTL.

N.N.I.C.NOM.NO.N.T.S.

O.C.O.D.O.F.OPNGOPP.O.W.J.

STRUCTURAL ABBREVIATIONS

- FLOOR DRAIN (SEE ARCH.)- FOUNDATION- FINISH- FLANGE- FLOOR- FOOTING

- GAUGE- GALVANIZED- GLUE LAMINATED- GLUE LAMINATED BEAM- GROUND- GRADE- GROUND WATER

- HEADED ANCHOR STUD- HEADER- HOLLOW CLAY MASONRY- HOOK- HORIZONTAL- HEIGHT

- INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE- INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE OF BUILDING OFFICIALS- INSIDE DIAMETER- INSIDE FACE- INSULATED- INTERIOR- INVERT

- JOINT- JOIST

- 1000 POUNDS

- LAMINATED- POUND- LONG LEG VERTICAL- LONG LEG HORIZONTAL- LEFT- LAMINATED VENEER LUMBER

- MACHINE BOLT- MATERIAL- MAXIMUM- MANUFACTURED- MANUFACTURER- MECHANICAL- MINIMUM- MARK- MASONRY OPENING- MOUNTED- METAL

- NORTH- NOT IN CONTRACT- NOMINAL- NUMBER- NOT TO SCALE

- ON CENTER- OUTSIDE DIAMETER- OUTSIDE FACE- OPENING- OPPOSITE- OPEN WEB JOIST

@ABUT.A.B.A.C.I.A.F.F.A.I.S.C.

A.N.S.I.

ARCH.A.S.T.M.

A.W.S.

B.B.BLDG.BLKG.BM.BOT.BRG.BRKT.BSMT.BETW.B.U.

C/CCU.FT.C.I.C-I-PC.I.P.CCJCEJCRJCIJCH.FL.PL.C.L.CLG.CLR.C.M.P.C.M.U.COL.CONC.CONN.CONSTR.CONT.CONTR.COORD.CTSKCTR.CTRD.C.Y.

D.I.DIA.DIAG.DIM.DWG.DET.DWLD.O.

E.EA.E.F.ELEV.EXC.EXIST.EXP.EXTE.W.

- AT- ABUTMENT- ANCHOR BOLT- AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE- ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR- AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION- AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE- ARCHITECTURAL- AMERICAN SOCIETY OF TESTING AND MATERIALS- AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY

- BACK TO BACK- BUILDING- BLOCKING- BEAM- BOTTOM- BEARING- BRACKET- BASEMENT- BETWEEN- BUILT-UP

- CENTER TO CENTER- CUBIC FEET- CAST IRON- CAST IN PLACE- CAST IRON PIPE- CONCRETE CONTROL JOINT- CONCRETE EXPANSION JOINT- CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION JOINT- CONCRETE ISOLATION JOINT- CHECKERED FLOOR PLATE- CENTER LINE- CEILING- CLEAR- CORRUGATED METAL PIPE- CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT- COLUMN- CONCRETE- CONNECTION- CONSTRUCTION- CONTINUOUS OR CONTINUED- CONTRACTOR- COORDINATE- COUNTERSINK- CENTER- CENTERED- CUBIC YARD

- DUCTILE IRON- DIAMETER- DIAGONAL- DIMENSION- DRAWING- DETAIL- DOWEL- DOOR OPENING

- EAST- EACH- EACH FACE- ELEVATION- EXCAVATION- EXISTING- EXPANSION- EXTERIOR- EACH WAY

P.A.F.PCS.PERP.PJFPL.PLYWDPSFPSIP.T.

R.RAD.RD.REBARREINF.REQ'DRM.RT.

S.SCHED.S.F.SFC.S.G.T.SHT.SHT'G.S.I.SIM.S.I.P.S.L.V.SPA.SPECS.SQ.SSTSHT.STIFF.STIRR.STL.STR.S.Y.SYM.

T.T&BTHDTHKTJITMBR.T.O.C.T.O.D.T.O.F.T.O.S.T.O.SL.T.O.W.TYP.

U.B.C.U.N.O.

VERT.

WW/W/OWD.W.I.W.P.WT.WWF

- POWDER ACTUATED FASTENERS- PIECES- PERPENDICULAR- PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER- PLATE- PLYWOOD- POUNDS PER SQ. FT- POUNDS PER SQ. INCH- PRESSURE TREATED

- RISER- RADIUS- ROUND- REINFOREMENT BAR- REINFORCING- REQUIRED- ROOM- RIGHT

- SOUTH- SCHEDULE- SQUARE FEET- SURFACE- STRUCTURAL GLAZED TILE- SHEET- SHEATHING- SQUARE INCHES- SIMILAR- STRUCTURAL INSULATED PANEL- SHORT LEG VERTICAL- SPACES- SPECIFICATIONS- SQUARE- STAINLESS STEEL- SHEET- STIFFENER- STIRRUP- STEEL- STRAIGHT- SQUARE YARD- SYMMETRICAL

- TREAD OR TON- TOP AND BOTTOM- THREAD- THICK- TRUSS JOIST- TIMBER- TOP OF CONCRETE- TOP OF DECK/SHEATHING- TOP OF FOOTING- TOP OF STEEL- TOP OF SLAB- TOP OF WALL- TYPICAL

- UNIFORM BUILDING CODE- UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE

- VERTICAL

- WEST- WITH- WITHOUT- WOOD- WROUGHT IRON- WORKING POINT- WEIGHT- WELDED WIRE FABRIC

1. A GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION HAS BEEN COMPLETED AND A REPORT HAS BEEN PREPARED BY DOWL HKM, DATED JUNE 18, 2015. REFER TO THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR AVAILABILITY.

2. ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING CAPACITY OF SPREAD FOOTINGS SUPPORTED ON ENGINEERED AGGREGATE PIERS DOWN TO NATIVE GRAVEL STRATA IS 5500 PSF. SEE ENGINEERED AGGREGATE PIER DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

3. DATA ON INDICATED SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS ARE NOT INTENDED AS REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF CONTINUITY OF SUCH CONDITIONS. IT IS EXPRESSLY UNDERSTOOD THAT OWNER AND ENGINEER WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR INTERPRETATIONS OR CONCLUSIONS DRAWN THEREFROM BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE DATA ARE MADE AVAILABLE FOR CONVENIENCE OF THE CONTRACTOR.

4. STABILITY OF CONSTRUCTION EXCAVATION AND WORKER SAFETY ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. BASED UPON THE GEOTECHNICAL REPORT, TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EXCAVATIONS, ABOVE GROUNDWATER, TO BE PLANNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH OSHA PROVISIONS SHOULD ASSUME TYPE B MATERIAL FOR STIFF CLAY, AND TYPE C MATERIAL FOR SAND.

5. GROUNDWATER WAS NOT ENCOUNTERED AT BORING LOCATIONS DURING THE DRILLING OPERATION. HOWEVER GROUNDWATER ELEVATIONS ARE NOT NECESSARILY A TRUE INDICATION OF THE STATIC GROUNDWATER. SEASONAL AND ANNUAL FLUCTUATIONS IN THE GROUNDWATER LEVELS CAN BE EXPECTED TO OCCUR.

6. KEEP EXCAVATIONS FREE OF STANDING WATER. REMOVE AND REPLACE MATERIAL THAT IS NOT WITHIN 3% OF OPTIMUM MOISTURE PRIOR TO PLACING ADDITIONAL FILL OR CONCRETE. PROPER DRAINAGE SHALL BE MAINTAINED DURING CONSTRUCTION TO KEEP SURFACE RUNOFF FROM ENTERING THE EXCAVATIONS AND DIRECTED AWAY FROM THE STRUCTURE.

7. ALL EXCAVATION IS UNCLASSIFIED, REGARDLESS OF THE MATERIAL ENCOUNTERED.

8. SUB-EXCAVATE ALL NATIVE SOIL UNDER NEW SLAB TO THE DEPTH INDICATED ON PLANS. ONCE EXCAVATED, SCARIFY AND RECOMPACT TO 95% DRY DENSITY PER ASTM D-698. PROVIDE A MIN. 12" LAYER OF 3/4" (-) BASE GRAVEL COMPACTED TO 95% OF MAX. DRY DENSITY PER ASTM D-698.

9. IMPORTED STRUCTURAL FILL: 3" MINUS PIT-RUN MATERIAL W/ 100% PASSING THE 3" SIEVE, 25-60% PASSING THE #4 AND 0-12 PASSING THE #200

10. WHERE BASE GRAVEL IS REQUIRED FOR SLAB SUPPORT, BASE GRAVEL SHALL BE PLACED 12 INCHES MINIMUM IN DEPTH AND COMPACTED TO MINIMUM 95% DRY DENSITY PER ASTM D-698. IMPORTED BASE GRAVEL SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING GRADATION;

SCREEN OR SIEVE SIZE PERCENT PASSING BY WEIGHT3/4" 100NO. 4 65NO. 200 10 MAX.

12. USE ONLY HAND OPERATED COMPACTION EQUIPMENT WITHIN 5 FT. OF STRUCTURES.

13. DO NOT PLACE BACKFILL UNTIL ALL SUPPORTING STRUCTURES ARE IN PLACE AND CONCRETE WALLS AND SLABS HAVE ACHIEVED THE SPECIFIED 28-DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS.

14. SEE GEOTECHNICAL REPORT FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS, REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR AVAILABILITY

15. SEE DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL FOUNDATION/ FOOTING PREP. INFORMATION

16. PRIOR TO CONTRACTOR REQUESTING A BUILDING DEPARTMENT FOUNDATION INSPECTION, THE SOILS ENGINEER SHALL ADVISE THE BUILDING OFFICIAL IN WRITING THAT; 1) THE BUILDING PAD WAS PREPARD IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SOILS REPORT, 2) THE UTILITY TRENCHES HAVE BEEN PROPERLY BACKFILLED AND COMPACTED, AND 3) THE FOUNDATION EXCAVATIONS COMPLYU WITH THE INTENT OF THE SOILS REPORT

17. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.

EARTHWORK:

16/ S5.03

1. CONCRETE PROPERTIES (SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS):

*** MAXIMUM SLUMP MAY BE INCREASED TO 8" W/ THE USE OF WATER-REDUCING ADMIXTURES TO MAINTAIN THE SPECIFIED W/C RATIO.

2. ALL CONCRETE REINFORCING SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A615, GRADE 60, EXCEPT FOR REINFORCING INDICATED AS REQUIRING WELDING, WHICH SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A706, GR.60.

3. CLEARANCE FOR REINFORCEMENT BARS, UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE, SHALL BE: WHEN PLACED ON GROUND: --- 3" INTERIOR DRY SURFACES: EXPOSED TO WATER, WEATHER, SLABS --------- 3/4" BACKFILL OR CONDENSATION: BEAMS -------- 1-1/2" #5 BAR OR SMALLER -----1-1/2" COLUMNS ------ 1-1/2" #6 BAR OR LARGER ---------2" WALLS --------- 1"

4. ALL BENDS, UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN, SHALL BE A 90 DEGREE STANDARD HOOK AS DEFINED IN THE LATEST EDITION OF ACI 318. DETAIL ALL REINFORCEMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 315.

5. ALL REINFORCEMENT LAPS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:

* TOP BARS SHALL BE DEFINED AS ANY HORIZONTAL BARS PLACED SUCH THAT MORE THAN 12" OF FRESH CONCRETE IS CAST IN THE MEMBER BELOW THE BAR, IN ANY SINGLE POUR. HORIZONTAL WALL BARS ARE CONSIDERED TOP BARS.

** INCREASE LAP LENGTHS SHOWN ABOVE BY 25% WHERE BARS ARE SPACED CLOSER THAN 6" O.C. OR WHERE EDGE OF BAR MEASURED IN DIRECTION OF SPACING IS LESS THAN 3" FROM FACE OF MEMBER.

6. CHAMFER ALL EXPOSED CORNERS 3/4" UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS.

7. TOLERANCES IN PLACING REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE: +/- 3/8 IN. FOR MEMBERS WITH D LESS THAN 8 IN. +/- 1/2 IN. FOR MEMBERS WITH D GREATER THAN 8 IN. WHERE D IS THE DISTANCE FROM THE OPPOSITE FACE OF CONCRETE TO THE CENTER OF THE REINFORCING.

8. METAL CLIPS OR SUPPORTS SHALL NOT BE PLACED IN CONTACT WITH THE FORMS OR THE SUBGRADE. CONCRETE BLOCKS OR DOBBIES SUPPORTING BARS ON SUBGRADE SHALL BE IN SUFFICIENT NUMBERS TO SUPPORT THE BARS WITHOUT SETTLEMENT, BUT IN NO CASE SHALL SUCH SUPPORT BE CONTINUOUS.

9. DOWELS SHALL BE THE LENGTH INDICATED. DOWELS SHALL BE WIRED IN POSITION PRIOR TO POURING CONCRETE.

10. AT ALL FOUNDATION/CONCRETE WALL AND FOOTING CORNERS AND WALL INTERSECTIONS, CORNER BARS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO MATCH THE HORIZONTAL BARS. SEE FOUNDATION DETAILS &

11. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, ALL ANCHOR BOLTS, HOLDOWNS AND OTHER REQUIRED ACCESSORIES SHALL BE WIRED IN PLACE PRIOR TO FOUNDATION INSPECTION AND CONCRETE PLACEMENT. DO NOT STAB THE ABOVE LISTED ITEMS INTO FRESH CONCRETE AFTER PLACEMENT. PROPERLY VIBRATE AROUND INSTALLED ITEMS TO ENSURE PROPER CONSOLIDATION OF CONCRETE.

12. AT SLABS-ON-GRADE, CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMITT JOINTING PLAN (7) DAYS PRIOR TO POUR THE SLABS PROVIDE SAW CUT JOINTS AND SLAB CONSTRUCTION JOINTS PER DETAILS &

13. VERTICAL FOOTING, GRADE BEAM, AND RETAINING WALL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS ARE NOT SHOWN. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A JOINTING PLAN FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO POURING OF CONCRETE FOR ENGINEERS APPROVAL, PROVIDE JOINT PER DTL. AND NO MORE THAN 60 FEET IN ONE DIRECTION.

14. WHERE "DRILLING & EPOXYING" OF REINFORCING STEEL OR THREADED ANCHOR RODS (ASTM A36, U.N.O.) IS INDICATED, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING SYSTEM OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT:

APPLICATION EPOXY SYSTEMNEW OR EXISTING CONCRETE, HILTI HIT HY200 SOLID GROUTED MASONRY

NEW OR EXISTING HOLLOW HILTI HIT HY 20 MASONRY BLOCK W/ SCREENED TUBE


CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE:

BAR SIZE

CAST-IN-PLACECONCRETE

MINIMUM 28 DAYCOMPRESSIVE STRENGTH

MAXIMUM WATER-CEMENT RATIO (BY WT.)

MAXIMUMAGGREGATE SIZE

PERCENT RANGEOF AIR CONTENT

MAXIMUM SLUMP

FOOTINGS/RETAINING/INTERIOR CONC. WALLS

4000 PSI

0.45

1"

6.5% ± 1.5%

4" ***

SLABS ON GRADE/SLABSON METAL DECK

5000 PSI

0.45

1"

6.5% ± 1.5% **

3" ***

DETAIL OF REINFORCEMENT - LAP LENGTHS **

GR. 60TOP BAR *

OTHER BAR

1'-7"

1'-4"

#3

2'-1"

1'-7"

#4

2'-7"

2'-0"

#5

3'-1"

2'-4"

#6

4'-6"

2'-9"

#7

5'-2"

3'-6"

#8

5'-10"

4'-6"

#9

6'-7"

5'-1"

#10

7'-3"

5'-8"

#11

4000 PSI

3/ S5.03

9/ S5.03 10/ S5.03

13/ S5.03

5/ S5.03

GR. 60TOP BAR *

OTHER BAR

1'-5"

1'-1"

1'-10"

1'-5"

2'-4"

1'-10"

2'-9"

2'-2"

4'-1"

3'-1"

4'-7"

3'-7"

5'-3"

4'-0"

5'-10"

4'-6"

8'-5"

5'-0"

5000 PSI

1. DETAILING, FABRICATION, AND ERECTION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AISC SPECIFICATIONS AND AISC CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE FOR STEEL BUILDINGS AND BRIDGES.

2. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS: - WIDE FLANGE "W" SHAPES: ASTM A992 - ANGLES, CHANNELS, PLATES: ASTM A36 (UNLESS NOTED AS "GR. 50" THEN PROVIDE ASTM A572, GR. 50) - STRUCTURAL STEEL TUBES: ASTM 500, GR. B - STRUCTURAL PIPE: ASTM 53, TYPE E OR S, GR. B - FRAMING BOLTS: ASTM A325-N, BEARING TYPE (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) - ANCHOR BOLTS: ASTM F1554, Fy=36 ksi UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE - WELDING: COMPLY W/ AWS D1.1 . USE E70xx ELECTRODES FOR SMAW WELDING PROCESS, E71TX WIRE FOR FCAW WELDING PROCESS. AT ALL WELDS FOR BEAM-COLUMN MOMENT CONNECTIONS, PROVIDE WELD FILLER MATERIAL WITH A MINIMUM CVN TOUGHNESS OF 20 FT-LB @ 0°-F.

3. ALL STEEL EXPOSED UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL MEET THE STANDARDS FOR ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STEEL (AES) AS SPECIFIED.

4. ERECTION AIDS ARE TO BE DETERMINED AND PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR'S ERECTOR AND FABRICATOR SHALL COORDINATE THE TYPE AND QUANTITY OF ERECTION AIDS. THE CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ERECTION SEQUENCING, TEMPORARY BRACING, SAFETY OF WORKERS, AND OVERALL COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE OSHA REQUIREMENTS.


STRUCTURAL STEEL:

1. WHERE INDICATED AT ROOFS, PROVIDE 1 1/2" DEEP WIDE RIB TYPE, 20 GAUGE, G60 GALVANIZED, SIMPLE SPAN, WITH THE FOLLOWING STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES: SP = 0.234 IN 3/FT SN = 0.247 IN 3/FT IP = 0.201 IN 4/FT IN = 0.222 IN 4/FT

2. METAL FLOOR DECKING AND STAIR LANDINGS SHALL BE 2" DEEP, COMPOSITE, WIDE RIB TYPE, 20 GAUGE, G60 GALVANIZED, CONTINUOUS OVER A MINIMUM OF THREE SPANS, WITH THE FOLLOWING MIN. STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES: SECTION MODULUS (20 GA.): SP = 0.341 IN 3/FT SN = 0.346 IN 3/FT MOMENT OF INERTIA (20 GA.): IP = 0.409 IN 4/FT IN = 0.406 IN 4/FT

3. WELD FILLER METAL SHALL BE AWS A5.1 OR A5.5 E60XX ELECTRODES, INTERLOCK AND CONNECT SIDE LAPS AS INDICATED IN THE ATTACHMENT SCHEDULE.

4. ATTACH DECKING TO SUPPORTS AS FOLLOWS:

* INSTALL HILTI POWER DRIVEN PINS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CURRENT ICC-ER REPR

5. CONNECT DECK TO OPENING SUPPORT FRAMING WITH #12 TEK SCREWS AT EVERY OTHER METAL DECK VALLEY AT PERPENDICULAR SUPPORTS, AND AT 12-INCHES O.C. AT LONGITUDINAL SUPPORTS BUT NOT LESS THAN TWO (2) SCREWS PER OPENING SIDE OR PER MEMBER.

6. PROVIDE "Z" OR "L" SHAPED FLUTE EXTENSIONS TO ATTACH DECKING TO DIAPHRAGM DRAG STRUTS, EDGER ANGLES AND TOP OF SHEAR WALLS WHERE DECKING LAYOUT DOES NOT CENTER THE BOTTOM DECK FLUTE OVER THE CONNECTION AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS. ATTACH FLUTE EXTENSIONS TO THE ADJACENT DECK PANEL WITH THE SAME ATTACHMENT TYPE AND SPACING AS REQUIRED AT FRAMING.

8. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL METAL DECKING REQUIREMENTS.

METAL DECKING:

MARK

ROOF DECK

PERPENDICULARSUPPORTS *

HILTI PINS@ 36/4 PATTERN

PARALLELSUPPORTS *

HILTI PINS@ 12" O.C.

#10 TEK SCREWS@ 12" O.C.

SIDELAPS

HILTI PINS@ 36/4 PATTERN

HILTI PINS@ 12" O.C.


FLOORS

STAIR LANDINGSHILTI PINS

@ 36/4 PATTERNHILTI PINS@ 12" O.C.


1. COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING SHALL BE FABRICATED FROM STRUCTURAL QUALITY STEEL SHEET, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A446.

2. ALL COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING COMPONENTS SHALL BE GALVANIZED WITH A G-60 COATING PER ASTM A525.

3. TRACK, PLATES, STRAPS, AND LEDGERS SHALL BE THE SIZE AND GAUGE INDICATED (fy = 33ksi, U.N.O.). STUDS SHALL BE "C" SHAPED OF THE SIZE AND GAUGE INDICATED WITH 1-5/8" MIN. FLANGE AND 3/8" (MIN.) LIP MEETING THE FOLLOWING EFFECTIVE MINIMUM SECTION PROPERTIES AND YIELD STRENGTH.

4. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING POWER ACTUATED FASTENERS (P.A.F.) AT CONNECTIONS TO STEEL OR CONCRETE: CONCRETE CONNECTION: HILTI X-ZF-32 P8 (STRUCTURAL CONNECTIONS) HILT X-ZF-20 THP (NON-STRUCTURAL CONNECTIONS)

STEEL CONNECTION: HILTI X-EDNI19 (BASE STEEL THICKNESS > 1/8", < 1/4") HILTI X-ENK22 (BASE STEEL THICKNESS > 3/16", < 3/8") HILTI ENPH2 (BASE STEEL THICKNESS > 1/4", ALL A572/A992 HARDENED STEEL)


COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING:

10" ROOF JOIST

MEMBER

10" x 18 GA.

SIZE

0.627

A(IN^2)

1.605

Sx(IN^3)

8.025

Ix(IN^4)

33

fy (ksi)

1. THE SUBGRADE BELOW ALL FOUNDATIONS/FOOTINGS AND FILLED RAMP SLAB AREA REQUIRES IMPROVEMENT UTILIZING THE INSTALLATION FOR E.A.P.'S

2. THE DESIGN OF THE E.A.P. SYSTEM HAS BEEN DELEGATED TO THE E.A.P. SUPPLIER

3. THE E.A.P. SUPPLIER IS REQUIRED TO DESIGN THE E.A.P. SYSTEM AS INDICATED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, TO PROVIDE A SYSTEM THAT WILL SUPPORT THE FOLLOWING LOADS:

- MINIMUM ALLOWABLE BEARING PRESSURE (SERVICE LEVEL) = 5500 PSF- COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION = 0.45- MAXIMUM SETTLEMENT = 1"- MAXIMUM DIFFERENTIAL SETTLEMENT = 0.5"

4. THE PIERS SHALL EXTEND TO THE DENSE GRAVEL LAYER AS INDICATED IN THE GEOTECHNICAL REPORT TO BE AT DEPTHS BETWEEN 14.5 FEET AND 18 FEET BELOW EXISTING GRADE.

5. THE E.A.P. DESIGNER/INSTALLER SHALL SUBMIT A QUALITY CONTROL/ASSURANCE PLAN PRIOR TO MOBILIZING TO THE SITE.


ENGINEERED AGGREGATE PIERS:

1. PROVIDE GALVANIZED LOOSE STEEL LINTELS AT MASONRY VENEER OPENINGS AS FOLLOWS (U.N.O.):

2. MASONRY VENEER HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCING SHALL CONSIST OF A SINGLE #9 GALVANIZED WIRE CONTINUOUS AT 16" MAX. VERTICAL SPACING. SEE DETAIL FOR VENEER SEISMIC TIES.

3. SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR ALL JOINTING, FLASHING, WATER PROOFING AND OTHER RELATED DETAILING OF MASONRY VENEER.


MASONRY VENEER:

CLEAR SPAN, L

L < 4'-0"

4'-0" < L < 8'-6"

LOOSE LINTEL SIZE

L4x4x3/8"

L6x4x3/8" (LLV)

15/ S7.05

TNMO AAN

S

ER

PO

FS G

N

FISCHERJAY B.

No.16836 PE

ANI O L E

ER

IE

N

LSC N

I DEE

PPA #:



M I S S O U L A, M T 5 9 8 0 2

P H. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 5 6 4 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 1 8 8 7

6 0 8 N O R T H 2 9 T H

B I L L I N G S, M T 5 9 1 0 1

P H. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 6 3 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 4 2 7


B O Z E M A N, M T 5 9 7 1 5

P H. 4 0 6 . 4 5 3 . 7 3 1 0

A/E #:

A&E PROJ. #:

ISSUE DATE

DRAWN BY:

REVIEWED BY:


KWK

09/17/15

02/24/16

2/26

/201

6 1

1:01

:46

AM

3 SCHEDULE B

S0.02

09/17/15SC

HE

DU

LE

B -

CD

BID

SE

T/P

LA

N R

EV

IEW

FOUNDATION &

STAIR GEN. STRUCT.

NOTES

N.A

.I.C

.

PA

RK

ING

GA

RA

GE

CA

MP

US

PL

AN

NIN

G

DE

SIG

N &

CO

NS

TR

UC

TIO

N

JBF

MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE U

NIV

ERS

ITY

BO

ZEM

AN

, MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE O

F M

ON

TAN

A

PH

ON

E: 4

06.9

94.4

131

13.0200

2014-02-07

14080

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

3

2

2

3

3

C.9

D

S7.05

9

FF

EE

1.5

1.5

S7.05

4

10' -

9"

10' - 4" 20' - 0"2' - 0"

2' -

6"

1' -

0"

41' - 6"3' -

6"

W14X82

W14X82

W14X82

W14X82

W14X82W14X82

W14X82W14X82

101' - 2"

8' -

4"

T.O.SL.

T.O.F. 99' - 6"

20" THICK CONCRETEMAT SLAB, SEE SECTIONS

GG

S7.09

19S7.09

18

S7.09

17

S7.09

16

S7.10

17

S7.10

16

19' -

0"

6' - 11"5 1/4"

1

1

2' -

5"

3' -

4"

16' -

11"

3"

6"

COL. CL.

37' - 6"2' - 0"

7' - 2"

(E)

EXISTING GARAGEFOOTING, SEE FOUNDATIONPLAN

12

S7.05

14

S7.05

BP-BF

BP-BF

BP-MFBP-MF BP-MF

BP-MF

BP-MF

BP-MF

13

S7.05

MOMENTFRAMEMOMENT

FRAMEMOMENTFRAME

BRACEDFRAME

BRACEDFRAME

MOMENTFRAME

14

S7.05

TYP

HSS4X4X3/16

HSS4X4X3/16

1' -

2 1

/2"

S7.05

88 BASEPL

S7.05

114" SLAB ONGRADE, PROVIDEJOINTING PERS0.02

101' - 6"

T.O.SL.

101' - 2"

T.O.MAT SL.

97' - 6"

T.O.SL.1' -

0"

VERIFY W/ ELEV. MANUF3' - 0 3/4"

1' -

0"

2 3

GROUND LEVEL

101' - 6"

1.5

1' -

0"

1' -

8"

41' - 6"

1

6"

1' -

8"6' - 11"

97' - 6"

T.O.SL.

1' - 6" 7' - 2" 1' - 7 3/4"

9' - 3"

4' -

0"

#6 @ 12" O.C. TOP &BOT EA. WAY W/

STANDARD HOOK

#5 @ 12" O.C. EA.WAY, TOP & BOT.

#5 FULL HT.DOWELS @

12" O.C.

#5 HORIZ.@ 12" O.C.

S7.05

11 4" SLABON GRADE

6"

2' - 0"

2' -

0"

2'-0" NON FROSTSTRUCT. FILL BELOWMAT SLAB1

' - 0

"

1'-0" NON FROSTSTRUCT. FILL BELOWMAT SLAB

D

GROUND LEVEL

101' - 6"

F E10' - 9" 3' - 6"5' - 9"

1' -

8"

1' -

0"

9' - 8 1/2"

4' -

0"

EXIST. GARAGE SLABON GRADE

GRADE BEAM, SEEPLAN/SECTIONS

GARAGE FOOTINGSEE FOUNDATIONPLAN

6" 6"

#6 @ 12" O.C. TOP &BOT EA. WAY W/

STANDARD HOOK

#5 @ 12" O.C. EA.WAY, TOP & BOT.

BRICK VENEER& WALL PER

ARCH.

#5 FULL HT.DOWELS @

12" O.C.

#5 HORIZ.@ 12" O.C.

S7.05

114" SLABON GRADE

S7.05

15

2' - 0"

2' -

0"

2'-0" NON FROSTSTRUCT FILL BELOW

MAT SLAB 1' -

0"

1'-0" NON FROSTSTRUCT FILL BELOW

SLAB

LEGEND

BP-BFBRACED FRAME COL. BASE PLATE, SEEBRACED FRAME ELEVATIONS/DETAILS

-

BP-MFMOMENT FRAME COL. BASE PLATE, SEEMOMENT FRAME ELEVATIONS/DETAILS

-

METAL DECK SPAN DIRECTION-

W#x# [#] (#)

CAMBER (INCHES)

TOTAL # OF STUDS PER FULL BEAM SPAN

BEAM SIZE

CANTILEVER CONNECTION-

MOMENT CONNECTION-

4" SLAB-ON-GRADEW/ #4 @ 18" O.C. EA.

WAY

T.O.SL.

VARIES, SEEFDN. PLAN

MAT SLAB FOUNDATIONSEE PLANS AND SECTIONS

GROUND LEVEL

101' - 6"

FG

S7.05

15

BRICK VENEERPER ARCH.

2' - 5"

SEISMIC VENEERTIES

6"x18 GA, STL.STUD WALL PERARCH.

S7.05

11 4" SLAB ONCONC.

MAT FOUNDATION &REINF. SEE SECTIONS

PROVIDE JOINTSEALANT ALL

AROUND

4"

8 3/4"

GROUND LEVEL

101' - 6"

FG

DOOR/WINDOWPER ARCH.

EXTERIOR CONC.SLAB, SEE CIVIL

S7.05

11 4" SLABON GRADE

MAT SLAB SEEPLAN AND SECTIONS

4"

D

GROUND LEVEL

101' - 6"

E

EXISTING GARAGESLAB ON GRADE

EXIST. CONC. FTG

NEW MAT SLABSEE SECTIONS ANDPLAN

DOOR/WINDOW ORWALL, PER ARCH.

S7.05

11 4" SLABON GRADE

2' - 6"

ELEV. RAIL SUPPORT COL., SEE PLAN

3/4" GR. 36 ANCHORRODS W/ 1'-0" EMBED

MIN. 1 1/2" NON-SHRINK GROUT

3/4" GR. 36 BASE PL., CNTRD. BLW. COL.

10"

4 3

/4"

1/4"

COL. TOBASE PL.

FDN., SEE PLAN

T.O.SL.

VA

RIE

S

WELDED SHEARSTUD, SEE NOTES

MTL. DECK, SEEFRAMING PLAN

FLR. BM., SEEFRAMING PLAN

CL OF BM.& STUD (1" MAX OFFSETACCEPTABLE WHERE INDICATED)

SINGLE STUD CONDITION

1" MIN.

EA. SIDE

AB

OV

E D

EC

K1 1

/2"

MIN

.

NOTES:

1. SEE SCHEDULE FOR STUD SIZE AND SPACING REQUIREMENTS.

2. STUDS SHALL BE WELD-THRU DECK TYPE.

3. STUDS SHALL BE UTILIZED IN CONJUNCTION WITH SPECIFIED DECK ATTACHMENT

AT STUD LOCATIONS.

4. WHERE BEAM FLANGE IS LESS THAN 5", STAGGER STUDS TO PROVIDE

MINIMUM SPACING AND EDGE DISTANCES.

5. COORDINATE DECK LAYOUT TO ALLOW STUD PLACEMENT AND CLEAR

DISTANCES AT GIRDERS. PROVIDE DECK EXTENSIONS PER GENERAL

STRUCTURAL NOTES WHERE DECK LAYOUT CAN NOT ACCOMMODATE STUDS.

T.O.SL.


MTL. DECK, SEEFRAMING PLAN

WELDED SHEARSTUD, SEE NOTES

SINGLE STUD CONDITION

NOTES:

1. SEE SCHEDULE FOR STUD SIZE AND SPACING REQUIREMENTS.

2. STUDS SHALL BE WELD-THRU DECK TYPE.

3. STUDS SHALL BE UTILIZED IN CONJUNCTION WITH SPECIFIED DECK ATTACHMENT

AT STUD LOCATIONS.

4. WHERE BEAM FLANGE IS LESS THAN 5", STAGGER STUDS TO PROVIDE

MINIMUM SPACING AND EDGE DISTANCES.

5. COORDINATE DECK LAYOUT TO ALLOW STUD PLACEMENT AND CLEAR

DISTANCES AT GIRDERS. PROVIDE DECK EXTENSIONS PER GENERAL

STRUCTURAL NOTES WHERE DECK LAYOUT CAN NOT ACCOMMODATE STUDS.

1 1/2" MIN.

EA. SIDE

AB

OV

E D

EC

K1 1

/2"

MIN

.

VA

RIE

S

CL OF BM.& STUD (1" MAX OFFSETACCEPTABLE WHERE INDICATED)

SUPPORT, SEEFRAMING PLAN(TUBE COL. SHOWN)

SPACING

EQUAL

3" MIN.,

SEESCHEDULEFOR MAX.

SHEAR STUD (H.A.S.), SEE SCHEDULE

MTL. DECKING, SEE FRAMING PLAN

CONC. DECK, SEE FRAMING PLAN


(DECK SPAN PARALLEL TO BEAM)

STUD LAYOUT AT TYPICAL FLOOR GIRDER

SUPPORT, SEEFRAMING PLAN(GIRDER SHOWN)

1 1/2" MIN.

CLR., TYP.

SPACING

EQUAL

12" MIN.,

SEESCHEDULEFOR MAX.


SHEAR STUD (H.A.S.), SEE SCHEDULE

MTL. DECKING, SEE FRAMING PLAN

CONC. DECK, SEE FRAMING PLAN

(DECK SPAN PERPENDICULAR TO BEAM)

STUD LAYOUT AT TYP. FLOOR BEAM

19

S7.05

18

S7.05NOTES:

1. SEE SPECIFICATIONS AND GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.

2. H.A.S. = HEADED ANCHOR STUD, SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR REQUIREMENTS.

3. SEE DETAIL FOR SCHEMATIC STUD LAYOUT DETAIL

COMPOSITE STEEL BEAM SHEAR STUD SCHEDULE

STUD SIZE SPACINGMAX. SPACING

FROM ENDCOMMENTS

3/4" DIA. X 4" H.A.S. EQUAL 18"

/17 S7.05

TYP.1 1/4"

2"

(4)5/8" DIA. A325N BOLTS CONN. TOPFLANGE TO COL. BASEPLATE IN LONG,SLOTTED HOLES (SLOTS PARALLEL TOBEAM), 1" EDGE DIST. MIN.

3/8" X BM. DEPTH XFLANGE WIDTH WEBSTIFFENER EA. SIDE

(4)5/8" DIA. A325N BOLTS CONN.BOTT. FLANGE TO COL. CAP INLONG, SLOTTED HOLES (SLOTSPARALLEL TO BM.), 1" EDGE DIST.MIN

3/16

STEEL ROOF BEAM,SEE ROOF FRMG. PLAN

FLR./ROOF FRMG. NOTSHOWN FOR CLARITY

COL. BASE PL. 5/8" X (BM. WIDTHOR COL. WIDTH + 3/4", WHICHEVER

IS GREATEST X LENGTHAS SHOWN)

3/16

COL. TOBASE PL.,

TYP.

STL. COL. SEE FRMG.PLAN FOR CALLOUT

TYP.1 1/4"

2"

STL. COL. SEE FRMG.PLAN FOR CALLOUT

COL. BASE PL. 5/8" X (BM. WIDTHOR COL. WIDTH + 3/4", WHICHEVER

IS GREATEST X LENGTHAS SHOWN)

PLAN VIEW -

STUD WALL APPLICATION

AIR GAP,SEE ARCH.

SNAP-ONINTERLOCKINGSYSTEM

SCREWATTACHEDADJUSTABLEANCHOR W/VENEER TIE

9 GA. CONT.WIRE REINF.

BRICK VENEER

WALL SHEATHING

METAL STUD

(2)#10x2 1/2" POLYMERCOATED SCREWS

NOTE:PROVIDE VENEER ANCHORS AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE TOP OF VENEER IS 4'-0" OR GREATERABOVE THE ADJACENT GRADE. SPACE ANCHORS AT 16" O.C. VERTICAL, 16" MAX HORIZONTAL.INSTALL 1ST AND LAST ROW OF TIES ABOVE THE FIRST COURSE AND BELOW THE LASTCOURSE RESPECTIVELY.

1 1

/2"

TNMO AAN

S

ER

PO

FS G

N

FISCHERJAY B.

No.16836 PE

ANI O L E

ER

IE

N

LSC N

I DEE

PPA #:



M I S S O U L A, M T 5 9 8 0 2

P H. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 5 6 4 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 1 8 8 7

6 0 8 N O R T H 2 9 T H

B I L L I N G S, M T 5 9 1 0 1

P H. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 6 3 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 4 2 7


B O Z E M A N, M T 5 9 7 1 5

P H. 4 0 6 . 4 5 3 . 7 3 1 0

A/E #:

A&E PROJ. #:

ISSUE DATE

DRAWN BY:

REVIEWED BY:


KWK

09/17/15

02/24/16

2/26

/201

6 1

1:01

:49

AM

3 SCHEDULE B

S7.05

09/17/15SC

HE

DU

LE

B -

CD

BID

SE

T/P

LA

N R

EV

IEW

NE STAIR

FOUNDATION PLAN

AND SECTIONS

N.A

.I.C

.

PA

RK

ING

GA

RA

GE

CA

MP

US

PL

AN

NIN

G

DE

SIG

N &

CO

NS

TR

UC

TIO

N

Author

MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE U

NIV

ERS

ITY

BO

ZEM

AN

, MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE O

F M

ON

TAN

A

PH

ON

E: 4

06.9

94.4

131

13.0200

2014-02-07

14080

: 3/8" = 1'-0"S7.05S1.016NORTH STAIR FOUNDATION PLAN

: 3/8" = 1'-0"S7.05S7.059NORTH STAIR SECTION


NORTH

: 1" = 1'-0"S7.05S7.05114" SLAB ON CONCRETE : 1" = 1'-0"S7.05S7.0512

NE TOWER SECTION: 1" = 1'-0"S7.05S7.0513

NE TOWER SECTION

: 1" = 1'-0"S7.05S7.0514NE TOWER SECTION

MOMENT FRAMEBRACING, SEE ELEV.,

TYP.

: 1" = 1'-0"S7.05S7.0588COLUMN BASE PLATE

: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"S7.05S7.0518FLOOR FRAMING SECTION


: 3/4" = 1'-0"S7.0517COMPOSITE STEEL BEAM SHEAR STUD DETAIL & SCHEDULE

: 3/4" = 1'-0"S7.05S7.0620FRAMING DETAIL

: 1" = 1'-0"S7.05S7.0515MASONRY VENEER ANCHOR DETAIL

2

2

3

3

C.9

DD

S7.08

12

S7.08

11

S7.08

14

S7.08

13

FF

EE

1.5

1.510' -

9"

10' - 4" 20' - 0"

GG

S7.09

19S7.09

18

S7.09

17

S7.09

16

S7.10

17

S7.10

16

1

1

7' - 2"

37' - 6"

14

S7.05

W12X22

MC12X10.6MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

MC

12X

10.6

MC

12X

10.6

W12X

22

MC12X10.6

W12X22

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

2' - 3"3' - 9 1/2"

6"

16' -

11"

3"

3' -

6"

2' -

5"

109' - 0 1/2"

T.O.SL.

13

S7.05

12

S7.05SIM

MOMENT FRAMEBRACING, SEEELEV., TYP.

2"x20 GA METAL DECKW/ 3" CONC. (5" TOTAL)LANDING SLAB

T.O.SL.

101' - 6"

MOMENTFRAME

MOMENTFRAME

MOMENTFRAME

MOMENTFRAME

BRACEDFRAME

BRACEDFRAME

COL. CL.

MOMENT FRAMEBRACING PLATESEE MOMENT FRAMESECTIONS

16

S7.07

2

2

3

3

C.9

D

20

3.1

20

3.2

S7.08

12

S7.08

11

S7.08

14

S7.08

13

FF

E

1.5

1.5

GG

10' - 4"

2' -

5"

8' -

3 1

/2"

S7.09

19

S7.09

18

S7.09

17

S7.09

16

S7.10

17

S7.10

16

HH

4' - 0"

1

1

1' -

0 1

/2"

3' -

10 1

/2"

11"

3' -

10 1

/2"

7' - 2"

MC

12X

10.6

MC12X10.6

MC

12X

10.6

W12X22

W12X

22

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

W12X22

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

W12X

22 [10]

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

W12X22 [10]

W12X22 [10]

W12X

22 [10]

W12X22

W12X

22

W12X22

W16X

67 [10]

W16X

67 [10]

W16X

89 [10]

W12X

22 [10]

W12X22 [14]W12X22 [10]

W12X

22 [10]

W12X

22 [10]

T.O.SL.

13

S7.07

2"x20 GA METAL DECKW/ 3" CONC. (5" TOTAL)ELEVATED SLAB W/#4 @ 18" O.C. EA. WAY

2"x20 GA METAL DECKW/ 3" CONC. (5" TOTAL)

LANDING SLAB

116' - 7"

116' - 7"

T.O.SL.

37' - 6"

5' - 2"

25' -

2 1

/2"

3"

3' -

6"

10' -

9"

11 1

/2"

14

S7.07

18

S7.05

18

S7.05

19

S7.05

HSS8X

4X5/16

MOMENT FRAMEBRACING, SEEELEV., TYP.

S7.07

11HSS4X4X3/16

HSS4X4X3/16

HSS4X4X3/16

S7.05

20

W12X22

CONT.

W12X22 [10]

MOMENTFRAME

MOMENTFRAME

MOMENTFRAME

MOMENTFRAME

BRACEDFRAME

BRACEDFRAME

6"

COL. CL.

8

S7.07

W12X

22 [10]

L5X

3X

5/1

6

TYP.

HSS6X4X1/4

MOMENT FRAME BM.BRACING, SEEFRAME SECTIONS,TYP.

MOMENT FRAMEBRACING PLATESEE MOMENTFRAMESECTIONS

2' - 8"

L5X

3X

5/1

6

121' - 8"

T.O.SL.

3' - 2"

2"x20 GA METAL DECKW/ 3" CONC. (5" TOTAL)ELEVATED SLAB W/#4 @ 18" O.C. EA. WAY

S7.07

12

S7.07

12SIM

S7.05

20

CANT./CONT.JOIST.

CONN., TYP.

16

S7.07

17

S7.07

18

S7.07

S7.02

19

S7.02

17

W12X22 [10]

BM-BMCONN.

BM-COLCONN.SHEAR

TAB

11 1

/2"

S7.02

19BM-BMCONN.

FUTURE BRIDGECONNECTION

TO BM

FUTUREBRIDGE

CONN.TO BM

11"

HSS6X4X1/4

17

S7.07SIM

S7.06

13

TYP.

S7.11

13

7"

3"

50.4

4°

FLR.BRACING,

TYP.

5 1/4"

2

2

3

3

C.9

D

30

3.1

S7.08

12

S7.08

11

S7.08

14

S7.08

13

FF

E

1.5

1.5

GG

S7.09

19

S7.09

18

S7.09

17

S7.09

16

S7.10

17

S7.10

16

H

1

1

1' -

0 1

/2"

3' -

10 1

/2"

11"

3' -

10 1

/2"

W12X22

MC12X10.6

MC

12X

10.6

MC12X10.6MC12X10.6 MC12X10.6

MC

12X

10.6MC12X10.6 MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6 MC12X10.6MC12X10.6

W12X

22 [10]

MC

12X

10.6

W12X

22

W12X22W12X22

W12X

22 [10]

W12X22 [10]

W10X12

W10X12W10X12

W10X

12

W10X12

W10X

12

W10X

12

W12X

22

W12X22

W12X22

L5X

3X

5/1

6L5X

3X

5/1

6

1' - 0 1/2"5' - 0"

W12X

22 [10]

37' - 6"

7' - 2" 10' - 4" 20' - 0"

2' - 8"

4' - 3 1/2" 1' - 8"

25' -

2 1

/2"

3"

3' -

6"

10' -

9"

2' -

5"

8' -

3 1

/2"

MC12X10.6

FACE OFCHANNEL

FACE OFCHANNEL

4' - 0"

W10X

12

W10X12

MOMENT FRAMEBRACING, SEE ELEV.,TYP.

2"x20 GA METAL DECKW/ 3" CONC. (5" TOTAL)LANDING SLAB

2"x20 GA METAL DECKW/ 3" CONC. (5" TOTAL)LANDING SLAB W/ #4@ 18" O.C. EA. WAY

T.O.SL. T.O.SL.126' - 9"

S7.07

11

C8X11.5C8X11.5 C8X11.5

S7.05

20

CONT.

W10X

12

MOMENTFRAME

MOMENTFRAME

MOMENTFRAME

MOMENTFRAME

BRACEDFRAME

BRACEDFRAME

1' -

0 1

/2"

5' - 2" 3' - 10"

6"

COL. CL.


3' - 2"

W12X

22 [10]

MOMENT FRAMEBRACING PLATESEE MOMENT FRAMESECTIONS

S7.07

12

8

S7.07

CANT.FRMG.CONN.

16

S7.07

2' - 8" 4' - 6"

17

S7.07

19

S7.07

18

S7.07

131' - 10"

5 1/4"

1-1/2"x20 GA.METAL ROOFDECK

FUTURE BRIDGECONNECTION

TO BM

FUTUREBRIDGE

CONN.TO BM

HSS6X4X1/4HSS6X4X1/4

S7.06

13

2

2

3

3

C.9

D

S7.08

12

S7.08

11

S7.08

14

S7.08

13

F

E

1.5

1.5

G

S7.09

19S7.09

18

S7.09

17S7.09

16

S7.10

17

S7.10

16

1

1

1' - 0 1/2"

1' -

0 1

/2"

3' -

10 1

/2"

11"

3' -

10 1

/2"

5' - 0"

37' - 6"

7' - 2" 10' - 4" 20' - 0"

MOMENT FRAMEBRACING, SEE ELEV.,TYP.

W12X

22 [10]

W12X

22 [10]

W12X

22

W12X22

W12X

22 [10]

MC12X10.6

MC

12X

10.6

MC12X10.6

MC

12X

10.6

W12X

22

W12X22

W12X22

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

W12X22

W12X22 [10]

W12X22 [10]

MC12X10.6

2' - 8"

2"x20 GA METAL DECKW/ 3" CONC. (5" TOTAL)LANDING SLAB W/ #4@ 18" O.C. EA. WAY

2"x20 GA METAL DECKW/ 3" CONC. (5" TOTAL)

LANDING SLAB

T.O.SL.

T.O.SL.

136' - 11"

3"

3' -

6"

10' -

9"

2' -

5"

20

S7.07

MOMENTFRAME

MOMENTFRAME

MOMENTFRAME MOMENT

FRAME

BRACEDFRAME

BRACEDFRAME

6"

COL. CL.

3' - 2"

W12X

22 [10]


MOMENT FRAMEBRACING PLATESEE MOMENTFRAMESECTIONS

16

S7.07

17

S7.07

L5X

3X

5/1

6

131' - 10"

17

S7.07

16

S7.07

18

S7.07

S7.02

19

5 1/4"

HSS6X4X1/4 HSS6X4X1/4

S7.06

13

LEGEND


-


-


W#x# [#] (#)

CAMBER (INCHES)


BEAM SIZE


MOMENT CONNECTION-

STEEL COL.SEE FDN PLAN

HSS SUPPORTBM, SEE PLAN

L6x4x5/16"x0'-6"CONN. ANGLE

3/16

HSS TOANGLE

3/16ANGLE TO COL

TNMO AAN

S

ER

PO

FS G

N

FISCHERJAY B.

No.16836 PE

ANI O L E

ER

IE

N

LSC N

I DEE

PPA #:



M I S S O U L A, M T 5 9 8 0 2

P H. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 5 6 4 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 1 8 8 7

6 0 8 N O R T H 2 9 T H

B I L L I N G S, M T 5 9 1 0 1

P H. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 6 3 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 4 2 7


B O Z E M A N, M T 5 9 7 1 5

P H. 4 0 6 . 4 5 3 . 7 3 1 0

A/E #:

A&E PROJ. #:

ISSUE DATE

DRAWN BY:

REVIEWED BY:


KWK

09/17/15

02/24/16

2/26

/201

6 1

1:01

:51

AM

3 SCHEDULE B

S7.06

09/17/15SC

HE

DU

LE

B -

CD

BID

SE

T/P

LA

N R

EV

IEW

NE STAIR TOWER

PLANS

N.A

.I.C

.

PA

RK

ING

GA

RA

GE

CA

MP

US

PL

AN

NIN

G

DE

SIG

N &

CO

NS

TR

UC

TIO

N

Author

MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE U

NIV

ERS

ITY

BO

ZEM

AN

, MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE O

F M

ON

TAN

A

PH

ON

E: 4

06.9

94.4

131

13.0200

2014-02-07

14080

: 3/8" = 1'-0"S7.06S1.016NORTH STAIR FIRST FLOOR PLAN

: 3/8" = 1'-0"S7.06S7.028NORTH STAIR SECOND FLOOR PLAN

: 3/8" = 1'-0"S7.06S7.0216NORTH STAIR THIRD FLOOR PLAN

: 3/8" = 1'-0"S7.06S7.0218NORTH STAIR FOURTH FLOOR PLAN

NORTH

NORTH

NORTH

NORTH

: 1" = 1'-0"S7.06S7.0613HSS CONN.

LEVEL 2

116' - 7"

2

FLR FRAMING, SEE PLAN

COMP. DECK, SEE PLAN

3/16"x4 1/2"x2'-0" PL. BLW.ROOF DECK, CNTRD. OVEROVERHANG FRMG. ANDJOIST

1/8"

PL. TOGIRDER

AND JOIST

S7.02

19

5/16"

3-SIDES,TYP.

OVERHANG MEMBER, SEE PLANSTL. JOIST, SEE PLAN

TYP.

TYP.

1' - 0"

H

CONC. SLAB ONMETAL DECK, SEEFRMG. PLAN

STL. FRMG. BMSEE PLAN

ARCH. FINISHSEE ARCH

S7.07

9

116' - 7"

127' - 7"

T.O.D

T.O.SL.

METAL ROOFDECK, SEE PLAN

S7.07

9SIM.


LEVEL 2

116' - 7"



ARCH. FINISHSEE ARCH

S7.07

9

127' - 7"

T.O.D.

METAL ROOFDECK, SEE PLAN

S7.07

9SIM.


LEVEL 2

116' - 7"

F G

3 1/2"CONC. SLAB ONMETAL DECK, SEEFRMG. PLAN


S7.07

9


STL. STUDWALL PERARCH.

S7.08

17

S7.08

17

LEVEL 2

116' - 7"

F




STL. STUDWALL PERARCH.

S7.08

17

S7.08

17


S7.07

9

F

109' - 3 1/2"

3/16 3-12

8"

STL BM.SEE PLAN

L8x4x3/16" x CONT.BENT SUPPORT PLATE

BY PASSCLIP SEE

S7.08

17

BRICK VENEERPER ARCH

STL STUD WALLPER ARCH.

S7.05

15

LEVEL 2

116' - 7"


HSS SUPPORTBM, SEE PLAN

EXIST. GARAGESLAB, SEE EXIST.

PLANS

SEISMIC JOINTSEE ARCH.

L6x4x5/16"xCONT.SUPPORT ANGLE (LLH)

3/16 3-12ANGLE TO HSS

S7.08

17

S7.08

17

LEVEL 2

116' - 7"

E


EXIST. GARAGESLAB, SEE EXIST.

PLANS

SEISMIC JOINTSEE ARCH.

S7.08

17 STL BM. SEEPLAN

CONC. SLAB ONMETAL DECK, SEEPLAN

S7.07

9

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

F

STL. BM, SEEFRMG. PLAN


STL. STUD WALLPER ARCH.


S7.07

9

S7.08

17

VERIFY W/ ARCH.

11 1/2"

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

FG

STL. BM, SEEFRMG. PLAN




S7.07

15


METAL ROOFDECK

STL. BMSEE PLAN CHANNEL

SEE PLAN

S7.07

9

S7.08

17

VERIFY W/ ARCH

11 1/2"

2

2

3

3C.9

D

F

E

1.5

1.5

G

S7.09

19

S7.09

18

S7.09

17

S7.09

16

S7.10

17

S7.10

16

1

1

37' - 6"

7' - 2" 10' - 4" 20' - 0"

16' -

11"

3"

3' -

6"

10' -

9"

2' -

5"

W12X22

W12X

22

W12X22

W12X

22

W12X

22

W12X

22

W12X

22

W12X

22

W12X

19

W8X

10

W12X

19

W12X

22

W12X22 W12X22

W12X22

W12X22

HO

IST

BM

2' - 0" 2' - 2" 6' - 4" 5' - 0"

W12X

22

W12X

22

5' - 0" 4' - 0"

4

S7.07

5

S7.07

3

S7.07

1-1/2"x20GA METALROOF DECK

TYP.

4

S7.07TYP.

3

S7.07

S7.02

19BM-BM,TYP.

S7.02

19 BM-BM,TYP.

MOMENTFRAME

MOMENTFRAME

MOMENTFRAME

MOMENTFRAME

BRACEDFRAME

BRACEDFRAME

6"

COL. CL.


S7.05

20 SIM, BOT.COL. CONN

MECH. OPENINGSEE MECH. DRAWINGSPROVIDE FRAMING PER

2' - 9"

VERIFY W/ ELEV. MANUF.

3' - 0 3/4"

16/ S7.11

LEGEND


-


-


W#x# [#] (#)

CAMBER (INCHES)


BEAM SIZE


MOMENT CONNECTION-

F

ROOF150' - 6"

7 1/2"

1/8 2-12

ANGLE TO EA.STUD


6"x18GA STUD WALLPER ARCH

METAL ROOF DECKSEE PLAN

ROOF BMSEE PLAN

S7.05

15VENEERANCHOR

ROOF150' - 6"

MIN

. V

ER

IFY

3"


ROOF BMSEE PLAN

HOIST BMSEE PLAN

RAIL SUPPORTSEE PLAN

S7.05

20SIM BOT.COL. CONN

3

ROOF150' - 6"

WINDOWPER ARCH


ROOF BMSEE PLAN

7"

S7.08

17

S7.07

9

1/4" (MIN.)1/2" (MAX.)

REF. ARCH. FOR BRICKVENEER REQ., SEE DTL.

FOR ANCHORAGE REQ.,TYP.

6"

NEW STL. STUDWALL

B.O.VENEER

REF. ARCH.

STEEL STUD WALL

ARCH.AIR GAP, REF.

1/8"

ANGLE TOEA. STUD

WIDTH

STUD

SHEARWALL EDGEFASTENING, TYP. INTO

STL. STUD BLOCK

8" MIN. STL. STUDBLOCKING MEMBER (SAMEGA. AS STL. STUDS),CNTRD. ON VENEERSUPPORT ANGLE

3/8" x DIMENSION SHOWN VENEERSHELF ANGLE (GALV. @ EXTERIORLOCATIONS & PRIME/PAINTED @INTERIOR LOCATIONS). FABRICATESHELF ANGLE BY CUTTING HORIZ.LEG OF A STANDARD ANGLE TODIMEN. REQ.

15/ S7.05

5"

5"

"L"VARIES,SEE DTL.

DECK PERPENDICULARDECK PARALLEL

T.O.SL.T.O.SL.

3/16 3-12

3/16 3-12

3/16

SLAB/MTL. DECK,SEE FRAMING PLAN

#4 x (L+3'-0") A706 WELDABLEREBAR @ 18" O.C. WHEREL>5", LAP TO TYP. SLAB REINF.

SLAB/MTL. DECK,SEE FRAMING PLAN

3/16"x5"xL CONT.BENT CLOSURE

PLATE


MTL. DECK ATTACHMENT,SEE FRAMING PLAN

MTL. DECK ATTACHMENT,SEE FRAMING PLAN

HANDRAIL NOT SHOWN,SEE ARCHITECTURAL

2 "

"L"VARIES,SEE DTL.

HEADED SHEAR STUD, SEE FLR.FRMG. PLAN FOR H.A.S.REQUIREMENTS

FOR L>6", PROVIDE TEMP.SHORING FOR DECK DURINGCONSTRUCTION UNTIL CONC.

MEETS 28 DAY STRENGTH

#4 x (L+3'-0") A706 WELDABLEREBAR @ 18" O.C. WHERE

L>5", LAP TO TYP. SLAB REINF.

NOTE:AT L>= 6", PROVIDE STEEL ANGLE WHERE SHOWN IN OTHER DETAILS.WHERE NOT SHOWN AT MISC. OPENINGS, PROVIDE 12 GA. BENTPLATE CLOSURES WELDED TO BEAMS WITH 1/8" FILLET WELDS, 2-12PATTERN.

TNMO AAN

S

ER

PO

FS G

N

FISCHERJAY B.

No.16836 PE

ANI O L E

ER

IE

N

LSC N

I DEE

PPA #:



M I S S O U L A, M T 5 9 8 0 2

P H. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 5 6 4 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 1 8 8 7

6 0 8 N O R T H 2 9 T H

B I L L I N G S, M T 5 9 1 0 1

P H. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 6 3 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 4 2 7


B O Z E M A N, M T 5 9 7 1 5

P H. 4 0 6 . 4 5 3 . 7 3 1 0

A/E #:

A&E PROJ. #:

ISSUE DATE

DRAWN BY:

REVIEWED BY:


KWK

09/17/15

02/24/16

2/26

/201

6 1

1:01

:53

AM

3 SCHEDULE B

S7.07

09/17/15SC

HE

DU

LE

B -

CD

BID

SE

T/P

LA

N R

EV

IEW

NE STAIR ROOF

PLAN AND FRAMING

DETAILS

N.A

.I.C

.

PA

RK

ING

GA

RA

GE

CA

MP

US

PL

AN

NIN

G

DE

SIG

N &

CO

NS

TR

UC

TIO

N

Author

MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE U

NIV

ERS

ITY

BO

ZEM

AN

, MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE O

F M

ON

TAN

A

PH

ON

E: 4

06.9

94.4

131

13.0200

2014-02-07

14080

: 1" = 1'-0"S7.07S7.068OVERHANG FRAMING DETAIL










: 3/8" = 1'-0"S7.07S7.026NE TOWER ROOF PLAN

: 1" = 1'-0"S7.07S7.074NE TOWER ROOF SECTION

: 1" = 1'-0"S7.07S7.075ROOF FRAMING SECTION

: 1" = 1'-0"S7.07S7.073ROOF FRAMING SECTION

NORTH

: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"S7.07S7.0715VENEER LEDGER ANGLE DETAIL


GROUND105' - 3"

LEVEL 2

116' - 7"

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

23

GROUND LEVEL

101' - 6"

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

S7.04

2SIM

S7.04

2SIM

S7.04

2SIM

L3x3x3/16" LEDGERANGLE



S7.04

3SIM

131' - 10"

SE

E A

RC

H.

RIS

ESEE ARCH.

RUN

S7.04

3SIM

S7.04

3SIM

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6S

EE

AR

CH

.R

ISE

SEE ARCH.RUN

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

S7.03

3

S7.08

16

S7.08

16

SEE ARCH.RUN

SE

E A

RC

H.

RIS

E

LEVEL 2

116' - 7"

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

2 3

GROUND LEVEL

101' - 6"

121' - 8"

131' - 10"

S7.03

3

MC12X10.6

S7.03

8S7.04

7SIMSIM

T.O.SL.

L3x3x3/16"xCONT.LEDGER ANGLE

S7.03

8S7.04

7SIMSIM


S7.03

8S7.04

7SIMSIM


T.O.SL.

T.O.SL.

S7.08

16

S7.08

16

SIM

SIM

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

SE

E A

RC

H.

RIS

E

SE

E A

RC

H.

RIS

E

SEE ARCH.RUN

109' - 0 1/2"PER ARCH.RUN

PE

R A

RC

HR

ISE

STAIR TREADSPER ARCH.

SEE ARCH.RUN

SE

E A

RC

H.

RIS

E

LEVEL 2

116' - 7"

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

23

GROUND LEVEL

101' - 6"

131' - 10"

121' - 8"

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

SE

E A

RC

H.

RIS

E

SEE ARCH.RUN

SE

E A

RC

H.

RIS

E

SEE ARCH.RUN

T.O.SL.

T.O.SL.

T.O.SL.

S7.08

16SIM

S7.08

16SIM

S7.08

16SIM

S7.03

8 S7.04

7SIM


SIM

S7.03

8 S7.04

7SIM


SIM

S7.03

8 S7.04

7SIM


SIM

109' - 0 1/2"

SEE ARCH.RUN

SE

E A

RC

HR

ISE

LEVEL 2

116' - 7"

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

2 3

GROUND LEVEL

101' - 6"

121' - 8"

131' - 10"

T.O.SL.

T.O.SL.

T.O.SL.

S7.08

16SIM.

S7.08

16SIM.

S7.08

16SIM.

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

SE

E A

RC

H.

RIS

E

SEE ARCH.RUN

SE

E A

RC

H.

RIS

E

SEE ARCH.RUN

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

MC12X10.6

SIM


S7.04

3SIM

S7.04

2

SIM


S7.04

3SIM

S7.04

2

SIM


S7.04

3SIM

S7.04

2

109' - 0 1/2"

SE

E A

RC

HR

ISE

SEE ARCH.RUN

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

2

LANDING BM,SEE PLAN

CJP

FRMG. ANGLESEE PLAN

L3x3x3/16"xCONT. LEDGER

CONC.SLAB ONMETAL DECK,

SEE PLAN L6x4x3/8"x 0'-4"(LLH)ANGLE SEAT

3/16

STRGTOSEAT,TAB

TO COLSTRG.

3/16

ANGLE TOCOL.

4"

3/8"x5"x12" SHEARTAB

DO NOT ALLOWSTRINGER TO TOUCHBEAM, FOR MOMENTCONN. HINGE LOCATION

CONN. TO STEEL BEAM CONN. TO METAL DECK - PARALLEL CONN. TO METAL DECK - PERPENDICULAR

1"

1"

1"

STL. STUD, SEEARCH. WALL

SECTIONS

(2) P.A.F. @ 16" MAX.O.C., SEE SHT. S0.2NOTES FOR P.A.F.REQUIREMENTS

1" MIN. GAP

CL OF LASTSCREW

ATTACHINGDRY-WALL

#8 SCREWS CTR'D.IN SLOTTED HOLEEACH SIDE

16 GA. x3" DEEP FLANGESLIP TRACK, PROVIDE 2"LONG SLOTTED HOLESIN TRACK OR STUD


SECTIONS

CL OF LASTSCREW

ATTACHINGDRY-WALL



(2) P.A.F. @16" MAX. O.C.

(2) P.A.F.(OR #10 SCREWS)@ 16" MAX. O.C., USESCREWS @ 18 GA. PLATE,P.A.F. @ DECK W/ CONC. FILL

CONT. 18 GA. x 12"WIDE CONN. PL.


SECTIONS

(2) P.A.F. @ 16" MAX.O.C., SEE SHT. S9.0NOTES FOR P.A.F.REQUIREMENTS

CL OF LASTSCREW

ATTACHINGDRY-WALL



18 GA. BOTTOM TRACK W/(2) P.A.F.@ 12" MAX. O.C.,

18 GA. BOTTOM TRACK W/(2) P.A.F.@ 12" MAX. O.C., INTOCONC.

18 GA. BOTTOM TRACK W/ (2) #8 SCREWSINTO METAL DECK

METAL DECK,SEE PLAN

CONC. SLAB ONMETAL DECK.

FLOOR/ROOFFRMG. BM.

BOTTOM OF WALL CONNECTION

STEEL BEAM CONC. SLAB METAL DECK

HORIZONTAL SUPPORT WALL CONNECTION

FLOOR SEEFRMG. BM.

FLOOR DECK, SEEFLOOR FRMG. PLAN

EXTERIORSTEEL STUD WALLPER ARCH.

BENT PLATE PERFLOOR DETAILS

STEEL BEAM AT FLOOR

PROVIDE 14 GAGEx51/2" BYPASS SLIDE

CLIP EA. STUD W/MIN CAP = 789#

6"

ATTACH PERMANUF.

FLOOR SEEFRMG. BM. EXTERIOR

STEEL STUD WALLPER ARCH.

STEEL BEAM MID WALL

(2) P.A.F.@ 16" MAX.O.C.,

4"x18 GA. STL.STUD BLCK. @EACH STUD.

(4) #8 SCREWSEA. STUD

TNMO AAN

S

ER

PO

FS G

N

FISCHERJAY B.

No.16836 PE

ANI O L E

ER

IE

N

LSC N

I DEE

PPA #:



M I S S O U L A, M T 5 9 8 0 2

P H. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 5 6 4 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 1 8 8 7

6 0 8 N O R T H 2 9 T H

B I L L I N G S, M T 5 9 1 0 1

P H. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 6 3 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 4 2 7


B O Z E M A N, M T 5 9 7 1 5

P H. 4 0 6 . 4 5 3 . 7 3 1 0

A/E #:

A&E PROJ. #:

ISSUE DATE

DRAWN BY:

REVIEWED BY:


KWK

09/17/15

02/24/16

2/26

/201

6 1

1:01

:54

AM

3 SCHEDULE B

S7.08

09/17/15SC

HE

DU

LE

B -

CD

BID

SE

T/P

LA

N R

EV

IEW

NE STAIR SECTIONS

N.A

.I.C

.

PA

RK

ING

GA

RA

GE

CA

MP

US

PL

AN

NIN

G

DE

SIG

N &

CO

NS

TR

UC

TIO

N

Author

MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE U

NIV

ERS

ITY

BO

ZEM

AN

, MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE O

F M

ON

TAN

A

PH

ON

E: 4

06.9

94.4

131

13.0200

2014-02-07

14080





: 1" = 1'-0"S7.08S7.0816STAIR FRAMING DETAIL

: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"S7.08S7.0717STEEL STUD CONNECTION DETAILS1

STAIR TREADSPER ARCH., TYP.

GROUND105' - 3"

LEVEL 2

116' - 7"

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

GROUND LEVEL

101' - 6"

F E

ROOF150' - 6"

S7.11

1

COL. CONN.,TYP.

ELEVATOR PITFDN., SEE PLAN

10' - 9"

S7.11

10

S7.11

9

HS

S4X

2X

5/1

6H

SS

4X

2X

5/1

6H

SS

4X

2X

5/1

6H

SS

4X

2X

5/1

6

TYP.

TYP.

136' - 6"

T.O.S.

126' - 4"

T.O.S.

116' - 2"

T.O.S.

1' - 11 1/2" 3' - 5" 3' - 5" 1' - 11 1/2"

HS

S4X

2X

5/1

6

HS

S4X

2X

5/1

6H

SS

4X

2X

5/1

6

HS

S4X

2X

5/1

6

HS

S4X

2X

5/1

6

HS

S4X

2X

5/1

6

MAT SLAB FDN.,SEE PLAN

S7.11

3

SIM.,TYP.

PROTECTEDZONE, SEE NOTE1, TYP.

S7.11

6

TYP.

S7.11

8

CANT.GIRDER

CONN.

HS

S4X

2X

5/1

6

HS

S4X

2X

5/1

6

LEVEL 2

116' - 7"

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

GROUND LEVEL

101' - 6"

F E

ROOF150' - 6"

ELEVATOR PIT FDN., SEE PLAN

S7.11

1

COL. CONN.,TYP.

10' - 9"

MAT SLAB FDN.,SEE PLAN

136' - 6"

T.O.S.

126' - 4"

116' - 2"

T.O.S.

T.O.S. S7.11

3

SIM.,TYP.

TYP.

1' - 4"

TYP.

EQ

TYP.

EQ

TYP.

1' - 4"

MOMENT FRAMEBM. BOTT. FLG.BRACING, TYP.

PROTECTED ZONE,SEE NOTE 1, TYP.

S7.11

11

BRACINGCONN., TYP.

S7.11

11

SIM., TYP.@ ROOF

S7.11

6TYP.

S7.11

8

CANT.GIRDER

CONN.

GROUND105' - 3"

LEVEL 2

116' - 7"

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

GROUND LEVEL

101' - 6"

F E

ROOF150' - 6"

S7.11

1COL. CONN.,TYP.


10' - 9"

MAT SLAB FDN., SEE PLAN

136' - 6"

126' - 4"

116' - 2"

T.O.S.

T.O.S.

T.O.S.

S7.11

3

SIM.,TYP.



S7.11

11

TYP.

1' - 4"

TYP.

1' - 4"

TYP.

EQ

TYP.

EQ

BRACINGCONN., TYP.

S7.11

11

SIM., TYP.@ ROOF

S7.11

6TYP.

S7.11

8

CANT.GIRDER

CONN.

GROUND105' - 3"

LEVEL 2

116' - 7"

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

GROUND LEVEL105' - 3"

SECOND LEVEL116' - 7"

THIRD LEVEL126' - 9"

TOP LEVEL136' - 11"

GROUND LEVEL

101' - 6"

F E

LEVEL 1

100' - 0"

ROOF150' - 6"

S7.11

1

COL. CONN.,TYP.


10' - 9"

MAT SLAB FDN., SEE PLAN

132' - 1"

121' - 11"

109' - 3 1/2"

T.O.S.

T.O.S.

T.O.S.

S7.11

3


TYP.

1' - 4"

TYP.

1' - 4"

TYP.

EQ

TYP.

EQ


S7.11

11

SIM., TYP.@ ROOF

S7.11

12

TYP.

S7.11

6

TYP.

S7.11

12SIM.

SHEET NOTES

1. AT MOMENT FRAME CONNECTION LOCATIONS PROVIDE A "PROTECTED ZONE" (AN AREA IN SEISMIC LOAD RESISTING MEMBER IN WHICH LIMITATIONS APPLY TO FABRICATION AND ATTACHMENTS) AS FOLLOWS: A. THE "PROTECTED ZONE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI/AISC 341-10, SECTION D1.3. B. FOR SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES WITH REDUCED BEAM SECTIONS, THE "PROTECTED ZONE" SHALL INCLUDE THE AREA OF THE BEAM EXTENDING FROM THE END OF THE BEAM THROUGH THE REDUCED BEAM SECTION (SEE THE SHADED REGIONS OF THE DETAILS BELOW FOR A GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF THE "PROTECTED ZONE").2. DEMAND CRITICAL WELDS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS BELOW AS WELL AS THOSE LISTED IN SPECIFICATION SECTION 05120: A. WHERE STEEL BACKING IS USED, BACKING AND TABS SHALL BE REMOVED. B. BACKGOUGE ROOT PASS TO SOUNDS METAL AND BACKWELD WITH 5/16" FILLET. C. WELD ACCESS HOLES SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AISC360-10 SECTION J1.6. D. WELDS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF AISC341-10, SEISMIC PROVISIONS FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS, WELDING AND WELD PROCEDURES SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF AWS D1.1 AND AWS D1.8.

TNMO AAN

S

ER

PO

FS G

N

FISCHERJAY B.

No.16836 PE

ANI O L E

ER

IE

N

LSC N

I DEE

PPA #:



M I S S O U L A, M T 5 9 8 0 2

P H. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 5 6 4 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 1 8 8 7

6 0 8 N O R T H 2 9 T H

B I L L I N G S, M T 5 9 1 0 1

P H. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 6 3 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 4 2 7


B O Z E M A N, M T 5 9 7 1 5

P H. 4 0 6 . 4 5 3 . 7 3 1 0

A/E #:

A&E PROJ. #:

ISSUE DATE

DRAWN BY:

REVIEWED BY:


KWK

09/17/15

02/24/16

2/26

/201

6 1

1:01

:55

AM

3 SCHEDULE B

S7.09

09/17/15SC

HE

DU

LE

B -

CD

BID

SE

T/P

LA

N R

EV

IEW

NE STAIR MOMENT

FRAME ELEVATIONS

N.A

.I.C

.

PA

RK

ING

GA

RA

GE

CA

MP

US

PL

AN

NIN

G

DE

SIG

N &

CO

NS

TR

UC

TIO

N

Author

MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE U

NIV

ERS

ITY

BO

ZEM

AN

, MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE O

F M

ON

TAN

A

PH

ON

E: 4

06.9

94.4

131

13.0200

2014-02-07

14080

: 3/8" = 1'-0"S7.09S7.0516MOMENT FRAME GRID 1

: 3/8" = 1'-0"S7.09S7.0517MOMENT FRAME GRID 1.5



TYP.

GROUND105' - 3"

LEVEL 2

116' - 7"

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

GROUND LEVEL

101' - 6"

1.5

ROOF150' - 6"

61.2

9°

52.9

8°

53.3

8°

HS

S3X

3X

1/4

S7.10

15

S7.10

18

S7.10

18

S7.10

20

S7.10

14

W12X22

W12X22

HS

S4X

4X

5/1

6

61.

87°

53.3

8°

1

BRACE LENG

TH L

L/4

W

W

W

GUSSET

GUSSET

BRACE

PROTECTION ZONE

PROTECTIONZONE

PROTECTION ZONE

GUSSET PL. SEEAPPROPRIATE DTL.

HSS BRACE

A

EQ

.

EQ

.

B

1/4"

PL. TO BRACE,TYP. EA. SIDE

1/2" X A X B COVER PL., TYP. EA.SIDE OF BRACE, CTR. "B" DIM.OVER TERMINATION OF BRACESLOT RECEIVING GUSSET

COVER PLATE DIMENSIONS

HSS 3x3x1/4

BRACE SIZE A B

1 1/2" 12 1/2"

HSS 4x4x5/16 2" 16 1/2"

BRACED FRAME NOTES

1. AT BRACED FRAMES, PROVIDE A "PROTECTED ZONE" (AN AREA OF SEISMIC RESISTING MEMBERS IN WHICH LIMITATIONS APPLY TO FABRICATION AND ATTACHMENTS) AS DESCRIBED IN AISC 341- 10, SECTION F2.5C AND DEPICTED IN DTL. .2. PROVIDE GUSSET THICKNESS + 1/8" SLOT IN CENTER OF BRACE TO RECEIVE GUSSET PL.S, TERMINATE SLOT WITHIN 1/2" OF GUSSET EDGE.

3/ S7.10

BM. STUB, SEE DTL.

FLR. BM., SEE ELEV.

A325-SC BOLTS, SEE SCH.

FLR. BM. ANDPL. CL.

(R)

@ 3

" O

.C.

GAP1/2"

TYP.2 1/2"

EA. WAY, TYP.1 1/2"

SPLICE PL., CTRD.BTWN BM. ENDS, EA.SIDE OF BM. WEB, SEESCH. FOR THICKNESS T

SPLICE PLATE SCHEDULE

I

SPLICE PLATE TYPE T

1/4"

R

2

BOLT DIA.

7/8"

GROUND105' - 3"

LEVEL 2

116' - 7"

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

LEVEL 4136' - 11"

GROUND LEVEL

101' - 6"

1.5

ROOF150' - 6"

53.3

8°

52.9

8°

61.2

9°

52.9

8°

HS

S3X

3X

1/4

HS

S4X

4X

5/1

6

S7.10

14

S7.10

15

S7.10

18

S7.10

20

S7.10

18

W12X22

W12X22

53.3

8°

61.8

7°

1

GROUND LEVEL

101' - 6"

SE

E E

LEV

.

COVER PL., EA. SIDE OFBRACE, SEE DTL.TYP.

HSS BRACE,SEE ELEV.,TYP.

/4 S7.10

7/16"

GUSSET TOCOL. ANDBASE PL.

1/2" ERECTION BOLT

3/4" GUSSET, CNTRD.BTWN COL. FLANGES

1"x2'-0" SQ. PL., GR. 50, CNTRD.BLW. COL, TACK ANCHORNUTS TO RODS AND PL.

FDN. REIN.,SEE PLAN.

PROVIDE (3) ADDITIONALFDN. BARS, LAPPED EACHSIDE OF COL., @ T & B OF

FTG., EA. WAY CNTRD.BLW. COL.

1

A A

W.P.

6"

COL.CL.

BRACECL.

EM

BE

D.

1' -

6"

1' - 0"

1' -

0" 1

1/2

"

10"

1" TYP.

S7.11

1

E

1 1/2" GR. 50BASE PL.

HSS BRACE,SEE ELEV.

(9) 1" F1554 GR. 105 ANCHORRODS W/ EMBED SHOWN,PROVIDE 1 1/16" HOLE INBASE PL. TO RECIEVE RODS

STD. ROUND/SQ.HEAVY HEXWASHER, TYP.

GRID

SEE MOMENTFRAME DTL.FOR COL. TOBASE PL. WELD

1

6"

6"

6"

PLAN A-A

1' -

9"

1' - 9"

6 1/2"EA. WAY

1 1/2" TYP.

COL.CL. LEVEL 2

116' - 7"

1.5

BM. STUB CL.

BRACE CL.

STL. COL., SEE ELEV.

FLOOR BM., SEE ELEV.

W16x36 BM. STUB

5/16"

BRACE TOGUSSET,4-SIDES, TYP.

7/16"

GUSSET TOCOL. AND

BM.

3/4" GUSSET, CNTRD.BTWN COL.FLANGES, TYP.

COVER PL., EA. SIDE OFBRACE, SEE DTL.

TYP.

1/4"13 5/8"

13 5/8"T DIST.

WELD BM.STUB TO

COL.

TYPE I SPLICE PL., SEEDTL. FOR REQ'MTS

1/2" ERECTION BOLT, TYP.

HSS BRACE,SEE ELEV.,

TYP.

/5 S7.10

/4 S7.10

W.P.

BRACE CL.

CONC. DECK, SEE PLAN

1' -

0"

TY

P.

1' - 0" TYP.

1"

10"

SE

E E

LE

V.

SE

E E

LEV

.

5/16"

GUSSET TOCOL. AND

BM.

1/4" 2"

FLG. TO COL.,CNTRD ABV.AND BLW.STUB, TYP.

6"

1 1

/2" TY

P.

1" TYP.

LEVEL 3126' - 9"

BM. CL.

BRACE CL.


FLOOR BM., SEE ELEV.

W12x22 BM. STUB

5/16"

BRACE TOGUSSET,4-SIDES, TYP.

5/16"

GUSSET TOCOL. ANDBM., TYP.

3/4" GUSSET, CNTRD.BTWN COL.

FLANGES, TYP.

COVER PL., EA. SIDE OFBRACE, SEE DTL.TYP.

1/4" 10 3/8"

10 3/8"T DIST.

WELD BM.STUB TO

COL.

TYPE I SPLICE PL., SEEDTL. FOR REQ'MTS

1/2" ERECTION BOLT, TYP.

HSS BRACE,SEE ELEV.,TYP.

1' -

0"

TY

P.

/5 S7.10

/4 S7.10

W.P.

BRACE CL.

1/4" 2"

FLG. TOCOL.,

CNTRD ABV.AND BLW.

STUB, TYP.

TYP.

1 1/2"

SE

E E

LE

V.

SE

E E

LE

V.

1

1"

1' - 0" TYP.

6" T

YP.

1" TYP.

COL.CL.

ROOF150' - 6"

SE

E E

LE

V.

W.P.BM. CL.

BRACE CL.


ROOF BM., SEE ELEV.

W12x22 BM. STUB

MTL. ROOF DECK, SEE PLAN

1' -

0"

5/16"

BRACE TOGUSSET,4-SIDES

1/4"

GUSSET TOCOL. AND

BM.

1 1/2"

3/4" GUSSET, CNTRD.BTWN COL. FLANGES

COVER PL., EA. SIDE OFBRACE, SEE DTL.4/ S7.10

1/4" 10 3/8"

10 3/8"T DIST.

WELD BM.STUB TO

COL.

TYPE I SPLICE PL., SEEDTL. FOR REQ'MTS/5 S7.10

1/2" ERECTION BOLT

HSS BRACE, SEE ELEV.

COL. STIFF., SEE MOMENT FRAME ELEV.

1

6"

1" TYP.

6"

1"

1' - 0"

COL.CL.

TNMO AAN

S

ER

PO

FS G

N

FISCHERJAY B.

No.16836 PE

ANI O L E

ER

IE

N

LSC N

I DEE

PPA #:



M I S S O U L A, M T 5 9 8 0 2

P H. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 5 6 4 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 1 8 8 7

6 0 8 N O R T H 2 9 T H

B I L L I N G S, M T 5 9 1 0 1

P H. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 6 3 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 4 2 7


B O Z E M A N, M T 5 9 7 1 5

P H. 4 0 6 . 4 5 3 . 7 3 1 0

A/E #:

A&E PROJ. #:

ISSUE DATE

DRAWN BY:

REVIEWED BY:


KWK

09/17/15

02/24/16

2/26

/201

6 1

1:01

:56

AM

3 SCHEDULE B

S7.10

09/17/15SC

HE

DU

LE

B -

CD

BID

SE

T/P

LA

N R

EV

IEW

NE STAIR BRACED

FRAME ELEVATIONS

AND DETAILS

N.A

.I.C

.

PA

RK

ING

GA

RA

GE

CA

MP

US

PL

AN

NIN

G

DE

SIG

N &

CO

NS

TR

UC

TIO

N

Author

MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE U

NIV

ERS

ITY

BO

ZEM

AN

, MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE O

F M

ON

TAN

A

PH

ON

E: 4

06.9

94.4

131

13.0200

2014-02-07

14080

: 3/8" = 1'-0"S7.10S7.0517BRACED FRAME GRID F

: 3/4" = 1'-0"S7.103BRACE PROTECTION ZONE

: 3/4" = 1'-0"S7.104BRACE COVER PLATE DETAIL

: 1" = 1'-0"S7.105BEAM STUB SPLICE PL.

: 3/8" = 1'-0"S7.10S7.0516BRACED FRAME GRID E1

: 1" = 1'-0"S7.10S7.1014BRACED FRAME BASE PLATE

: 1" = 1'-0"S7.10S7.1015BRACED FRAME CONNECTION DETAIL



GROUND LEVEL

101' - 6"

F

EM

BE

D.

1' -

6"

1"x2'-0" SQ. PL., GR. 50,CNTRD. BLW. COL.,TACK ANCHOR NUTSTO RODS AND PL.ZINC COATED

FDN. REIN., SEE PLAN

PROVIDE (3) ADD'LFDN. BARS, LAPPED

EA. SIDE OF COL., @ T& B OF FTG., EA. WAY

CNTRD. BLW. COL.

GRID

STL. COL., SEE PLAN

WELD ACCESS HOLESPER AISC 341-10

CJP,DEMAND

CRIT., FLG.TO PL.,

TYP.,SHEET

NOTE 2

9" MIN.

CJP,DEMAND

CRIT., WEBTO PL.

AA

CONC. SLAB, SEE PLAN

2

FGRID

GRID

(9) 1" F1554 GR. 105 ANCHORRODS W/ EMBED SHOWN,PROVIDE 1 1/16" HOLE INBASE PL. TO RECEIVE RODS

STD. ROUND/SQ. HEAVYHEX WASHER, TYP.

1 1/2" GR. 50BASE PL.

1' - 9"

1' -

4"

E.W.1 1/2" TYP. 9" 9"

6 1

/2"

6 1

/2"

PLAN A-A

LEVEL 2

116' - 7"

5/16

HSS TO BM.,TYP.

1/4" 4"

REIN.FILLET, TYP.

3/8"xBM. DEPTHxFLANGEWIDTH WEB STIFFENER,EA. SIDE3/16"

3-SIDES OFPL.

HSS BM.BRACE, TYP.,SEE ELEV.

STL. BM., SEE PLANTYP.

2"

GROUND LEVEL

101' - 6"

HSS BM. BRACE, SEE ELEV.

5/16

HSS TO BM.,TYP.

1/4" 4"

REIN.FILLET, TYP.

1/2"x1'-0" SQ. EMBED PL.

2" 4" 4" 2"

FDN. REIN., SEE PLAN(9) 5/8"x6" SHEAR STUDS,LOCATED AS SHOWN E.W.

CONC. SLAB, SEE PLAN

2"

F

EQ

EQ

EQ

EQ

CJP BM. WEBTO COL. FLG.,DEMAND CRIT.,SHEET NOTE 2

PROTECTED ZONE,SEE SHT. NOTES

109' - 3 1/2"

T.O.S.

VARIES

TRIMMED BM. FLG.,TYP. TOP & BOTT.,SEE PLAN B-B

CJP, FLG. TOCOL., DEMANDCRIT., SHT.NOTE 2, TYP.

MOMENT FRAME BM., SEE PLAN

MOMENT FRAMECOL., SEE PLAN

3/4" DIA. ERECTION BOLT, TYP.

3" 1 1/2"

3/8"xWEB DEPTHxFLG.WIDTH BM. TOP FLG. PL.,

TYP. @ PERP. FRMG.

1/4"

FLG. PL. TOCOL.,

3-SIDES

3/8"

FLG. PL. TOBM.

3/8"

FLG. PL. TOBM.

B B

GRID

C

C

S7.02

17SIM.

SHEET NOTES

1. AT MOMENT FRAME CONNECTION LOCATIONS PROVIDE A "PROTECTED ZONE" (AN AREA IN SEISMIC LOAD RESISTING MEMBER IN WHICH LIMITATIONS APPLY TO FABRICATION AND ATTACHMENTS) AS FOLLOWS: A. THE "PROTECTED ZONE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI/AISC 341-10, SECTION D1.3. B. FOR SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES WITH REDUCED BEAM SECTIONS, THE "PROTECTED ZONE" SHALL INCLUDE THE AREA OF THE BEAM EXTENDING FROM THE END OF THE BEAM THROUGH THE REDUCED BEAM SECTION (SEE THE SHADED REGIONS OF THE DETAILS BELOW FOR A GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION OF THE "PROTECTED ZONE").2. DEMAND CRITICAL WELDS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS BELOW AS WELL AS THOSE LISTED IN SPECIFICATION SECTION 05120: A. WHERE STEEL BACKING IS USED, BACKING AND TABS SHALL BE REMOVED. B. BACKGOUGE ROOT PASS TO SOUNDS METAL AND BACKWELD WITH 5/16" FILLET. C. WELD ACCESS HOLES SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AISC360-10 SECTION J1.6. D. WELDS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF AISC341-10, SEISMIC PROVISIONS FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS, WELDING AND WELD PROCEDURES SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF AWS D1.1 AND AWS D1.8.

3

F2 1/2"

8"

3/8

" C

UT

E.W

.3/4

" C

LIP

PERP. FRMG.,SEE PLAN

WHERE PERP. FRMG.PRESENT, PROVIDE

TOP FLG. PL.

GRID

GRID

PLAN B-B

MOMENT FRAMEBM., SEE PLAN


C

C

R = 21.5

3

1/4"

TAB TO COL.FLG.


3/8"x4 1/2" ERECTIONTAB/BACKER, CTS. BTWN.FLANGE WELD ACCESS HOLES

10"

MIN

.

PERP. FRMG.MEMBER, SEE

PLAN

BM. TOP FLG.PL. BEYOND

109' - 3 1/2"

GRID

B B

T.O.S.

VARIES

SECTION C-C

1.5

TY

P.

3"

MA

X.

TYP.1 3/4"

COMP. DECK, SEE PLAN

3/4" A325-SC BOLT, TYP.

L3 1/2"x3 1/2"x1/4"BRACE

3/8"xBM. DEPTHxFLG.WIDTH WEB STIFFENER, TYP.

1/4"

STIFF. TO BM.,3-SIDES, TYP.

1/2" GAP MIN.

3/8" BRACE CONN. PL., TYP.

MOMENT FRAMEBEAM, SEE PLAN

ADJACENT BM.,SEE PLAN

136' - 6"

T.O.S.

VARIES

GRID3

CLR

.1 1

/2" CONC. ON MTL.

DECK, SEE PLAN

#4 REBAR x 4'-0"@ 1'-0" O.C.

DECK LEDGER, SEESTAIR DTL.S

3/8"xBM. DEPTHxDIM. SHOWNSTIFFENER, TYP.

2"

2'-2 3/4" @ SIM.

1' - 0 1/4"

1/4"

STIFFENERTO BM.,

TYP.

1/4"

REBAR TOCHANNEL

F

ROOF150' - 6"

CJP BM. WEBTO COL. FLG.,DEMAND CRIT.,SHEET NOTE 2

PROTECTED ZONE,SEE SHT. NOTES

TRIMMED BM. FLG.,TYP. TOP & BOTT., SEEDTL. PLANB-B

CJP, FLG. TOCOL., DEMANDCRIT., SHT.NOTE 2, TYP.,BEVEL COL.FLG.




EQ

EQ

EQ

EQ

CJP, CONT.PL. TOCOL.,

3-SIDES

1/4"

CONT. PL.TO COL.,3-SIDES

GRID

3"

1 1/2"

3/8" CONTINUITY PL.,EA. SIDE OF COL., TYP.

D

D

10"

MIN

.

SEE DTL. SECTIONC-C FOR ADD'L REQM'TS.

/3 S7.11

/3 S7.11

3

ROOF150' - 6"

(3) A325-SC BOLTS IN SHORTSLOTTED HORIZ. HOLES

1/4"

EXT. SHEARTAB TO STIFF.,TYP.

5/16"

EXT. SHEARTAB TO CONT.PL., 3-SIDES

GAP1/2"

3/8"x1 1/2"x DIM. SHOWNPL. STIFF., TYP.WHERE ADJACENT BM.

IS PRESENT, PROVIDELOWER CONT. PL. AND

EXT. SHEAR TAB CONN.

ROOF DECK, SEE PLAN


STL. BM., SEE PLAN

GRID

SECTION D-D

4"

9"

H

1

HSS BRACE, CNTRDVERT. BETWN. BM.FLG.S, SEE PLAN

6"

1"

6" 5/16"

HSS TO STIFF.,T & B

3/8" FULL DEPTHSTIFF. PL.

PLA

NS

EE

BRACECL.

5/16"

STIFF. TO BM.,3-SIDES

HSS COL. ANDCONN., SEE PLAN

FLR. FRMG., SEE PLAN

CANTILEVEREDFLOOR BEAM,

SEE PLAN

7/16" SLOT CNTRD. IN HSSTO RECEIVE STIFF. PL.

LEVEL 2

116' - 7"

F

COMP. DECK,SEE PLAN

MOMENT FRAMEFRMG. , SEE PLAN

CANTILEVEREDPLATFORM FRMG.,

SEE PLAN

1' -

0"

MIN

.

CJP BM.FLG. TO

COL. FLG.,TYP.

CJP BM.WEB TO

COL. FLG.,TYP.

1 1/2"

EQ

EQ

EQ

EQ


1/2" GR. 50 CONTINUITY PL., ALIGNWITH ADJACENT CANT. BM. FLG. T & B,TYP. EA. SIDE OF COL., NOT REQ'D @SIM.

1/2"

PJP PL. TOCOL./DOUBLER

3- SIDES,TYP., SEE

NOTE

3" 3/8" GR. 50 WEB DOUBLERPL. BETWEEN COL.FILLETS, NOT REQ'D @ SIM.ONLY AT GRID 1 COL.

CJP DOUBLERPL. TO COL.

L5"x3"x5/16"x0'-4"(LLV)

NOTE:PROVIDE ROOF OPENING FRAMING AT ALL ROOFOPENINGS 12" OR WIDER IN ANY DIRECTION.

FRAME ANGLE(LLV), SEETABLE BELOWFOR SIZE

COPE VERT.LEG

STL. JOISTSHOWN,

WF FEAMSAME

JOIST SPACE "S"

OPNG. SIZESEE PLAN

2"

MIN.

MAX.

MTL. DECK,SEE PLAN

L3"x3"x1/4" FRMG.SHORT DIRECTION

"S" FRAME ANGLE SIZE

0' TO 4' L 3x3x1/4"4' TO 6' L 4x3x1/4"6' TO 8' L 5x3x5/16"

OPTIONAL END CONDITION

1/2"

3/16 6

3/16

3/16

TNMO AAN

S

ER

PO

FS G

N

FISCHERJAY B.

No.16836 PE

ANI O L E

ER

IE

N

LSC N

I DEE

PPA #:



M I S S O U L A, M T 5 9 8 0 2

P H. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 5 6 4 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 1 8 8 7

6 0 8 N O R T H 2 9 T H

B I L L I N G S, M T 5 9 1 0 1

P H. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 6 3 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 4 2 7


B O Z E M A N, M T 5 9 7 1 5

P H. 4 0 6 . 4 5 3 . 7 3 1 0

A/E #:

A&E PROJ. #:

ISSUE DATE

DRAWN BY:

REVIEWED BY:


KWK

09/17/15

02/24/16

2/26

/201

6 1

1:01

:58

AM

3 SCHEDULE B

S7.11

09/17/15SC

HE

DU

LE

B -

CD

BID

SE

T/P

LA

N R

EV

IEW

MOMENT FRAME

CONNECTION

DETAILS

N.A

.I.C

.

PA

RK

ING

GA

RA

GE

CA

MP

US

PL

AN

NIN

G

DE

SIG

N &

CO

NS

TR

UC

TIO

N

Author

MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE U

NIV

ERS

ITY

BO

ZEM

AN

, MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE O

F M

ON

TAN

A

PH

ON

E: 4

06.9

94.4

131

13.0200

2014-02-07

14080

: 3/4" = 1'-0"S7.11S7.091MOMENT FRAME BASE PLATE CONN.

: 1" = 1'-0"S7.11S7.0910MOMENT FRAME BRACE DETAIL

: 1" = 1'-0"S7.11S7.099MOMENT FRAME BRACE DETAIL

: 1" = 1'-0"S7.11S7.093MOMENT FRAME BM.-COL. CONN.

: 1" = 1'-0"S7.11S7.0911MOMENT FRAME FLANGE BRACING

: 1" = 1'-0"S7.11S7.0912MOMENT FRAME FLANGE BRACING

: 1" = 1'-0"S7.11S7.096MOMENT FRAME BM.-COL. CONN.

: 1" = 1'-0"S7.11S7.0613FLOOR BRACING CONNECTION

: 3/4" = 1'-0"S7.11S7.098CANTILEVERED BEAM CONN.

: 3/4" = 1'-0"S7.1116ROOF OPNG. FRMG. DETAIL

NOTE: PROVIDE EQUIPMENT WITH ALL PIPING AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM.

PIPING FITTINGS, VALVES & SPECIALTIES

DOMESTIC PIPING

GENERAL PIPING

DUCTWORK & ACCESSORIES

AIR DEVICES & EQUIPMENT

1. SELECT ALL EQUIPMENT FOR BOZEMAN, MONTANA. ELEVATION APPROX. 4,795 FT.

MP0.01 MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING LEGENDS SCHEDULES AND DETAILS

MP1.01 GROUND LEVEL MECHANICAL & PLUMBING PLAN

MP1.O2 SECOND LEVEL MECHANICAL & PLUMBING PLAN

MP1.03 THIRD LEVEL MECHANICAL & PLUMBING PLAN

MP1.04 TOP LEVEL MECHANICAL & PLUMBING PLAN

MP1.05 SECTIONS AND DETAILS

MP1.07 MECHANICAL & PLUMBING ENLARGED PLANS - N.E. STAIR TOWER

MP0.01 : MP0.01

25 PIPING ISOMETRIC DIAGRAMSCALE - N.T.S.

F.D.C. AT

2'-0" A.F.F.

4" FIRE LINE ROUTE

TIGHT TO STRUCTURE

4" FIRE LINE ROUTE AS

HIGH AS POSSIBLE

AD-1 AREA

DRAIN (TYP.)

DRAIN PIPING ROUTED

BEHIND COLUMN

DRAIN PIPING ROUTED

BEHIND COLUMN

FIRE HOSE CONNECTION:

2-1/2" NATIONAL

STANDARD THREAD (TYP.)

4" FIRE LINE ROUTE AS

HIGH AS POSSIBLE

AD-1 AREA

DRAIN (TYP.)

AD-1 AREA

DRAIN (TYP.)

AD-1 AREA

DRAIN (TYP.)

UNDER SLAB

DRAINAGE

OUTLET - TOP

FLOOR ONLY

BELOW FLOOR

DRAINAGE OUTLET -

FLOORS 1, 2 & 3

ROUTE NORTH TOP FLOOR

DRAIN LINE UNDER RAMP

TIGHT TO STRUCTURE

ROUTE NORTH TOP FLOOR

DRAIN LINE UNDER RAMP

TIGHT TO STRUCTURE

PLAN CODE MANUF.MODEL

NUMBERCFM ESP RPM DRIVE TYPE

ELECTRICAL DATAREMARKS

HP VAC PH

EF-1 COOK GC-920 900 0.25 708 DIRECT 1/2 120 1 CEILING FAN, DUCT TO ROOF CAP, SEE NOTES

EF-2 COOK GC-622 450 0.25 1398 DIRECT 150 WATTS 120 1 CEILING FAN, DUCT TO ROOF CAP, SEE NOTES

EF-3 COOK GC-862 1200 0.25 1084 DIRECT 295 WATTS 120 1 CEILING FAN, DUCT TO ROOF CAP, SEE NOTES

NOTES:

1. PROVIDE ALL EXHAUST FANS WITH BACKDRAFT DAMPER AND 1" HANGING ISOLATORS.

2. SUSPEND EF-1,2,3 FROM STRUCTURE, PROVIDE WITH REVERSE ACTING THERMOSTAT, SET AT 80°F.

3. PROVIDE ROOF CAP FOR EF-1, 2, 3

MP0.01 : MP0.01

7 CEILING EXHAUST FAN DETAIL

SUSPEND EXHAUSTER FROM

STRUCTURE SPRING ISOLATORS

SEE STRUCTURAL PLANS

FOR STRUCTURE DETAIL

DUCTWORK TO

ROOF CAP

BACKDRAFT

DAMPER

DROP DOWN TO

BELOW SLAB

SD

SD

PLAN

CODEMANUFACTURER

MODEL

NUMBERFUNCTION SIZE MATERIAL FINISH CFM DAMPER CONTROL REMARKS

L-1 RUSKIN ELC6373DAX FRESH AIR INTAKE 24"X24" ALUMINUM KYNAR 900 INTEGRALOPEN DAMPER UPON

ACTIVATION OF EF-1

PROVIDE 120V

MOTORIZED

ACTUATOR.

L-2 RUSKIN ELC6373DAX FRESH AIR INTAKE 72"X12" ALUMINUM KYNAR 1200 INTEGRALOPEN DAMPER UPON

ACTIVATION OF EF-3

PROVIDE 120V

MOTORIZED

ACTUATOR.

PLAN

CODEMANUFACTURER

MODEL

NUMBERFUNCTION SIZE MATERIAL CFM A.P. DROP DAMPER REMARKS

GV-1 COOK 16 PR EXHAUST 27.75" DIA SPUN ALUMINUM 450 <0.05" W.C. MOTORIZED SEE NOTES

GV-2 COOK 16 TR EXHAUST 27.75" DIA SPUN ALUMINUM 1200 <0.08" W.C. B.D.D. SEE NOTES

NOTES:

1. PROVIDE ALUMINUM FINISH.

2. PROVIDE WITH 8" ROOF CURB.

3. MOTORIZED DAMPER (WITH 120V ACTUATOR) TO OPEN UPON ACTIVATION OF EF-2

NOTES:

CUSTOM COLOR SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT/G.C. ALSO, COORDINATE EXACT LOUVER SIZE WITH G.C. PRIOR TO ORDERING.

PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING ACCESSORIES FOR THE FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM (FOR WASHDOWN

OF THE PARKING GARAGE):

1. 4 EACH, 2 ½” FEMALE TO 1 ½” MALE HOSE ADAPTERS (NATIONAL STANDARD THREAD)

2. 4 EACH, 1 ½” ADJUSTABLE HOSE NOZZLES (NATIONAL STANDARD THREAD)

3. 600’ OF 1 ½” NYLON DOUBLE JACKETED HOSE (NATIONAL STANDARD THREAD) PROVIDE

IN 50' SECTIONS WITH NECESSARY COUPLERS.

4. HOSE RACK FOR STORING HOSE ROLLS

3" SD LINE UP TO SERVE

STAIR TOWER ROOF

DRAIN

3" SD LINE UP TO SERVE

ROOF DRAIN AT MACHINE

ROOM

PLAN

CODEITEM MANUFACTURER MODEL NUMBER MATERIAL & FINISH TRIM

ROUGH-IN SIZEREMARKS

CW HW SAN VENT

AD-1 AREA DRAIN MIFAB F1510-4-6-40-HP

EPOXY COATED BOTTOM

OUTLET W/ FABRICATED STEEL

BODY, DUCTILE IRON GRATE

HEAVY DUTY GRATE &

SEDIMENT BUCKET-- -- 6" --

HS-20 TRAFFIC RATED, VANDAL PROOF, HINGED, HEEL PROOF GRATE. INSTALL DRAIN AS CLOSE TO COLUMN AS POSSIBLE. SEE

INSTALLATION DETAIL 3/S5.35.

DS-1 DOWNSPOUT NOZZLE J.R. SMITH 1770Y CST BRONZE --- -- -- 3" -- SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR EXACT LOCATION

RD-1 ROOF DRAIN J.R. SMITH 1330Y-CID CAST IRON UNDERDECK CLAMP -- -- 3" -- CAST IRON DOME

ORD-1OVERFLOW ROOF

DRAINJ.R. SMITH 1330Y-WD-CID CAST IRON UNDER DECK CLAMP -- -- 3" -- CAST IRON DOME, 2" HIGH WATER DAM

FLOOR CLEAN

OUT (TYP.)

FIRE HOSE CONNECTION:

2-1/2" NATIONAL

STANDARD THREAD (TYP.)

B

B

B

3" ROOF DRAIN &

OVERFLOW DRAIN

3" DOWNSPOUT

NOZZLE @ 18"

ABOVE DECK

B

B

B

GV-2

B

MP0.01

MECHANICAL AND

PLUMBING LEGENDS

AND SCHEDULES



M I S S O U L A, M T 5 9 8 0 2

P H. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 5 6 4 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 1 8 8 7

6 0 8 N O R T H 2 9 T H

B I L L I N G S, M T 5 9 1 0 1

P H. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 6 3 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 4 2 7


B O Z E M A N, M T 5 9 7 1 5

P H. 4 0 6 . 4 5 3 . 7 3 1 0

FAX 406-245-2084

406-245-0136

Billings, MT 59102

2040 Harnish Blvd.

PROJECT #: 15BL4300.002

PPA #:

A/E #:

A&E PROJ. #:

ISSUE DATE

DRAWN BY:

REVIEWED BY:


02.23.2016100

% D

OC

UM

EN

TS

- F

OR

CO

NS

TR

UC

TIO

N

N.A

.I.C

.

PA

RK

ING

GA

RA

GE

---

14-0046

2014-02-07-01

14080

MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE U

NIV

ERS

ITY

BO

ZEM

AN

, MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE O

F M

ON

TAN

A

PH

ON

E:

40

6.9

94.5

413

B NE STAIR 02.23.16STAIR TOWER REVISION 2.23.16B

S12S1

3S17

S15S12

S12

T

D

D

1 2 3

C.9

B

D

D

1 2 3

C.9

EF1

1

L1

2

MACHINE ROOM101

3"ø SD

3"ø SD

RD

-1

3

4

F.C.O.

B

L2

13

D

D

1 2 3

C.9

3

B

D

D

1 2 3

C.9

3

B

D

D

1 2 3

C.9

5

67

8

9

DS-1

3"ø SD

10

11

B

16"øEF3

12

PPA #:



M I S S O U L A, M T 5 9 8 0 2

P H. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 5 6 4 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 1 8 8 7

6 0 8 N O R T H 2 9 T H

B I L L I N G S, M T 5 9 1 0 1

P H. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 6 3 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 4 2 7


B O Z E M A N, M T 5 9 7 1 5

P H. 4 0 6 . 4 5 3 . 7 3 1 0

A/E #:

A&E PROJ. #:

ISSUE DATE

DRAWN BY:

REVIEWED BY:


14080

02.23.16

2/23

/20

16 2

:38

:52

PM

B NE STAIR

MP1.07

02.23.2016100%

DO

CU

ME

NT

S -

FO

R C

ON

ST

RU

CT

ION

MECHANICAL AND

PLUMBING

ENLARGED PLANS -

N.E. STAIR TOWER

N.A

.I.C

.

PA

RK

ING

GA

RA

GE

CA

MP

US

PL

AN

NIN

G,

DE

SIG

N &

CO

NS

TR

UC

TIO

N

2014-02-07-01

14-0046

Author

MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE U

NIV

ERS

ITY

BO

ZEM

AN

, MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE O

F M

ON

TAN

A

PH

ON

E: 4

06.9

94.5

413

1/4" = 1'-0"MP1.07

1 NE STAIR TOWER - GROUND LEVEL UNDERSLAB WASTE AND VENT PLUMBING PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0"MP1.07

2 NE STAIR TOWER - GROUND LEVEL MECHANICAL & PLUMBING PLAN

1/4" = 1'-0"MP1.07

3 NE STAIR TOWER - SECOND LEVEL MECHANICAL & PLUMBING PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0"MP1.07

4 NE STAIR TOWER - THIRD LEVEL MECHANICAL & PLUMBING PLAN

1/4" = 1'-0"MP1.07

5 NE STAIR TOWER - TOP LEVEL MECHANICAL & PLUMBING PLAN

MECHANICAL KEYNOTES

1 EXHAUST CEILING FAN DUCTED TO ROOF CAP ON TOP OF ROOM. LOW INTAKE GRILL IN WALL BY M.C. COORDINATE ALL WORK.

2 24" x 24" LOUVER LOCATED 18" ABOVE FLOOR.

3 ROUTE 3” SD UP FROM BELOW, ROUTE TO CONNECT TO STAIR TOWER. SEE PLANS BELOW FOR CONTINUATION.

4 ROUTE 3” SD PIPING UP TO SERVE ROOF DRAIN, INSTALLED IN ROOF OF MACHINE ROOM.

5 ROUTE 3” SD UP TO SERVE ROOF DRAIN (RD-1).

6 ROUTE 3” SDOF UP TO SERVE OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN (ORD-1).

7 ROUTE 3” SD ACROSS FROM PARKING GARAGE AND UP EXPOSED WITHIN TOWER.

8 ROUTE 3” SDOF DOWN TO DOWNSPOUT NOZZLE (DS-1). MOUNT DS-1 AT 18" ABOVE FOURTH LEVEL DECK.

9 ROUTE ALL SD & SDOF PIPING EXPOSED WITHIN THE STAIR TOWER.

10 EXHAUST DUCT UP TO ROOF CAP GV-2.

11 LOCATE THERMOSTAT 6" BELOW ROOF DECK. 120 VOLT REVERSE ACTING THERMOSTAT BY M.C. WIRED BY E.C.

12 EXHAUST FAN SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE. KEEP AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. FAN AND DUCT EXPOSED IN STAIRWELL.

13 DUCT THROUGH WALL TO LOUVER. DUCT OPEN TO STAIRWELL. LOCATE LOUVER ABOVE DDOOR. SEE ARCH ELEVATION FOR EXACT LOCATION.

WPWR

SD

HD

T

M

EF-1

M

M

ELEVATOR

SD

WP

F

F

M

J J

FF

WP

SD

FJ J

FF

WP

SD

FJ J

S12

FF

WP

WPWR

SD

T

M

EF-3

WP

FJ J

D

D

1

1

2

2

3

3

C.9

MACHINE ROOM101

B2.

X1

X1

N1

L1-24

4

5

UP TO TOP

OF SHAFT

DEVICES

7

8

CAB

LTS

L1-26

H1-37,39,41

9

EWH-1

B1

B1

UP TO

LIGHTS

ABOVE

H1-14

EXISTING CONDUITS

FOR KIOSK'S

X3

UP TO EF-3 ON

TOP LEVEL

10

X3

11'-6"

11

G G

F F

E E

12

LOCATED UNDER THE STAIR

LANDING ON THIS FLOOR TO

ILLUMINATE THE GROUND

LEVEL AREA.

B1

D

D

1

1

2

2

3

3

C.9

X1

X2B1

B1

DOWN TO

LIGHTS BELOW11

G G

F F

E E

UP TO LIGHTS ABOVE

B1

D

D

1

1

2

2

3

3

C.9

X1

B1 X2

DOWN TO

LIGHTS BELOWUP TO LIGHTS ABOVE11

G G

F F

E E

B1

B1

D

D

1

1

2

2

3

3

C.9

X1

2

N1 3

DOWN TO

PIT DEVICES

6

B1

B1B1

X2

DOWN TO

LIGHTS BELOW

MOUNT @ 12' TO BOTTOM OF

FIXTURE ON WALL. SHOWN

MOVED FOR DRAWING CLARITY

TO WALL

LOUVER ON

2ND LEVEL

L1-22

C1

11

11'-6"

G G

F F

E E

B1

FAX 406-245-2084

406-245-0136

Billings, MT 59102

2040 Harnish Blvd.

PROJECT #: 15BL4300.002

PPA #:



M I S S O U L A, M T 5 9 8 0 2

P H. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 5 6 4 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 7 2 1 . 1 8 8 7

6 0 8 N O R T H 2 9 T H

B I L L I N G S, M T 5 9 1 0 1

P H. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 6 3 3

F A X. 4 0 6 . 2 4 8 . 2 4 2 7


B O Z E M A N, M T 5 9 7 1 5

P H. 4 0 6 . 4 5 3 . 7 3 1 0

A/E #:

A&E PROJ. #:

ISSUE DATE

DRAWN BY:

REVIEWED BY:


2014-02-07-01

14-0046

14080

2/23

/201

6 7

:21:

56

AM

02.23.16B NE STAIR

E1.05

02.23.2016100%

DO

CU

ME

NT

S -

FO

R C

ON

ST

RU

CT

ION

ELECTRICAL

ENLARGED PLANS -

N.E. STAIR TOWER

N.A

.I.C

.

PA

RK

ING

GA

RA

GE

CA

MP

US

PL

AN

NIN

G,

DE

SIG

N &

CO

NS

TR

UC

TIO

N

Author

MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE U

NIV

ERS

ITY

BO

ZEM

AN

, MO

NTA

NA

STA

TE O

F M

ON

TAN

A

PH

ON

E: 4

06.9

94.5

413

1/4" = 1'-0"E1.05

1 N.E. STAIR TOWER - GROUND LEVEL ELECTRICAL PLAN

1/4" = 1'-0"E1.05

2 N.E. STAIR TOWER - SECOND LEVEL ELECTRICAL PLAN

1/4" = 1'-0"E1.05

3 N.E. STAIR TOWER - THIRD LEVEL ELECTRICAL PLAN

1/4" = 1'-0"E1.05

4 N.E. STAIR TOWER - TOP LEVEL ELECTRICAL PLAN

ELECTRICAL KEYNOTES

1 KIOSK BY OWNER, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE (2) 1” CONDUITS FOR EACH KIOSK, ONE FOR POWER, ONE FOR DATA AND ROUTE CONTINUOUS TO THE MAIN ELECTRICAL ROOM AND DATA ROOM ON THE GROUND LEVEL. ROUTE

DATA CONDUIT UP THROUGH THE FLOOR AT THE NOTED STUB UP LOCATION IN MAIN DATA ROOM ON GROUND FLOOR. CONDUITS AT THE KIOSK ARE ROUTED UNDERGROUND FROM ELECTRICAL AND DATA ROOMS THROUGH TO THE FIRST

FLOOR AND UP THE WALL COLUMN FOR UPPER FLOORS TERMINATING AT EACH INDIVIDUAL KIOSK LOCATION TAKING EXTREME CAUTION TO NOT EXCEED 90 METERS AND AVOID ALL BUILDING STRUCTURE.

2 EC TO INSTALL AND WIRE COMPLETE THE LINE VOLTAGE, REVERSE ACTING THERMOSTAT THAT IS PROVIDED BY MC FOR CONTROL OF EXHAUST FAN ON THIS FLOOR. LOCATE THERMOSTAT ON THE WALL AT 6” BELOW CEILING. THERMOSTAT SHALL

ALSO BE INTERLOCKED WITH WALL LOUVER LOCATED ON GROUND LEVEL OF STAIR TOWER.

3 RECEPTACLE INSTALLED AT THE TOP OF THE ELEVATOR SHAFT. CONNECT DEVICE TO THE SAME CIRCUIT SERVING THE RECEPTACLE IN THE PIT OF THE SHAFT. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF RECEPTACLE IN AREA WITH ELEVATOR CONTRACTOR PRIOR

TO ROUGH-IN.

4 RECEPTACLE INSTALLED IN ELEVATOR PIT. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN AREA WITH ELEVATOR CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN FOR BEST FIT IN SPACE.

5 MOUNT FIXTURE ON THE WALL IN THE PIT OF THE ELEVATOR SHAFT. MOUNT SWITCH ON WALL INSIDE ELEVATOR SHAFT AT CAB DOOR OPENING. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF DEVICES W/ ELEVATOR INSTALLER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.

6 MOUNT FIXTURE ON THE WALL IN THE TOP OF THE ELEVATOR SHAFT. MOUNT SWITCH ON WALL INSIDE ELEVATOR SHAFT AT CAB DOOR OPENING. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF DEVICES W/ ELEVATOR INSTALLER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.

7 PROVIDE BUSSMANN ELEVATOR MODULE PS1T48R2KGN1?F3, 100A, WITH FIRE SAFETY INTERFACE, KEY-TO-TEST SWITCH, GREEN "ON" PILOT LIGHT, INTERLOCK FOR AUTO RECALL AND FIRE ALARM VOLTAGE MONITORING RELAY. COORDINATE W/

EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER FOR NUMBER AND CONFIGURATION OF AUXILIARY CONTACTS. FUSE PER ELEVATOR EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS.

8 EC TO PROVIDE A SQ D CLASS #3110, 2-POLE 30A, HEAVY DUTY FUSED DISCONNECT IN A NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE. FUSE PER MANUFACTURES RECOMMENDATIONS.

9 EC TO PROVIDE A CIRCUIT CONSISTING OF 4#1’S + 1#8 GND IN THE EXISTING 2’C ROUTED TO ROOM.

10 EC TO PROVIDE POWER CONNECTION TO THE 120V MOTORIZED WALL LOUVER PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY MC. CIRCUIT THAT SERVES LOUVER SHALL ALSO BE INTERLOCKED WITH THE EXHAUST FAN LOCATED AT THE TOP OF STAIR TOWER FOR

CONTROL VIA WALL MOUNTED THERMOSTAT.

11 EC TO PROVIDE ROUGH-IN W/ 4” SQ BACK BOX AND SINGLE GANG TRIM RING @ 4’ COD AND 8’ COD, UPPER BOX IS SHOWN MOVED FOR DRAWING CLARITY. UPPER BOX HEIGHT SHALL BE AS STATED, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE PLAN.

ROUGH-IN @ 4’ IS FOR FUTURE EMERGENCY PHONE AND UPPER BOX IS FOR FUTURE CCTV CAMERA. PROVIDE RACEWAY FROM EACH BACK BOX CONSISTING OF 1” C. WITH PULL LINE. EACH OF THE (4) ELEVATOR LOBBY’S CONTAIN TYPICAL

ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS, CONNECT THE PHONE CONDUITS TOGETHER AS FOLLOWS: FOR GROUND + SECOND LEVEL, COMMON CONDUIT AND THIRD + TOP LEVEL, A SECOND COMMON CONDUIT. REQUIREMENT FOR CCTV ROUGH-IN IS

IDENTICAL AS PHONE REGARDING COMMON CONDUITS. ON THE GROUND LEVEL CONNECT EACH OF THE (4) CONDUITS USED IN TOWER ROUGH-IN TO MATCHING 1” CONDUITS THAT ARE ROUTED TO DATA ROOM AND WERE INSTALLED IN

ORIGINAL GARAGE PHASE. VERIFY FINAL BOX LOCATIONS AND HEIGHTS WITH OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. PROVIDE BLANK STAINLESS STEEL COVER PLATES OVER ALL ROUGH-INS.

12 ROUTE/REWORK CONDUITS THAT WERE ROUTED IN FIRST PHASE OF PROJECT INTO THE ACCESSIBLE WALL CAVITY OF THE STAIR TOWER. CONDUITS SHALL BE USED FOR SERVING STAIR TOWER ELECTRICAL DEVICES. CAP ANY UN-USED CONDUITS

WHEN ALL WORK IS COMPLETE. SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR WALL CONSTRUCTION AND FIELD COORDINATE FOR BEST FIT.

NOTE: EXISTING DEVICES THAT ARE PART OF THE ORIGINAL GARAGE DRAWING PACKAGE ARE SHOWN ON SELECT PORTIONS OF THESE PLANS WITH A LIGHT LINE

WEIGHT FOR REFERENCE ONLY. ANY AND ALL WORK ASSOCIATED WITH THE DEVICES SHALL BE PER ORIGINAL PLANS. THIS INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO:

CIRCUITRY AND WORK NOTING .

ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES

1 EC SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE WIRING SYSTEM CONSISTING OF PROPER QUANTITY OF SWITCH LEGS,

NEUTRALS AND HOT CIRCUITS FOR A FULLY FUNCTIONAL INSTALLATION. ALSO EACH LIGHT FIXTURE

REQUIRES A COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT CONNECTION, WIRED IN DAISY CHAIN MANNER BETWEEN

DEVICES. COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT SHALL CONSIST OF A #18 AWG SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR CABLE.

EACH LINE VOLTAGE HOME RUN AS SHOWN ON PLAN SHALL ALSO SYMBOLIZE A CONTROL CIRCUIT

HOME RUN TO THE HEAD END LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM GEAR LOCATED IN THE GROUND LEVEL

ELECTRICAL ROOM. COORDINATE WITH MANUFACTURER FOR ALL REQUIREMENTS.

2 WHEN MULTIPLE HOME RUNS ARE SHOWN ON PLAN WITH COMMON CIRCUIT NUMBER IT IS FOR

DRAWING CLARITY, COMBINE ALL COMMON CIRCUITS TOGETHER FOR A SINGLE HOME RUN.

3 EC SHALL PROVIDE A FULLY FUNCTIONAL FREEZE PROTECTION FLOOR DRAIN PIPE HEAT TRACE SYSTEM.

HEAT TRACE CABLE SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE OUTER SURFACE OF DRAIN PIPE UNDERNEATH THE PIPE

INSULATION INSTALLED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. TRACE CABLE SHALL BE RAYCHEM #12XL2-CR

OPERATING AT 277V. PROVIDE PROPER QUANTITY OF POWER CONNECTION KITS, #RAYCLIC-PC;

POWERED SPLICE KITS #RAYCLIC-PSM; NON-POWERED BRANCH SPICE KITS #FTC-HST; END SEAL KIT

#RAYCLIC-E; ALUMINUM ATTACHMENT TAPE TO SECURE CABLE TO PIPE #AT-180 AND ELECTRICALLY

TRACED LABELS # ETL FASTENED EVERY 10’ ON THE OUTER INSULATED SURFACE OF HEAT TRACED

PIPING.

4 EC SHALL REFERENCE FLOOR/ ROOF DRAIN PIPING SCHEMATIC, 25/ MP0.01 FOR VISUAL REPRESENTATION

TO AID IN THE UNDERSTANDING OF PIPE ROUTING IN BUILDING BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR THAT

REQUIRES HEAT TRACING. ANY DRAIN LOCATED IN THE FLOOR OF THE GROUND LEVEL WILL NOT

REQUIRE TRACING. ALL OTHER DRAINS AS SHOWN IN THE SCHEMATIC WILL BE REQUIRED TO BE HEAT

TRACED, INCLUDING THE HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL PIPE RUNS UNTIL GRADE IS REACHED.

5 ALL CONDUIT AND BACK BOXES UTILIZED TO SERVE LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE FULLY CONCEALED

WITHIN CONCRETE SLABS OF BUILDING. EXACT LOCATIONS OF LIGHT FIXTURES MUST BE VERIFIED PRIOR

TO PRE-CAST SLABS BEING CONSTRUCTED. EC TO MAKE PROPER PROVISIONS TO CONNECT AND EXTEND

RACEWAYS FROM SLABS TO PANELS AND LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM WHICH OPERATE THE LIGHT

FIXTURES.

6 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL LIGHTING CONTROL

SYSTEM BY KENALL TEKLINK #TL1000, ALL LIGHT FIXTURES IN THIS PROJECT UTILIZE THE TEKLINK SYSTEM

AND SHALL BE CONNECTED FOR A COMPLETE CONTROL SYSTEM, EXCEPTION OF THE ELECTRICAL, DATA,

ELEVATOR EQUIPMENT AND STORAGE ROOMS. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION.

BB

B

B